Apple E2380A Smart Cellular Telephone User Manual iPhone User Guide

Apple Inc. Smart Cellular Telephone iPhone User Guide

Contents

Final version of user manual

iPhone
User Guide
For iOS 4.2 and 4.3 Software
Contents
9 Chapter 1: iPhone at a Glance
9 About This Guide
9 iPhone Overview
11 Buttons
14 iPhone Apps
17 Status Icons
19 Chapter 2: Getting Started
19 Viewing the User Guide on iPhone
19 What You Need
20 Installing the SIM Card
21 Activating iPhone
21 Setting Up iPhone
22 Disconnecting iPhone from Your Computer
22 Connecting to the Internet
25 Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts
29 Chapter 3: Basics
29 Using Apps
33 Customizing the Home Screen
37 Typing
41 Printing
43 Searching
44 Voice Control
46 Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic
47 Bluetooth Devices
48 Battery
50 Security Features
51 Cleaning iPhone
51 Restarting or Resetting iPhone
52 Chapter 4: Syncing and File Sharing
52 About Syncing
52 Syncing Accounts
2
53 Syncing with iTunes
54 iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes
57 Automatic iTunes Syncing
58 Manually Managing Content
58 Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer
59 File Sharing
60 Chapter 5: Phone
60 Phone Calls
68 Visual Voicemail
70 Contacts
70 Favorites
70 Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, and Caller ID
72 Ringtones and the Ring/Silent Switch
73 International Calls
75 Chapter 6: Mail
75 Setting Up Email Accounts
76 Checking and Reading Email
78 Using Links and Detected Data
79 Viewing Attachments
80 Printing Messages and Attachments
81 Sending Email
82 Organizing Email
84 Searching Email
85 Chapter 7: Safari
85 Viewing Webpages
88 Searching
89 Printing Webpages, PDFs, and Other Documents
89 Viewing Web Videos on a TV
89 Bookmarks
90 Web Clips
91 Chapter 8: iPod
91 Getting Music, Videos, and More
91 Music and Other Audio
100 Videos
104 Home Sharing
104 Setting a Sleep Timer
105 Changing the Browse Buttons
3
Contents
106 Chapter 9: Messages
106 Sending and Receiving Messages
108 Searching Messages
108 Sharing Photos and Videos
109 Sending Voice Memos
109 Editing Conversations
110 Using Contact Information and Links
110 Managing Previews and Alerts
111 Chapter 10: Calendar
111 About Calendar
111 Syncing Calendars
112 Viewing Your Calendars
113 Searching Calendars
113 Adding and Updating Events on iPhone
114 Responding to Meeting Invitations
116 Subscribing to Calendars
116 Importing Calendar Files from Mail
116 Alerts
117 Chapter 11: Photos
117 About Photos
117 Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer
118 Viewing Photos and Videos
120 Deleting Photos and Videos
120 Slideshows
121 Viewing Photos, Slideshows, and Videos on a TV
121 Sharing Photos and Videos
124 Printing Photos
124 Assigning a Photo to a Contact
124 Wallpaper
125 Chapter 12: Camera
125 About Camera
126 Taking Photos and Recording Videos
127 Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos
128 Trimming Videos
128 Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer
129 Chapter 13: YouTube
129 Finding and Viewing Videos
130 Controlling Video Playback
131 Watching YouTube Videos on a TV
4Contents
131 Managing Videos
132 Getting More Information
133 Using YouTube Account Features
134 Changing the Browse Buttons
134 Sending Videos to YouTube
135 Chapter 14: Stocks
135 Viewing Stock Quotes
136 Getting More Information
137 Chapter 15: Maps
138 Finding and Viewing Locations
142 Getting Directions
144 5JQYKPI6TCÓE%QPFKVKQPs
144 Finding and Contacting Businesses
145 Sharing Location Information
145 Bookmarking Locations
146 Chapter 16: Weather
146 Viewing Weather Summaries
147 Getting More Weather Information
148 Chapter 17: Notes
148 About Notes
148 Syncing Notes
149 Writing and Reading Notes
150 Searching Notes
150 Emailing Notes
151 Chapter 18: Clock
151 World Clocks
152 Alarms
153 Stopwatch
153 Timer
154 Chapter 19: Calculator
154 Using the Calculator
154 Standard Memory Functions
155 5EKGPVK°E%CNEWNCVQT-G[s
157 Chapter 20: Compass
157 Getting Compass Readings
158 Compass and Maps
5
Contents
160 Chapter 21: Voice Memos
160 Recording Voice Memos
161 Listening to Voice Memos
162 Managing Voice Memos
163 Trimming Voice Memos
163 Sharing Voice Memos
164 Syncing Voice Memos
165 Chapter 22: iTunes Store
165 About the iTunes Store
166 Finding Music, Videos, and More
167 Following Artists and Friends
169 Purchasing Ringtones
170 Purchasing Music or Audiobooks
170 Purchasing or Renting Videos
172 Streaming or Downloading Podcasts
172 Checking Download Status
173 Syncing Purchased Content
173 Changing the Browse Buttons
174 Viewing Account Information
174 Verifying Downloads
175 Chapter 23: App Store
175 About the App Store
176 Browsing and Searching
177 Info Screen
178 Downloading Apps
179 Deleting Apps
179 Writing Reviews
180 Updating Apps
180 Syncing Purchased Apps
181 Chapter 24: Game Center
181 About Game Center
181 Setting Up Game Center
182 Games
185 Friends
186 Your Status and Account Information
187 Chapter 25: Settings
187 Airplane Mode
189 Wi-Fi
189 VPN
6Contents
190 Personal Hotspot
190 0QVK°ECVKQPs
190 Carrier
191 Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch
191 Brightness
192 Wallpaper
192 General
202 Mail, Contacts, Calendars
206 Phone
208 Safari
209 Messages
210 iPod
211 Photos
211 Notes
212 Store
212 Nike + iPod
213 Chapter 26: Contacts
213 About Contacts
213 Adding Contacts
214 Searching Contacts
215 Managing Contacts on iPhone
216 Using Contact Information
217 7PK°GF%QPVCEVs
219 Chapter 27: Nike + iPod
219 Activating Nike + iPod
220 Linking a Sensor
220 Working Out with Nike + iPod
221 Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com
222 Calibrating Nike + iPod
222 Nike + iPod Settings
223 Chapter 28: iBooks
223 About iBooks
224 Syncing Books and PDFs
224 Using the iBookstore
225 Reading Books
226 Reading PDFs
226 Changing a Book’s Appearance
227 Searching Books and PDFs
227 .QQMKPIWRVJG&G°PKVKQPQHC9QTd
227 Having a Book Read to You
7
Contents
227 Printing or Emailing a PDF
228 Organizing the Bookshelf
228 Bookmark and Note Syncing
229 Chapter 29: Accessibility
229 Universal Access Features
230 VoiceOver
243 Zoom
243 Large Text
244 White on Black
244 Mono Audio
244 Speak Auto-text
245 Triple-Click Home
245 Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features
247 Hearing Aid Compatibility
248 Appendix A: International Keyboards
248 #FFKPI-G[DQCTFs
249 5YKVEJKPI-G[DQCTFs
249 Chinese
251 Japanese
252 -QTGCn
252 Vietnamese
253 Creating Dictionaries
254 Appendix B: Support and Other Information
254 Apple iPhone Support Site
254 Restarting and Resetting iPhone
255 Backing Up iPhone
256 Updating and Restoring iPhone Software
258 Safety, Software, and Service Information
259 Using iPhone in an Enterprise Environment
259 Using iPhone with Other Carriers
260 Disposal and Recycling Information
261 Apple and the Environment
261 iPhone Operating Temperature
262 Index
8Contents
iPhone at a Glance 1
About This Guide
This guide describes the features of:
iOS 4.2. x on an iPhone 4 CDMA model
iOS 4.3 on an iPhone 3GS model or iPhone 4 GSM model
iPhone Overview
iPhone 4
/LHKZL[°QHJR
9LJLP]LY
9PUN:PSLU[
Z^P[JO
;VW
TPJYVWOVUL
=VS\TL
I\[[VUZ
(WWSL9L[PUH
KPZWSH`
:WLHRLY
/VTL°I\[[VU
-YVU[JHTLYH
4HPUJHTLYH
3,+MSHZO
:04°JHYK°[YH`
.:4TVKLS
+VJR
JVUULJ[VY
6U6MM
:SLLW>HRL
)V[[VT
TPJYVWOVUL
(WWPJVUZ
:[H[\Z°IHY
L3KRQH
9
iPhone 3GS
L3KRQH
/LHKZL[QHJR
9LJLP]LY
9PUN:PSLU[
Z^P[JO *HTLYH
:04JHYK[YH`
=VS\TL
I\[[VUZ
;V\JOZJYLLU
:WLHRLY
+VJR
JVUULJ[VY
/VTLI\[[VU
6U6MM
:SLLW>HRL
4PJYVWOVUL
(WWPJVUZ
:[H[\ZIHY
;QWT*QOGUETGGPOC[NQQMFKÒGTGPVFGRGPFKPIQPVJGOQFGNQHK2JQPG[QWJCXG
and whether you’ve rearranged its icons.
Accessories
The following accessories are included with iPhone:
+VJR*VUULJ[VY[V<:)*HISL
(WWSL,HYWOVULZ
^P[O9LTV[LHUK4PJ
:04LQLJ[[VVS
<:)WV^LYHKHW[LY
Note: The SIM eject tool is not included in all countries or regions.
10 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
Item What you can do with it
Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic Listen to music, videos, and phone calls. Use
the built-in microphone to talk. Press the center
button to answer or end a call. When listening to
iPod, press the button to play or pause a song, or
press twice quickly to skip to the next track. Use
the + and – buttons to adjust the volume. Press
and hold the center button to use Voice Control.
Dock Connector to USB Cable Use this cable to connect iPhone to your
computer to sync and charge. The cable can be
used with the optional dock or plugged directly
into iPhone.
USB power adapter Connect the power adapter to iPhone using
the included cable, then plug it into a standard
power outlet to charge iPhone.
SIM eject tool (not included in all countries or
regions)
Eject the SIM card tray.
Buttons
#HGYUKORNGDWVVQPUOCMGKVGCU[VQVWTPK2JQPGQPQTQÒCFLWUVVJGXQNWOGCPF
switch between ring and silent modes.
1P1Ò5NGGR9CMG$WVVQP
9JGP[QW¨TGPQVCEVKXGN[WUKPIK2JQPG[QWECPNQEMKVVQVWTPQÒVJGFKURNC[CPFUCXG
the battery.
When iPhone is locked, nothing happens if you touch the screen. iPhone can still
receive calls, text messages, and other updates. You can also:
listen to music
adjust the volume using the buttons on the side of iPhone (or on the iPhone
earphones) while you’re on a phone call or listening to music
use the center button on iPhone earphones to answer or end a call, or to control
audio playback (see “Controlling Audio Playback” on page 92)
By default, iPhone locks if you don’t touch the screen for a minute.
11
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
Lock iPhone 2TGUUVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQP
Unlock iPhone Press the Home DWVVQPQTVJG1P1Ò
Sleep/Wake button, then drag the slider.
6WTPK2JQPGEQORNGVGN[QÒ 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPHQT
a few seconds until the red slider appears, then
FTCIVJGUNKFGT9JGPK2JQPGKUQÒKPEQOKPIECNNU
go straight to voicemail.
Turn iPhone on 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQP
until the Apple logo appears.
For information about changing how long before iPhone locks, see “Auto-Lock” on
page 195. For information about setting iPhone to require a passcode to unlock it, see
“Passcode Lock” on page 195.
Home Button
Press the Home button at any time to go to the Home screen, which contains your
iPhone apps. Tap any app icon to get started. To see apps you’ve recently used, double-
click the Home button. See “Opening and Switching Apps” on page 29.
Volume Buttons
When you’re on the phone or listening to songs, movies, or other media, the buttons
on the side of iPhone adjust the audio volume. Otherwise, the buttons control the
XQNWOGHQTVJGTKPIGTCNGTVUCPFQVJGTUQWPFGÒGEVU
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
To adjust the volume, use the buttons on the side of iPhone.
=VS\TL
\W
=VS\TL
KV^U
To set a volume limit for music and videos on iPhone, see “Music” on page 210.
12 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
Ring/Silent Switch
Flip the Ring/Silent switch to put iPhone in ring mode or silent mode.
9PUN
:PSLU[
In ring mode, iPhone plays all sounds. In silent mode, iPhone doesn’t ring or play alerts
CPFQVJGTUQWPFGÒGEVU
Important: Clock alarms, audio apps such as iPod, and many games still play sounds
through the built-in speaker when iPhone is in silent mode.
By default, when you get a call, iPhone vibrates whether it’s in ring mode or silent
OQFG+HK2JQPGKUKPTKPIOQFG[QWECPUKNGPEGCECNND[RTGUUKPIVJG1P1Ò
Sleep/Wake button or one of the volume buttons. Press a second time to send the
call to voicemail.
For information about changing sound and vibrate settings, see “Sounds and the
Ring/Silent Switch” on page 191.
13
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
iPhone Apps
The apps in the following table are included with iPhone.
Note: App functionality and availability may vary, depending on the country or region
where you purchase and use iPhone.
Phone
Make calls, with quick access to recent callers, favorites, and all your contacts. Dial
manually using the numeric keypad. Or just use voice dialing. Visual voicemail presents
a list of your voicemail messages—just tap to listen to any message, in any order. Make
FaceTime video calls (iPhone 4). See Chapter 5, “Phone,” on page 60.
Mail
iPhone works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email
systems—including Yahoo!, Google, and AOL—as well as most industry-standard POP3
and IMAP email systems. View and print PDFs and other attachments. Save attached
photos and graphics to your Camera Roll album. See Chapter 6, “Mail,” on page 75.
Safari
Browse websites over a cellular data network or over Wi-Fi. Rotate iPhone sideways
HQTYKFGUETGGPXKGYKPI&QWDNGVCRVQ\QQOKPQTQWV¤5CHCTKCWVQOCVKECNN[°VUVJG
webpage column to the iPhone screen for easy reading. Open multiple pages. Sync
bookmarks with Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer. Add Safari web
clips to the Home screen for fast access to favorite websites. Save images from websites
to your Photo Library. Print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick
Look. See Chapter 7, “Safari,” on page 85.
iPod
Listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts. Create playlists, or use Genius to create
playlists for you. Listen to Genius Mixes of songs from your library. Watch movies and
video podcasts in widescreen. Use AirPlay to stream your music or videos wirelessly to
an Apple TV or compatible audio system. See Chapter 8, “iPod,” on page 91.
Messages
Send and receive SMS text messages. View a list of your previous conversations, and
tap a conversation to see the messages you sent and received. Send photos, video clips,
contact information, and voice memos to MMS devices. See Chapter 9, “Messages,” on
page 106.
Calendar
View and search your MobileMe, iCal, Microsoft Entourage, Microsoft Outlook, or
Microsoft Exchange calendars. Enter events on iPhone and they sync back to the
calendar on your computer. Subscribe to calendars. See the birthdays you’ve entered
in Contacts. Set alerts to remind you of events, appointments, and deadlines. See
Chapter 10, “Calendar,” on page 111.
Photos
View photos and videos you take with iPhone, save them from incoming messages,
or sync them from your computer. View videos in portrait or landscape orientation.
Zoom in on photos for a closer look. Print them, or watch a slideshow. Email photos
and videos, send them in MMS messages, or publish them to a MobileMe gallery.
Assign photos to contacts, or use them as wallpaper. View photos by place, and if you
sync with iPhoto 8.0 (part of iLife ‘09) or later, view photos by events and faces. See
Chapter 11 , “Photos,” on page 117.
14 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
Camera
Take photos and record videos. View them on iPhone, email them, text them, or upload
them to your computer. Tap to focus on an object or area. Trim and save video clips.
Upload videos straight to YouTube. Take a friend’s picture and set iPhone to display it
when that person calls you. See Chapter 12, “Camera,” on page 12 5.
YouTube
Play videos from YouTube’s online collection. Search for any video, or browse featured,
most viewed, most recently updated, and top-rated videos. Set up and log in to your
YouTube account—then rate videos, sync your favorites, view subscriptions, and more.
Use AirPlay to stream YouTube videos to an Apple TV. Upload your own videos taken
with iPhone. See Chapter 13, “YouTube,” on page 129.
Stocks
Watch your favorite stocks, updated automatically from the Internet. View company
news and current trading information, such as opening or average price, trading
volume, or market capitalization. Rotate iPhone to see detailed charts in landscape
QTKGPVCVKQP&TCI[QWT°PIGTCNQPIVJGEJCTVUVQVTCEMRTKEGRQKPVUQTWUGVYQ°PIGTU
to see a range between points. See Chapter 14, “Stocks,” on page 135.
Maps
See street maps, satellite views, and hybrid views of locations around the world.
Zoom in for a closer look, or check out Google Street View. Find and track your
current (approximate) location. See which way you’re facing using the built-in
compass. Get detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions, and see current
JKIJYC[VTCÓEEQPFKVKQPU(KPFCPGCTD[DWUKPGUUCPFECNNKVYKVJCUKPINGVCR5GG
Chapter 15, “Maps,” on page 137.
Weather
Get current weather conditions and a six-day forecast. Add your favorite cities for a
quick weather report anytime. See Chapter 16, “Weather,” on page 14 6.
Notes
Jot notes on the go—reminders, grocery lists, brilliant ideas. Send them in email. Sync
notes to Mail on your Mac, or to Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express on your PC.
Sync notes over the air with your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, or IMAP accounts. See
Chapter 17, “Notes,” on page 148.
Clock
In the Utilities folder. View the time in cities around the world—create clocks for your
favorites. Set one or more alarms. Use the stopwatch, or set a countdown timer. See
Chapter 18, “Clock,” on page 151.
Calculator
In the Utilities folder. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide. Rotate iPhone sideways to use
GZRCPFGFUEKGPVK°EHWPEVKQPU5GG%JCRVGT19, “Calculator,” on page 154.
Compass
In the Utilities folder. Use the built-in digital compass to determine your heading.
Get your current coordinates. Choose between true north and magnetic north. See
Chapter 20, “Compass,” on page 157.
15
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
Voice
Memos
In the Utilities folder. Record voice memos with iPhone. Play them back on iPhone, or
sync them with iTunes to listen on your computer. Attach voice memos to email or
MMS messages. See Chapter 21, “Voice Memos,” on page 160.
iTunes
Search the iTunes Store for music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and more. Browse,
preview, and download new releases, get Genius recommendations, or see what’s on
the top charts. Rent movies and TV shows to watch on iPhone. Stream and download
RQFECUVU(QNNQY[QWTHCXQTKVGCTVKUVUCPFHTKGPFUVQ°PFQWVYJCVOWUKEVJG[¨TG
listening to and talking about. See Chapter 22, “iTunes Store,” on page 165.
App Store
Search the App Store for iPhone apps you can purchase or download using your Wi-Fi
or cellular data network connection. Read reviews or write your own reviews for your
favorite apps. Download and install the app on your Home screen. See Chapter 23, “App
Store,” on page 175.
Game
Center
Discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around the world.
Invite a friend, or request a match with other worthy opponents. Check player rankings
on the leaderboards. Earn achievements for extras points. See Chapter 24, “Game
Center,” on page 181.
Settings
Set up accounts and adjust all iPhone settings in one convenient place. Set your own
volume limit for listening comfort. Set your ringtone, wallpaper, screen brightness, and
settings for network, phone, mail, web, music, video, photos, and more. Use Location
Services settings to set location privacy options for Maps, Camera, Compass, and
applicable third-party apps. Set auto-lock and a passcode for security. Restrict access
to explicit iTunes content and certain apps. Reset iPhone. See Chapter 25, “Settings,” on
page 187.
Contacts
Get contact information synced from MobileMe, Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo!
Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Microsoft
Outlook, or Microsoft Exchange. Search, add, change, or delete contacts, which get
synced back to your computer. See Chapter 26, “Contacts,” on page 213.
Nike + iPod
Nike + iPod (which appears when you activate it in Settings) turns iPhone into a
workout companion. Track your pace, time, and distance from one workout to the next,
and choose a song to power through your routine. Requires select Nike shoes and a
Nike + iPod Sensor, sold separately.) See Chapter 27, “Nike + iPod,” on page 219.
iBooks
Download the free iBooks app from the App Store for a great way to buy and read
books. Get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore.
Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Print PDFs. See
Chapter 28, “iBooks,” on page 223.
16 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
Status Icons
The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen give information about iPhone:
Status icon What it means
Cell signal* Shows whether you’re in range of the cellular network and
can make and receive calls. The more bars, the stronger
the signal. If there’s no signal, the bars are replaced with
“No service.”
Airplane mode Shows that airplane mode is on—you cannot use the
phone, access the Internet, or use Bluetooth® devices.
Non-wireless features are available. See “Airplane Mode” on
page 187.
UMTS/EV-DO Shows that your carrier’s 3G UMTS (GSM) or EV-DO
(CDMA) network is available, and iPhone can connect to
the Internet over that network. See “How iPhone Connects
to the Internet” on page 22.
EDGE Shows that your carrier’s EDGE network is available (GSM
models), and iPhone can connect to the Internet over that
network. See “How iPhone Connects to the Internet” on
page 22.
GPRS/1xRTT Shows that your carrier’s GPRS (GSM) or 1xRTT (CDMA)
network is available, and iPhone can connect to the
Internet over that network. See “How iPhone Connects to
the Internet” on page 22.
Wi-Fi* Shows that iPhone is connected to the Internet over a
Wi-Fi network. The more bars, the stronger the connection.
See “Joining a Wi-Fi Network” on page 23.
Personal Hotspot Shows that iPhone is connected to another iPhone
providing a Personal Hotspot (GSM models). See “Personal
Hotspot” on page 24.
Network activity Shows over-the-air syncing or other network activity.
Some third-party apps may also use the icon to show an
active process.
Call Forwarding Shows that Call Forwarding is set up on iPhone (GSM
models). See “Call Forwarding” on page 206.
VPN Shows that you’re connected to a network using VPN. See
“Network” on page 193.
Lock Shows that iPhone is locked. See “1P1Ò5NGGR9CMG
Button” on page 11.
17
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
Status icon What it means
TTY Shows that iPhone is set to work with a TTY machine.
See “Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine” on
page 206.
Play Shows that a song, audiobook, or podcast is playing. See
“Playing Songs and Other Audio” on page 92.
Portrait orientation lock Shows that the iPhone screen is locked in portrait
orientation. See “Viewing in Portrait or Landscape
Orientation” on page 32.
Alarm Shows that an alarm is set. See “Alarms” on page 152 .
Location services Shows that an app is using location services. See “Location
Services” on page 194.
Bluetooth* Blue or white icon: Bluetooth is on and a device, such as a
headset or car kit, is connected. Gray icon: Bluetooth is on,
but no device is connected. No icon: Bluetooth is turned
QÒ5GG¥Bluetooth Devices” on page 47.
Battery Shows battery level or charging status. See “Battery” on
page 48.
6JGWUGQHEGTVCKPCEEGUUQTKGUYKVJK2JQPGOC[CÒGEVYKTGNGUURGTHQTOCPEG
18 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
Getting Started 2
WARNING: To avoid injury, read all operating instructions in this guide
and safety information in the iPhone Important Product Information Guide at
www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone before using iPhone.
Viewing the User Guide on iPhone
The iPhone User Guide can be viewed on iPhone by tapping the iPhone User Guide
bookmark in Safari, or by installing the free iBooks app and downloading the user
guide from the iBookstore.
View the user guide in Safari: Tap , then tap the iPhone User Guide bookmark.
To add an icon for the user guide to the Home screen, tap , then tap “Add to Home
5ETGGP¦6QXKGYVJGWUGTIWKFGKPCFKÒGTGPVNCPIWCIGVCR¥%JCPIG.CPIWCIG¦CVVJG
bottom of the screen on the main contents page.
View the user guide in iBooks:
1 If you haven’t installed iBooks, open App Store, search for “iBooks” and tap it in the
results list. Tap Free, then tap Install.
2 Open iBooks and tap Store.
3 Search for “iPhone User” and tap the user guide in the results list.
4 Tap Free, then tap Get Book.
For more information about iBooks, see Chapter 28, “iBooks,” on page 223.
What You Need
To use iPhone, you need:
A wireless service plan with a carrier that provides iPhone service in your area
A Mac or a PC with a USB 2.0 port and one of the following operating systems:
Mac OS X v10.5.8 or later
Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Home or Professional (SP3)
19
Screen resolution on your computer set to 1024 x 768 or higher
iTunes 10.1.2 or later, available at www.itunes.com/download
QuickTime 7.6.2 or later (for playing videos recorded with iPhone, on your computer)
An Apple ID (such as an iTunes Store account or MobileMe account) for purchases
from the iTunes Store or App Store
An Internet connection for your computer (broadband is recommended)
Installing the SIM Card
If your SIM card (GSM models) wasn’t preinstalled, you must install it before you can
use iPhone.
Installing the SIM Card in iPhone 4
4PJYV:04
JHYK
4PJYV:04
JHYK[YH`
7HWLYJSPW
VY:04
LQLJ[[VVS
Installing the SIM Card in iPhone 3GS
:04
JHYK
:04JHYK[YH`
7HWLYJSPWVY
:04LQLJ[[VVS
Install the SIM card:
1 Insert the end of a paper clip or SIM eject tool into the hole on the SIM card tray.
2WUJ°TON[UVTCKIJVKPWPVKNVJGVTC[RQRUQWV
2 Pull out the SIM card tray and place the SIM card in the tray as shown.
3 With the tray aligned and the SIM card on top as shown, carefully replace the tray.
20 Chapter 2 Getting Started
Activating iPhone
You must activate iPhone by signing up for a service plan with an iPhone service
carrier in your area and registering iPhone with the network.
Your iPhone may have been activated at the time of purchase. If it isn’t activated,
contact your iPhone retailer or cellular service provider.
For more information about iPhone, go to www.apple.com/iphone.
Setting Up iPhone
Before you can use iPhone, you must set it up in iTunes. During setup, you can create a
new Apple ID or specify an existing Apple ID for making purchases with iPhone. (The
iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions.) iTunes also records the
serial number of your iPhone in case you need it.
Set up iPhone:
1 Download and install the latest version of iTunes from www.itunes.com/download.
2 Connect iPhone to a USB 2.0 port on your Mac or PC using the cable that came
with iPhone.
3 Follow the onscreen instructions.
In the Set Up Your iPhone screen, select “Automatically sync contacts, calendars and
DQQMOCTMU¦VQEQP°IWTGVJQUGKVGOUVQU[PECWVQOCVKECNN[YJGP[QWEQPPGEVK2JQPG
to your computer. You can also customize your sync settings in iTunes. See “Syncing
with iTunes” on page 53.
Note: If you have a visual impairment, VoiceOver can help you set up iPhone without
a sighted assistant. VoiceOver describes aloud what appears on the screen, so you
can use iPhone without seeing it. When you connect iPhone to your computer, iTunes
detects whether you’re using a compatible screen reader on your computer, such as
VoiceOver (Mac) or GW Micro Window-Eyes (PC), and automatically enables VoiceOver
on iPhone. A sighted user can also enable VoiceOver on iPhone using Accessibility
settings. (VoiceOver may not be available in all languages.) See “VoiceOver” on
page 230.
21
Chapter 2 Getting Started
Disconnecting iPhone from Your Computer
You can disconnect iPhone from your computer at any time. However, if you
disconnect it while a sync is in progress, some data may not get synced until the next
time you connect iPhone to your computer.
When iPhone is syncing with your computer, iPhone shows “Sync in Progress.” If you
FKUEQPPGEVK2JQPGDGHQTGKV°PKUJGUU[PEKPIUQOGFCVCOC[PQVIGVVTCPUHGTTGF9JGP
the sync is complete, iTunes shows “iPhone sync is complete.”
Cancel a sync: Drag the slider on iPhone.
If you get a call during a sync, the sync is canceled and you can disconnect iPhone to
CPUYGTVJGECNN%QPPGEVK2JQPGCHVGTVJGECNNVQ°PKUJU[PEKPI
Connecting to the Internet
iPhone connects to the Internet whenever you use Mail, Safari, YouTube, Stocks, Maps,
Weather, the App Store, or the iTunes Store.
How iPhone Connects to the Internet
iPhone connects to the Internet using either a Wi-Fi network or a cellular data network.
iPhone does the following, in order, until connected:
Connects over the last Wi-Fi network you used that’s available.
If no previously used Wi-Fi networks are available, iPhone shows a list of Wi-Fi
networks in range. Tap a network and, if necessary, enter the password to join.
Networks that require a password show the lock icon next to them. You can
prevent iPhone from automatically showing available networks. See “Wi-Fi” on
page 189.
If no Wi-Fi networks are available or you choose not to join any, iPhone connects to
the Internet over a cellular data network ( , , or ). You can prevent iPhone from
using cellular data in Settings. See “Network” on page 193.
If a Wi-Fi network or a cellular data network isn’t available, iPhone can’t connect to
the Internet.
Note: The 3G (UMTS) cellular network supports simultaneous voice and data
communications on GSM models. For all other network connections (EDGE or GPRS
on GSM models, or EV-DO or 1xRTT on a CDMA model), you can’t use Internet services
while you’re on the phone unless iPhone also has a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet.
Many Wi-Fi networks can be used free of charge including, in some countries or
regions, Wi-Fi hotspots provided by your iPhone carrier. Some Wi-Fi networks require
a fee. To join a Wi-Fi network at a hotspot where charges apply, you can usually open
Safari to see a webpage that allows you to sign up for service.
22 Chapter 2 Getting Started
Joining a Wi-Fi Network
The Wi-Fi settings let you turn on Wi-Fi and join Wi-Fi networks.
Turn on Wi-Fi: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on.
Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPhone detects
networks in range, then select a network (fees may apply to join some Wi-Fi networks).
If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear
with a lock icon).
Once you join a Wi-Fi network manually, iPhone automatically connects to it whenever
the network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, iPhone
joins the one last used.
When iPhone is connected to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi icon in the status bar at the
top of the screen shows the connection strength. The more bars you see, the stronger
the connection.
(QTKPHQTOCVKQPCDQWVEQP°IWTKPI9K(KUGVVKPIUUGG¥Wi-Fi” on page 189.
Cellular Data Network Access
iPhone can access the Internet through your iPhone carrier’s cellular network. Check
the carrier’s network coverage in your area for availability.
If iPhone is connected to the Internet via the cellular data network, the UMTS/EV-DO ( ),
EDGE ( ), or GPRS/1xRTT ( ) icon appears in the status bar.
Depending on your model of iPhone and the network connection, you may not be
able to receive calls while iPhone transfers data over the cellular network—when
downloading a webpage, for example.
GSM: On an EDGE or GPRS connection, incoming calls may go directly to voicemail
during data transfers. For incoming calls that you answer, data transfers are paused.
CDMA: On EV-DO connections, data transfers are paused when you answer incoming
calls. On 1xRTT connections, incoming calls may go directly to voicemail during data
transfers. For incoming calls that you answer, data transfers are paused.
Data transfer resumes when you end the call.
Turn 3G on (GSM models): In Settings, choose General > Network and tap Enable 3G.
When you’re outside your carrier’s network, you may be able to access the Internet
through another carrier. To enable email, web browsing, and other data services
whenever possible, turn Data Roaming on.
Turn Data Roaming on: In Settings, choose General > Network and turn Data
Roaming on.
23
Chapter 2 Getting Started
Important: Roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges, make sure
FCVCTQCOKPIKUVWTPGFQÒ
Internet Access on an Airplane
#KTRNCPGOQFGVWTPUQÒVJGK2JQPGEGNNWNCT9K(K$NWGVQQVJCPF)25VTCPUOKVVGTUCPF
receivers to avoid interfering with aircraft operation. Airplane mode disables many
of the iPhone features. In some countries or regions, where allowed by the aircraft
operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn on Wi-Fi while airplane
mode is on, to:
Send and receive email
Browse the Internet
Sync your contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and notes over the air
Stream YouTube videos
Get stock quotes
Get map locations
Get weather reports
Purchase music and apps
You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth to use Bluetooth devices with iPhone.
For more information, see “Airplane Mode” on page 187.
VPN Access
VPN (virtual private network) provides secure access over the Internet to private
networks, such as the network at your company or school. Use Network settings to
EQP°IWTGCPFVWTPQP8205GG¥Network” on page 193.
Personal Hotspot
You can use Personal Hotspot (iPhone 4) to share an Internet connection with a
computer or another Wi-Fi device—such as an iPod, iPad, or other iPhone—connected
to your iPhone via Wi-Fi. You can also use Personal Hotspot to share an Internet
connection with a computer that’s connected to your iPhone via Bluetooth or USB.
Note: This feature may not be available in all countries or regions. Additional fees may
apply. Contact your carrier for more information, including the number of devices that
can share an Internet connection at the same time.
If the Set Up Personal Hotspot button appears in your General > Network settings,
[QW°TUVPGGFVQUGVWRVJGUGTXKEGYKVJ[QWTECTTKGT;QWECPEQPVCEV[QWTECTTKGTD[
tapping that button.
Personal Hotspot works only if iPhone is connected to the Internet over the cellular
data network.
24 Chapter 2 Getting Started
Share an Internet connection:
1 In Settings, choose Personal Hotspot (or choose General > Network > Personal
Hotspot, if Personal Hotspot settings aren’t available at the top level of Settings).
2 Turn on Personal Hotspot.
3 Connect a computer or other device to iPhone:
Wi-Fi: On the device, choose iPhone from the list of available Wi-Fi networks. Enter
the Wi-Fi password for iPhone when prompted.
USB: Connect your computer to iPhone using the Dock Connector to USB Cable.
In your computer’s Network preferences, choose iPhone.
1PC/CECRQRWRYKPFQYCRRGCTUVJG°TUVVKOG[QWEQPPGEVUC[KPI¥#PGY
PGVYQTMKPVGTHCEGJCUDGGPFGVGEVGF¦%NKEM0GVYQTM2TGHGTGPEGUEQP°IWTGVJG
network settings for iPhone, then click Apply. On a PC, use the Network Control
2CPGNVQEQP°IWTGVJGK2JQPGEQPPGEVKQP
Bluetooth: On iPhone, choose Settings > General > Bluetooth and turn on
Bluetooth. Then refer to the documentation that came with your computer to pair
and connect iPhone with your device.
When a device is connected, a blue band appears at the top of the iPhone screen.
Personal Hotspot remains on when you connect with USB, even when you aren’t
actively using the Internet connection.
Note: The Personal Hotspot icon appears in the status bar of an iPhone (GSM
models) using the Personal Hotspot of another iPhone.
Change the Wi-Fi password for iPhone: In Settings, choose Personal Hotspot >
Wi-Fi Password, then enter a password of at least 8 characters.
Changing the password disconnects any devices that are sharing the Internet
connection.
Monitor your cellular data network usage: In Settings, choose General > Usage.
Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts
About Accounts
iPhone works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular
Internet-based email, contacts, and calendar service providers. If you don’t already
have an email account, you can get a free account online at www.yahoo.com,
www.google.com, or www.aol.com. You can also try MobileMe, free for 60 days, at
www.me.com.
You can add contacts using an LDAP or CardDAV account if your company or
organization supports it. See “Adding Contacts” on page 213.
25
Chapter 2 Getting Started
You can add a CalDAV calendar account. See “Syncing Calendars” on page 111.
You can subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars or import them from Mail. See “Subscribing to
Calendars” and “Importing Calendar Files from Mail” on page 116 .
Setting Up MobileMe Accounts
To use MobileMe on iPhone, you need to set up a MobileMe Free Account or a
MobileMe Paid Subscription.
A MobileMe Free Account lets you use Find My iPhone (not available in all countries or
regions), a feature that helps you locate and protect the information on your iPhone if
it’s lost or stolen. See “Security Features” on page 50>.
A MobileMe Paid Subscription lets you use Find My iPhone, plus the following features:
Mail account at me.com
Over-the-air syncing for contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes
MobileMe Gallery for sharing photos and videos
/QDKNG/GK&KUMHQTUVQTKPICPFUJCTKPI°NGU
You can try out these features with a 60-day free trial at www.apple.com/mobileme.
A MobileMe Free Account is available to any customer with an iPhone 4 running
iOS 4.2 or later. If you’ve already created an account for the App Store or Game Center,
you can use that Apple ID for your MobileMe Free Account. You can create a new
#RRNG+&KH[QWFQP¨VCNTGCF[JCXGQPGQTKH[QWYCPVCFKÒGTGPV#RRNG+&HQT[QWT
MobileMe account.
Set up a MobileMe Free Account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe.
3 Enter your Apple ID and password, or tap Create Free Apple ID.
4 Follow the onscreen instructions.
Verify your email address, if required.
5 Make sure Find My iPhone is turned on.
Only one MobileMe account at a time can be used for Find My iPhone and for syncing
contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes.
To use Gallery, iDisk, and Find My iPhone on iPhone, download the free MobileMe
Gallery, MobileMe iDisk, and Find My iPhone apps from the App Store.
26 Chapter 2 Getting Started
Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts
To use Microsoft Exchange on iPhone, you need to add an account with your
Microsoft Exchange account settings. See your service provider or system
administrator for those settings.
iPhone uses the Exchange ActiveSync protocol to sync email, calendars, and contacts
over the air with the following versions of Microsoft Exchange:
Exchange Server 2003 Service Pack 2
Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1
Exchange Server 2010
When setting up the account, you can choose which Exchange services you want to
use with iPhone:
Mail
Contacts
Calendars
Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect
iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Accounts” on page 52.
You can set up multiple Exchange accounts.
Set up an Exchange account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Tap Add Account, then tap Microsoft Exchange.
3 Enter your complete email address, domain (optional), user name, password, and a
description. The description can be whatever you like.
iPhone supports Microsoft’s Autodiscovery service, which uses your user name and
password to determine the address of the Exchange server. If the server’s address
can’t be determined, you’re asked to enter it. (Enter the complete address in the Server
°GNF1PEG[QWEQPPGEVVQVJG'ZEJCPIGUGTXGT[QWOC[DGRTQORVGFVQEJCPIG[QWT
passcode to match the policies set on the server.
4 Tap the items you want to use on iPhone (mail, contacts, and calendars) and set how
many days of email you want to sync to iPhone.
27
Chapter 2 Getting Started
Setting Up Google, Yahoo!, and AOL Accounts
For many popular accounts (Google, Yahoo!, AOL), iPhone enters most of the settings
for you. When setting up the account, you can choose which account services you
want to use with iPhone. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the
air without having to connect iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Accounts” on
page 52.
Set up an account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Tap Add Account, then tap Google, Yahoo!, or AOL.
3 Enter your name, complete email address, password, and a description. The description
can be whatever you like.
4 Tap the items you want to use on iPhone. Available items depend upon the service
provider.
Setting Up Other Accounts
Choose Other Accounts to set up other accounts for mail (such as POP), contacts (such
as LDAP or CardDAV), or calendars (such as CalDAV). Contact your service provider or
system administrator to get the account settings you need.
Set up an account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Tap Add Account, then tap Other.
3 Choose the account type you want to add (Mail, Contacts, or Calendars).
4 Enter your account information and tap Save.
28 Chapter 2 Getting Started
Basics 3
Using Apps
6JGJKIJTGUQNWVKQP/WNVK6QWEJUETGGPCPFUKORNG°PIGTIGUVWTGUOCMGKVGCU[VQWUG
iPhone apps.
Opening and Switching Apps
You open an app on iPhone by tapping its icon on the Home screen.
Return to the Home screen: Press the Home button below the display.
Switch to another Home screen: Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row
of dots.
)QVQVJG°TUV*QOGUETGGPPress the Home button again.
View your recently used apps: Double-click the Home button.
29
Your most recently used apps appear at the bottom of the screen, in order starting
from the left. Flick to see more apps.
Switch to another app: Tap an app in the recents list.
Remove an app from the recents list: Touch and hold the app icon until it begins to
jiggle, then tap . Removing an app from the recents list also forces it to quit.
The app is added to recent apps again the next time you open it.
Scrolling
Drag up or down to scroll. On some screens such as webpages, you can also scroll side
to side.
&TCIIKPI[QWT°PIGTVQUETQNNYQP¨VEJQQUGQTCEVKXCVGCP[VJKPIQPVJGUETGGP
30 Chapter 3 Basics
Flick to scroll quickly.
You can wait for the scrolling to come to a stop, or touch anywhere on the screen
to stop it immediately. Touching the screen to stop scrolling won’t choose or
activate anything.
To quickly scroll to the top of a list, webpage, or email, just tap the status bar.
Find items in an indexed list: Tap a letter to jump to items starting with that letter.
&TCI[QWT°PIGTCNQPIVJGKPFGZVQUETQNNSWKEMN[VJTQWIJVJGNKUV
0UKL_
Choose an item: Tap an item in the list.
&GRGPFKPIQPVJGNKUVVCRRKPICPKVGOECPFQFKÒGTGPVVJKPIU¤HQTGZCORNGKVOC[
open a new list, play a song, open an email, or show someone’s contact information so
you can call that person.
31
Chapter 3 Basics
Zooming In or Out
When viewing photos, webpages, email, or maps, you can zoom in and out. Pinch your
°PIGTUVQIGVJGTQTCRCTV(QTRJQVQUCPFYGDRCIGU[QWECPFQWDNGVCRVCRVYKEG
quickly) to zoom in, then double-tap again to zoom out. For maps, double-tap to zoom
KPCPFVCRQPEGYKVJVYQ°PIGTUVQ\QQOQWV
Zoom is also an accessibility feature that lets you magnify the screen with any app
you’re using, to help you see what’s on the display. See “Zoom” on page 243.
Viewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientation
Many iPhone apps let you view the screen in either portrait or landscape orientation.
4QVCVGK2JQPGCPFVJGFKURNC[TQVCVGUVQQCFLWUVKPICWVQOCVKECNN[VQ°VVJGPGY
screen orientation.
You may prefer landscape orientation for viewing webpages in Safari, or when
entering text, for example. In landscape orientation:
Webpages scale to the wider screen, making the text and images larger.
The onscreen keyboard is larger, which may help increase your typing speed
and accuracy.
32 Chapter 3 Basics
The following apps support both portrait and landscape orientation:
Mail
Safari
Messages
Notes
Contacts
Stocks
iPod
Photos
Camera
Calculator
Movies viewed in iPod and YouTube appear only in landscape orientation. Street views
in Maps also appear only in landscape orientation.
Lock the screen in portrait orientation: Double-click the Home DWVVQP±KEMVJG
bottom of the screen from left to right, then tap .
The portrait orientation lock ( ) icon appears in the status bar when the screen
orientation is locked.
Customizing the Home Screen
You can customize the layout of icons on the Home screen—including the Dock
icons along the bottom of the screen. If you want, arrange them over multiple Home
screens. You can also organize apps by grouping them in folders.
Rearranging Icons
You can arrange the icons on your Home screen in any order you want.
Rearrange icons:
1 Touch and hold any icon on the Home screen until it begins to jiggle.
2 Arrange the icons by dragging them.
3 Press the Home button to save your arrangement.
You can also add links to your favorite webpages on the Home screen. See “Web
Clips” on page 90.
When iPhone is connected to your computer, you can rearrange icons on the Home
screen and the order of the screens. In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then
click Apps at the top of the screen.
33
Chapter 3 Basics
Move an icon to another screen: While arranging icons, drag an icon to the side of
the screen.
Create additional Home screens: 9JKNGCTTCPIKPIKEQPU±KEMVQVJGTKIJVOQUV*QOG
screen, then drag an icon to the right edge of the screen until a new screen appears.
You can create up to 11 screens. The number of dots above the Dock shows the
number of screens you have, and which screen you’re viewing.
Reset your Home screen to the default layout: Choose Settings > General > Reset
and tap Reset Home Screen Layout.
Resetting the Home screen removes any folders you’ve created and applies the default
wallpaper to your Home screen.
Organizing with Folders
Folders let you organize icons on the Home screen. You can put up to 12 icons in a
folder. iPhone automatically names a folder when you create it, based on the icons you
use to create the folder, but you can change the name anytime you want. Like icons,
folders can be rearranged by dragging them around the Home screen. You can move
folders to a new Home screen or to the Dock.
Create a folder: Touch and hold an icon until the Home screen icons begin to jiggle,
then drag the icon onto another icon.
34 Chapter 3 Basics
iPhone creates a new folder that includes the two icons, and shows the folder’s name.
;QWECPVCRVJGPCOG°GNFCPFGPVGTCFKÒGTGPVPCOG
You can also create folders within iTunes.
Create a folder using iTunes: With iPhone connected to your computer, select iPhone
in the Devices list in iTunes. Click Apps at the top of the screen, and on the Home
screen near the top of the window, drag an app on top of another.
Add an icon to a folder While arranging icons, drag the icon onto the folder.
Remove an icon from a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then drag
the icon out of the folder.
Open a folder Tap the folder. You can then tap an app icon to open
that app.
Close a folder Tap outside the folder, or press the Home button.
Delete a folder Move all icons out of the folder. The folder is deleted
automatically when empty.
Rename a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then tap the
name at the top and use the keyboard to enter a new name.
Press the Home button to save your changes.
9JGP[QW°PKUJQTICPK\KPI[QWT*QOGUETGGPRTGUUVJG*QOG button to save
your changes.
Many apps, such as Phone, Messages, Mail, and the App Store, display an alert badge on
their Home screen icon with a number (to indicate incoming items) or an exclamation
mark (to indicate a problem). If these apps are contained in a folder, the badge appears
on the folder. A badge with a number shows the total number of items you haven’t
attended to, such as incoming phone calls, email messages, text messages, and updated
apps to download. A badge with an exclamation mark indicates a problem with an app.
35
Chapter 3 Basics
Adding Wallpaper
You can set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. You can also set
wallpaper for your Home screen. You can choose an image that came with iPhone, a
photo from your Camera Roll, or a photo synced to iPhone from your computer.
The Lock screen wallpaper also appears when you’re on a call with someone you don’t
have a contact photo for.
Set wallpaper:
1 In Settings, choose Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock and Home screens, then tap
Wallpaper or an album.
2 Tap to choose an image or photo. If you choose a photo, drag to position it and pinch
to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want.
3 Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock
Screen, Home screen, or both.
36 Chapter 3 Basics
Typing
The onscreen keyboard appears anytime you need to type.
Entering Text
Use the keyboard to enter text, such as contact information, email, text messages, and
web addresses. The keyboard corrects misspellings, predicts what you're typing, and
learns as you use it.
Depending on the app you’re using, the intelligent keyboard may suggest corrections
as you type, to help prevent mistyped words.
Enter text:
1 6CRCVGZV°GNFUWEJCUKPCPQVGQTPGYEQPVCEVVQDTKPIWRVJGMG[DQCTF
2 Tap keys on the keyboard.
5VCTVD[V[RKPIYKVJLWUV[QWTKPFGZ°PIGT#U[QWIGVOQTGRTQ°EKGPV[QWECPV[RG
more quickly using two thumbs.
#U[QWV[RGGCEJNGVVGTCRRGCTUCDQXG[QWTVJWODQT°PIGT+H[QWVQWEJVJGYTQPI
MG[[QWECPUNKFG[QWT°PIGTVQVJGEQTTGEVMG[6JGNGVVGTKUP¨VGPVGTGFWPVKN[QW
TGNGCUG[QWT°PIGTHTQOVJGMG[
Delete the previous character Tap .
Type uppercase Tap the Shift key before tapping a letter. Or touch and
hold the Shift key, then slide to a letter.
Quickly type a period and space &QWDNGVCRVJGURCEGDCT;QWECPVWTPVJKUHGCVWTGQPQTQÒ
KP5GVVKPIU )GPGTCN -G[DQCTF
37
Chapter 3 Basics
Turn caps lock on Double-tap the Shift key. The Shift key turns blue, and
all letters you type are uppercase. Tap the Shift key again
VQVWTPECRUNQEMQÒ;QWECPVWTPVJKUHGCVWTGQPQTQÒKP
5GVVKPIU )GPGTCN -G[DQCTF
Show numbers, punctuation, or
symbols
Tap the Number key. Tap the Symbol key to see
additional punctuation and symbols.
Type letters or symbols that aren’t on
the keyboard
Touch and hold the related letter or symbol, then slide to
choose a variation.
Dictionary
For many languages, iPhone has dictionaries to help you type. The appropriate
dictionary is activated when you select a supported keyboard.
For a list of supported languages, see www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html.
iPhone uses the active dictionary to suggest corrections or complete the word you’re
typing. You don’t need to interrupt your typing to accept the suggested word.
:\NNLZ[LK
^VYK
Accept or reject dictionary suggestions:
BTo reject the suggested word, °PKUJV[RKPIVJGYQTFCU[QWYCPVKVVJGPVCRVJG¥Z¦VQ
dismiss the suggestion before typing anything else. Each time you reject a suggestion
for the same word, iPhone becomes more likely to accept your word.
Note: If you’re entering Chinese or Japanese, tap one of the suggested alternatives.
BTo use the suggested word, type a space, punctuation mark, or return character.
iPhone also underlines words you’ve already typed that might be misspelled.
38 Chapter 3 Basics
Use spell checking to replace a misspelled word: Tap the underlined word, then tap
one of the suggested corrections.
If none of the suggestions is correct, you can correct the spelling of the selected word
by retyping it. To leave the word unchanged, tap somewhere else in the message area.
6WTPCWVQEQTTGEVKQPQPQTQÒ%JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFVJGPVWTP#WVQ%QTTGEVKQP
QPQTQÒ#WVQ%QTTGEVKQPKUQPD[FGHCWNV
6WTPURGNNEJGEMKPIQPQTQÒ%JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFVJGPVWTP%JGEM5RGNNKPI
QPQTQÒ5RGNNEJGEMKPIKUQPD[FGHCWNV
Editing—Cut, Copy, and Paste
The touchscreen makes it easy to make changes to text you’ve entered. An onscreen
magnifying glass helps you position the insertion point precisely where you need it.
Grab points on selected text let you quickly select more or less text. You can also cut,
copy, and paste text and photos within apps, or across multiple apps.
Position the insertion point: Touch and hold to bring up the magnifying glass, then
drag to position the insertion point.
Select text: Tap the insertion point to display the selection buttons. Tap Select to
select the adjacent word or tap Select All to select all text. You can also double-tap to
select a word. In read-only documents, such as webpages, or email or text messages
you’ve received, touch and hold to select a word.
39
Chapter 3 Basics
Drag the grab points to select more or less text.
Cut or copy text: Select text, then tap Cut or Copy.
Paste text: Tap the insertion point and tap Paste. The last text that you cut or copied is
inserted. Or select text and tap Paste to replace the text.
Undo the last edit: Shake iPhone and tap Undo.
Keyboard Layouts
You can use Settings to set the keyboard layouts for software and hardware keyboards.
The available layouts depend on the keyboard language.
Select a keyboard layout: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN
-G[DQCTFUVJGPUGNGEVCMG[DQCTF(QTGCEJNCPIWCIG[QWECPOCMGUGRCTCVG
selections for both the onscreen software and any external hardware keyboards.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard on the iPhone
screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple Wireless
-G[DQCTFEQPPGEVGFVQK2JQPG.
Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard
(QTGCUGQHV[RKPI[QWECPWUGCP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFCXCKNCDNGUGRCTCVGN[
6JG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFEQPPGEVUXKC$NWGVQQVJUQ[QWOWUVRCKTVJGMG[DQCTF
with iPhone. See “Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone” on page 47.
Once the keyboard is paired with iPhone, it connects whenever the keyboard is within
range (up to 30 feet). You can tell that the keyboard is connected if the onscreen
MG[DQCTFFQGUP¨VCRRGCTYJGP[QWVCRKPCVGZV°GNF
Switch the language when using a hardware keyboard: Press and hold the
Command key, then tap the space bar to display a list of available languages. Tap the
URCEGDCTCICKPVQEJQQUGCFKÒGTGPVNCPIWCIG
Disconnect a wireless keyboard from iPhone: Press and hold the power button on
VJGMG[DQCTFWPVKNVJGITGGPNKIJVIQGUQÒ
40 Chapter 3 Basics
iPhone disconnects the keyboard when it’s out of range.
Unpair a wireless keyboard from iPhone: In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth,
tap next to the device name, then tap “Forget this Device.”
;QWECPCRRN[FKÒGTGPVNC[QWVUVQCYKTGNGUUMG[DQCTF5GG#RRGPFKZA, “International
-G[DQCTFU,” on page 248 and “-G[DQCTF.C[QWVU” on page 40.
Printing
About AirPrint
AirPrint lets you print wirelessly to AirPrint-enabled printers. You can print from
these iOS apps:
Mail—email messages and attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look
Photos—photos
Safari—webpages, PDFs, and other attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look
iBooks—PDFs
Other apps available from the App Store may also support AirPrint.
An AirPrint-enabled printer doesn’t need setup—just connect it to the same Wi-Fi
network as iPhone. (If you’re not sure whether your printer is AirPrint-enabled, refer to
its documentation.)
For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.
Printing a Document
AirPrint uses your Wi-Fi network to send print jobs wirelessly to your printer. iPhone
must be connected to the same wireless network as the AirPrint printer.
Print a document:
1 Tap or (depending on the app you’re using), then tap Print.
2 Tap Select Printer to select a printer.
3 Set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the printer
supports it). Some apps also let you set a range of pages to print.
41
Chapter 3 Basics
4 Tap Print.
See the status of a print job: Double-click the Home button, then tap Print Center.
The Print Center app appears as the most recent app when a document is printing.
A badge on the app icon shows how many documents are queued for printing.
If you’re printing more than one document, select a print job to see its status summary.
Cancel a print job: Double-click the Home button, tap Print Center, select the print
job (if you’re printing more than one document), then tap Cancel Printing.
42 Chapter 3 Basics
Searching
You can search many apps on iPhone, including Mail, Calendar, iPod, Notes, Messages,
and Contacts. You can search an individual app, or search all apps at once using Search.
Go to Search: 1PVJGOCKP*QOGUETGGP±KEMNGHVVQTKIJVQTRTGUUVJG*QOG button.
From the Search screen, press the Home button to return to the main Home
screen page.
Search iPhone: 1PVJG5GCTEJUETGGPGPVGTVGZVKPVJG5GCTEJ°GNF5GCTEJTGUWNVU
appear as you type. Tap an item in the list to open it. Tap Search to dismiss the
keyboard and see more results.
Icons next to the search results show which app the results are from.
iPhone may display a top hit for you at the top of the list, based on your previous
searches. The Safari search results include options to search the web or to search
Wikipedia.
App What’s searched
Contacts First, last, and company names
Mail 6Q(TQOCPF5WDLGEV°GNFUQHCNNCEEQWPVUVJGVGZVQH
messages isn’t searched)
Calendar Event titles, invitees, locations, and notes
iPod Music (names of songs, artists, and albums) and the titles of
podcasts, videos, and audiobooks
Messages Names and text of messages
Notes Text of notes
Search also searches the names of the native and installed apps on iPhone, so if you
have a lot of apps, you may want to use Search to locate and open apps.
43
Chapter 3 Basics
Open apps from Search: Enter the app name, then tap to open the app directly from
the search results.
Use the Spotlight Search setting to specify which contents are searched and the order
the results are presented in. See “Spotlight Search” on page 195.
Voice Control
Voice Control lets you make phone calls and control iPod music playback using
voice commands.
Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen
appears and you hear a beep. You can also press and hold the center button on the
iPhone earphones.
Use the following commands to make calls or play songs.
Call someone in contacts Say “call” or “dial,” then say the name of the person. If the
person has more than one phone number, you can add
“home” or “mobile,” for example.
Make a FaceTime call to someone in
contacts (iPhone 4)
Say “FaceTime,” then say the name of the person. If the
person has more than one phone number, you can add
“home” or “mobile,” for example.
Dial a number Say “call” or “dial,” then say the number.
Control music playback Say “play” or “play music.” To pause, say “pause” or “pause
music.” You can also say “next song” or “previous song.”
Play an album, artist, or playlist Say “play,” then say “album,” “artist,” or “playlist” and the name.
5JWÔGVJGEWTTGPVRNC[NKUV 5C[¥UJWÔG¦
Find out more about the currently
playing song
Say “what’s playing,” “what song is this,” “who sings this
song,” or “who is this song by.”
Use Genius to play similar songs Say “Genius,” “play more like this,” or “play more songs like this.”
Find out the current time Say “what time is it?” or “what is the time?”
Cancel Voice Control Say “cancel” or “stop.”
44 Chapter 3 Basics
For best results:
Speak into the iPhone microphone as if you were making a phone call. You can also
use the microphone on your Bluetooth headset or compatible Bluetooth car kit.
Speak clearly and naturally.
Say only iPhone commands and names, and numbers. Pause slightly between
commands.
Use full names.
For more about using Voice Control, including information about using Voice Control
KPFKÒGTGPVNCPIWCIGUIQVQsupport.apple.com/kb/HT3597.
Voice Control normally expects you to speak voice commands in the language that’s
set for iPhone (the setting in General > International > Language). Voice Control
settings let you change the language for speaking voice commands. Some languages
CTGCXCKNCDNGKPFKÒGTGPVFKCNGEVUQTCEEGPVU
Change the language or country: In Settings, choose General > International >
Voice Control and tap the language or country.
Voice Control for the iPod app is always on, but for better security you can prevent
voice dialing when iPhone is locked.
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
.QEMCPFVWTP8QKEG&KCNQÒ7PNQEMK2JQPGVQWUGXQKEGFKCNKPI
See “Voice Dialing” on page 61 and “Using Voice Control with iPod” on page 95.
45
Chapter 3 Basics
Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic
The Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic included with iPhone feature a microphone,
volume buttons, and an integrated button that allows you to answer and end calls
easily, and control audio and video playback.
*LU[LYI\[[VU
Plug in the earphones to listen to music or make a phone call. Press the center button
to control music playback and answer or end calls, even when iPhone is locked.
Pause a song or video Press the center button. Press again to resume playback.
Skip to the next song Press the center button twice quickly.
Return to previous song Press the center button three times quickly.
Fast-forward Press the center button twice quickly and hold.
Rewind Press the center button three times quickly and hold.
Adjust the volume Press the + or – button.
Answer an incoming call Press the center button.
End the current call Press the center button.
Decline an incoming call Press and hold the center button for about two seconds,
VJGPNGVIQ6YQNQYDGGRUEQP°TO[QWFGENKPGFVJGECNN
Switch to an incoming or on-hold call
and put the current call on hold
Press the center button. Press again to switch back to the
°TUVECNN
Switch to an incoming or on-hold call
and end the current call
Press and hold the center button for about two seconds,
VJGPNGVIQ6YQNQYDGGRUEQP°TO[QWGPFGFVJG°TUVECNN
Use Voice Control Press and hold the center button. See “Voice Control” on
page 44.
If you get a call while the earphones are plugged in, you can hear the ringtone
through both the iPhone speaker and the earphones.
46 Chapter 3 Basics
Bluetooth Devices
;QWECPWUGK2JQPGYKVJVJG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFCPFQVJGT$NWGVQQVJFGXKEGU
such as Bluetooth headsets, car kits, and stereo headphones. Third-party Bluetooth
headphones may support volume and playback controls. See the documentation
VJCVECOGYKVJ[QWT$NWGVQQVJFGXKEG(QTUWRRQTVGF$NWGVQQVJRTQ°NGUIQVQ
support.apple.com/kb/HT3647.
Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss and about
driving safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at
www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
$GHQTG[QWECPWUGC$NWGVQQVJFGXKEGYKVJK2JQPG[QWOWUV°TUVRCKTVJGO
Pair a Bluetooth headset, car kit, or other device with iPhone:
1 Follow the instructions that came with the device to make it discoverable or to set it to
search for other Bluetooth devices.
2 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
3 Choose the device on iPhone, and enter its passkey or PIN number. See the
instructions about the passkey or PIN that came with the device.
After you pair a Bluetooth device to work with iPhone, you must make a connection
to have iPhone use the device for your calls. See the documentation that came with
the device.
When iPhone is connected to a Bluetooth headset or car kit, outgoing calls are routed
through the device. Incoming calls are routed through the device if you answer using
the device, and through iPhone if you answer using iPhone.
Pair an Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPhone:
1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
2 2TGUUVJGRQYGTDWVVQPQPVJG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFVQVWTPKVQP
3 On iPhone, select the keyboard listed under Devices.
4 Type the passkey on the keyboard as instructed, then press Return.
Note: ;QWECPRCKTQPN[QPG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFYKVJK2JQPGCVCVKOG6QRCKTC
FKÒGTGPVMG[DQCTF[QWOWUV°TUVWPRCKTVJGEWTTGPVQPG
For more information, see “7UKPICP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF” on page 40.
47
Chapter 3 Basics
Bluetooth Status
The Bluetooth icon appears in the iPhone status bar at the top of the screen:
or : Bluetooth is on and a device is connected to iPhone. (The color depends on
the current color of the status bar.)
: Bluetooth is on but no device is connected. If you’ve paired a device with iPhone,
KVOC[DGQWVQHTCPIGQTVWTPGFQÒ
No Bluetooth icon: $NWGVQQVJKUVWTPGFQÒ
Unpairing a Bluetooth Device from iPhone
You can unpair a Bluetooth device if you don’t want to use it with iPhone any more.
Unpair a Bluetooth device:
1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
2 Tap next to the device name, then tap “Forget this Device.”
Battery
iPhone has an internal rechargeable battery.
Charging the Battery
WARNING: For important safety information about charging iPhone, see the
Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
The battery icon in the upper-right corner shows the battery level or charging status.
You can also display the percentage of the battery charge. See “Usage” on page 192.
*OHYNPUN *OHYNLK
Charge the battery: Connect iPhone to a power outlet using the included Dock
Connector to USB Cable and USB power adapter.
48 Chapter 3 Basics
Charge the battery and sync iPhone: Connect iPhone to your computer using the
included Dock Connector to USB Cable. Or connect iPhone to your computer using the
included cable and the Dock, available separately.
Unless your keyboard has a high-powered USB 2.0 port, you must connect iPhone to a
USB 2.0 port on your computer.
Important: The iPhone battery may drain instead of charge if iPhone is connected to a
EQORWVGTVJCV¨UVWTPGFQÒQTKUKPUNGGRQTUVCPFD[OQFG
If you charge the battery while syncing or using iPhone, it may take longer to charge.
Important: If iPhone is very low on power, it may display one of the following images,
indicating that iPhone needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it.
If iPhone is extremely low on power, the display may be blank for up to two minutes
before one of the low-battery images appears.
VY
Maximizing Battery Life
iPhone uses lithium-ion batteries. To learn more about how to maximize the battery
life of iPhone, go to www.apple.com/batteries.
Replacing the Battery
Rechargeable batteries have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually
need to be replaced. The iPhone battery isn’t user replaceable; it can be replaced
only by an authorized service provider. For more information, go to www.apple.com/
support/iphone/service/battery.
49
Chapter 3 Basics
Security Features
Security features help protect the information on iPhone from being accessed by others.
Passcodes and Data Protection
You can set a passcode that you must enter each time you turn on or wake up iPhone.
Set a passcode: Choose Settings > General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit
passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPhone then requires you to enter
the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings.
Setting a passcode turns on data protection. Data protection uses your passcode as
the key for encrypting mail messages and their attachments stored on iPhone. (Data
protection may also be used by some apps available in the App Store.) A notice at
the bottom of the Passcode Lock screen in Settings shows whether data protection
is enabled.
6QKPETGCUGK2JQPGUGEWTKV[VWTPQÒ5KORNG2CUUEQFGCPFWUGCNQPIGTRCUUEQFGYKVJ
a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters. See “Passcode
Lock” on page 195.
Important: On an iPhone 3GS that didn’t ship with iOS 4 or later, you must also restore
iOS software to enable data protection. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 257.
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
.QEMCPFVWTP8QKEG&KCNQÒ7PNQEMK2JQPGVQWUGXQKEGFKCNKPI
Find My iPhone
Find My iPhone helps you locate and secure your iPhone using the free Find My
iPhone app on another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, or using a Mac or PC with a web
browser. Find My iPhone includes:
Locate on a map: View the approximate location of your iPhone on a full-screen map
Display a Message or Play a Sound: Lets you compose a message that will appear
on your iPhone screen, or play a sound at full volume for two minutes, even if the
Ring/Silent switch is set to silent
Remote Passcode Lock: Lets you remotely lock your iPhone and create a 4-digit
passcode, if you haven’t set one previously
Remote Wipe: Lets you protect your privacy by erasing all media and data on
iPhone, restoring it to factory settings
Use Find My iPhone: You need to turn on Find My iPhone on iPhone before you can
use these features. See “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 26.
To locate your missing iPhone and use the other Find My iPhone features, download
the free Find My iPhone app from the App Store on another iOS device, or sign in to
me.com in a web browser on a Mac or PC.
50 Chapter 3 Basics
Note: Find My iPhone requires a MobileMe account. MobileMe is Apple’s online
service, which provides Find My iPhone for free to iPhone 4 customers, and additional
features with a paid subscription. MobileMe may not be available in all countries or
regions. For more information, see “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 26, or go
to www.apple.com/mobileme.
Cleaning iPhone
Clean iPhone immediately if it comes in contact with any contaminants that may cause
stains, such as ink, dyes, makeup, dirt, food, oils, or lotions. To clean iPhone, disconnect
CNNECDNGUCPFVWTPQÒK2JQPGRTGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPVJGP
slide the onscreen slider). Then use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting
moisture in openings. Don’t use window cleaners, household cleaners, compressed air,
aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPhone. The front cover
of iPhone 3GS and the front and back covers of iPhone 4 are made of glass and have
an oleophobic coating. To clean these surfaces, simply wipe with a soft, lint-free cloth.
The ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and
TWDDKPIVJGUETGGPYKVJCPCDTCUKXGOCVGTKCNYKNNHWTVJGTFKOKPKUJKVUGÒGEVCPFOC[
scratch the glass.
For more information about handling iPhone, see the iPhone Important Product
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Restarting or Resetting iPhone
If something isn’t working right, try restarting iPhone, force quitting an app, or
resetting iPhone.
Restart iPhone: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPWPVKNVJGTGFUNKFGT
CRRGCTU5NKFG[QWT°PIGTCETQUUVJGUNKFGTVQVWTPQÒK2JQPG6QVWTPK2JQPGDCEMQP
RTGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPWPVKNVJG#RRNGNQIQCRRGCTU
+H[QWECP¨VVWTPQÒK2JQPGQTKHVJGRTQDNGOEQPVKPWGU[QWOC[PGGFVQTGUGVK2JQPG
#TGUGVUJQWNFDGFQPGQPN[KHVWTPKPIK2JQPGQÒCPFQPFQGUP¨VTGUQNXGVJGRTQDNGO
Force quit an app: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPHQTCHGYUGEQPFU
until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits.
You can also force an app to quit by removing it from the recents list. See “Opening
and Switching Apps” on page 29.
Reset iPhone: 2TGUUCPFJQNFDQVJVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPCPFVJG*QOG
button for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears.
For more troubleshooting suggestions, see Appendix B, “Support and Other
Information,” on page 254.
51
Chapter 3 Basics
Syncing and File Sharing 4
About Syncing
Syncing copies information from your computer or online account to iPhone, then
keeps the information in sync by copying changes made in one location to the other.
You use iTunes on your computer to sync contacts, calendars, and other information;
iOS apps; photos and videos; and music and other iTunes content. By default, syncing
occurs whenever you connect iPhone to your computer.
;QWECPCNUQEQP°IWTGK2JQPGVQCEEGUUCEEQWPVUYKVJQPNKPGUGTXKEGRTQXKFGTUUWEJCU
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and others. Your information on those
services is synced over the air.
Syncing Accounts
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and other online service providers
sync information—which might include contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks,
and notes—wirelessly over the air, so you don’t have to connect iPhone to your
computer. The wireless Internet connection can be via your cellular network or your
local Wi-Fi network.
Some service providers—including MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange—push
information updates. This means that syncing happens whenever any information is
changed. The Push setting in Fetch New Data must be turned on (it’s on by default).
Other providers sync by periodically “fetching” changes that have occurred. Use the
Fetch setting to determine how frequently this happens. See “Fetch New Data” on
page 203.
For information about setting up accounts on iPhone, see “Adding Mail, Contacts, and
Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
52
Syncing with iTunes
You can set iTunes to sync any or all of the following:
Contacts—names, phone numbers, addresses, email addresses, and more
Calendars—appointments and events
Email account settings
Webpage bookmarks
Notes
Ringtones
Music
Photos and videos (in your computer’s photo application or folder)
iTunes U collections
Podcasts
Books and audiobooks
Movies, TV shows, and music videos
Apps downloaded from the App Store
You can adjust sync settings whenever iPhone is connected to your computer.
Ringtones, music, audiobooks, podcasts, books, iTunes U collections, videos, and
apps are synced from your iTunes library. If you don’t already have content in iTunes,
the iTunes Store (not available in all countries or regions) makes it easy to preview
content and download it to iTunes. You can also add music to your iTunes library
from your CDs. To learn about iTunes and the iTunes Store, open iTunes and choose
Help > iTunes Help.
Contacts, calendars, notes, and webpage bookmarks are synced with applications on
your computer, as described in the following section. New entries or changes you
make on iPhone are synced to your computer, and vice versa.
iTunes also lets you sync photos and videos from an application or from a folder.
Email account settings are synced only from your computer’s email application to
K2JQPG6JKUCNNQYU[QWVQEWUVQOK\G[QWTGOCKNCEEQWPVUQPK2JQPGYKVJQWVCÒGEVKPI
email account settings on your computer.
Note: You can also set up email accounts directly on iPhone. See “Adding Mail,
Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Purchases you make on iPhone in the iTunes Store or the App Store are synced back
to your iTunes library. You can also purchase or download content and apps from the
iTunes Store on your computer, and then sync them to iPhone.
53
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
You can set iPhone to sync with only a portion of what’s on your computer. For
example, you might want to sync only a group of contacts from your address book,
or only unwatched video podcasts.
Important: You should be logged in to your own user account on your computer
before connecting iPhone.
Set up iTunes syncing:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer, and open iTunes.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
3 %QP°IWTGVJGU[PEUGVVKPIUKPGCEJQHVJGUGVVKPIURCPGU
See the following section for descriptions of the panes.
4 Click Apply in the lower-right corner of the screen.
By default, “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected” is selected.
iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes
The following sections provide an overview of each of the iPhone settings panes.
For more information, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help.
Note: Buttons for additional panes may appear in iTunes, depending on the types of
content in your iTunes library.
Summary Pane
Select “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected” to have iTunes open and sync
iPhone automatically whenever you connect it to your computer. Deselect this option
if you want to sync only by clicking the Sync button in iTunes. For more information,
see “Automatic iTunes Syncing” on page 57.
Select “Sync only checked songs and videos” if you want iTunes to skip unchecked
items in your iTunes library when syncing.
54 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
5GNGEV¥2TGHGTUVCPFCTFFG°PKVKQPXKFGQU¦KH[QWYCPVK6WPGUVQU[PEUVCPFCTFFG°PKVKQP
KPUVGCFQHJKIJFG°PKVKQPXKFGQUK2JQPG
Select “Convert higher bit rate songs to 128 kbps AAC” if you want iTunes to convert
NCTIGTCWFKQ°NGUVQVJGUVCPFCTFK6WPGUCWFKQHQTOCVFWTKPIU[PEKPI
5GNGEV¥/CPWCNN[OCPCIGOWUKECPFXKFGQU¦VQVWTPQÒCWVQOCVKEU[PEKPIKPVJG/WUKE
and Video settings panes. See “Manually Managing Content” on page 58.
Select “Encrypt iPhone backup” if you want to encrypt the information stored on your
computer when iTunes makes a backup. Encrypted backups are indicated by a lock
icon, and a password is required to restore the information to iPhone. See “Backing Up
iPhone” on page 255.
6QVWTPQP#EEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGUENKEM%QP°IWTG7PKXGTUCN#EEGUU5GG%JCRVGT29,
“Accessibility,” on page 229.
Info Pane
6JG+PHQRCPGNGVU[QWEQP°IWTGVJGU[PEUGVVKPIUHQT[QWTEQPVCEVUECNGPFCTUGOCKN
accounts, and web browser.
Contacts
Sync contacts with applications such as Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo! Address
Book, and Google Contacts on a Mac, or with Yahoo! Address Book, Google Contacts,
Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Windows Contacts (Vista and Windows 7),
or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync contacts
with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync contacts with one application at
a time.)
+H[QWU[PEYKVJ;CJQQ#FFTGUU$QQM[QWQPN[PGGFVQENKEM%QP°IWTGVQGPVGT[QWT
new login information when you change your Yahoo! ID or password after you’ve
set up syncing.
Calendars
Sync calendars from applications such as iCal on a Mac, or from Microsoft Outlook
2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync calendars with multiple
applications. On a PC, you can sync calendars with only one application at a time.)
Mail Accounts
Sync email account settings from Mail on a Mac, and from Microsoft Outlook 2003,
2007, or 2010 or Outlook Express on a PC. Account settings are transferred only from
your computer to iPhone. Changes you make to an email account on iPhone don’t
CÒGEVVJGCEEQWPVQP[QWTEQORWVGT
Note: The password for your Yahoo! email account isn’t saved on your computer,
so it can’t be synced and must be entered on iPhone. In Settings, choose “Mail,
Contacts, Calendars,” tap your Yahoo! account, and enter the password.
55
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
Web Browser
You can sync bookmarks on iPhone with Safari on a Mac, or with Safari or Microsoft
Internet Explorer on a PC.
Notes
Sync notes in the Notes app on iPhone with notes in Mail on a Mac or with
Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC.
Advanced
These options let you replace the information on iPhone with the information on
your computer during the next sync.
Apps Pane
Use the Apps Pane to sync App Store apps, arrange apps on the iPhone Home screen,
or copy documents between iPhone and your computer.
Select “Automatically sync new apps” to sync new apps to iPhone that you
downloaded or synced from another device. If you delete an app on iPhone, you can
reinstall it from the Apps pane as long as it was previously synced.
;QWECPETGCVGFQEWOGPVUQPK2JQPGYKVJCRRUVJCVUWRRQTV°NGUJCTKPICPFVJGP
copy those documents to your computer. You can also copy documents from your
EQORWVGTVQK2JQPGCPFWUGVJGOYKVJCRRUVJCVUWRRQTV°NGUJCTKPI5GG¥File
Sharing” on page 59.
Ringtones Pane
Use the Ringtones pane to select the ringtones you want to sync to iPhone.
Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, iTunes U, and Books Panes
Use these panes to specify the media you want to sync. You can sync all music, movies,
TV shows, podcasts, iTunes U collections, books and audiobooks, or select the content
you want.
If you create a playlist folder (collection of playlists) in iTunes, the folder and its playlists
will be synced to iPhone. You can’t create playlist folders directly on iPhone.
If you listen to part of a podcast or audiobook, your place in the story is included if you
sync the content with iTunes. If you started listening to the story on iPhone, you can
RKEMWRYJGTG[QWNGHVQÒWUKPIK6WPGUQP[QWTEQORWVGT¤QTXKEGXGTUC
If you want to watch a rented movie from your computer on iPhone, sync it to
iPhone using the Movies pane in iTunes.
Only songs and videos encoded in formats that iPhone supports are synced to
iPhone. For information about which formats iPhone supports, go to
www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html.
56 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
Important: If you delete an item from iTunes, it will also be deleted from iPhone the
next time you sync.
Photos Pane
On a Mac, you can sync photos with Aperture or iPhoto 4.0.3 or later, and videos with
iPhoto 6.0.6 or later. On a PC, you can sync photos with Adobe Photoshop Elements
8.0 or later. You can also sync photos and videos from any Mac or PC folder that
contains images.
Automatic iTunes Syncing
By default, iPhone syncs whenever you connect it to iTunes. You can prevent iPhone
from syncing when you connect iPhone to a computer other than the one you usually
sync with.
6WTPQÒCWVQOCVKEU[PEKPIHQTK2JQPG
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
3 Deselect “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected.”
9JGPCWVQOCVKEU[PEKPIKUVWTPGFQÒ[QWECPUVKNNU[PED[ENKEMKPIVJG5[PEDWVVQP
Prevent automatic syncing for all iPods, iPhones, and iPads:
1 In iTunes, choose iTunes > Preferences (on a Mac) or Edit > Preferences (on a PC).
2 Click Devices, then select “Prevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing
automatically.”
If this checkbox is selected, iPhone won’t sync, even if “Open iTunes when this iPhone
is connected” is selected in the Summary pane.
Prevent automatic syncing one time, without changing settings: Open iTunes,
connect iPhone to your computer, then press and hold Command-Option (on a Mac)
or Shift-Control (on a PC) until you see iPhone appear in the sidebar.
Sync manually: In iTunes, select iPhone in the sidebar, then click Sync in the bottom-
right corner of the window. Or, if you’ve changed any sync settings, click Apply.
57
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
Manually Managing Content
The manually managing feature lets you choose just the music, videos, and podcasts
you want to have on iPhone.
Set up iPhone for manually managing content:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the sidebar.
3 Click Summary at the top of the screen and select “Manually manage music and videos.”
4 Click Apply.
Add items to iPhone: Drag a song, video, podcast, or playlist in your iTunes library to
iPhone (in the sidebar). Shift-click or Command-click (Mac) or Control-click (Windows)
to select multiple items to add at the same time.
iTunes syncs the content immediately. If you deselect “Manually manage music and
videos,” the content you added manually is removed from iPhone the next time iTunes
syncs content.
Remove items from iPhone: With iPhone connected to your computer, select iPhone
in the iTunes sidebar, and click its disclosure triangle to show contents. Select a
content area, such as Music or Movies, then select the items you want to delete and
press the Delete key on the keyboard.
Removing an item from iPhone doesn’t delete it from your iTunes library.
Note: Genius doesn’t work if you manually manage content. See “Using Genius on
iPhone” on page 98.
Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer
You can transfer content on iPhone that was purchased using iTunes on one
computer to an iTunes library on another authorized computer. The computer must
be authorized to play content purchased using your Apple ID.
Authorize a computer: Open iTunes on the computer and choose Store >
Authorize Computer.
Transfer purchased content: Connect iPhone to the other computer. In iTunes,
choose File > Transfer Purchases from iPhone.
58 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
File Sharing
(KNG5JCTKPINGVU[QWVTCPUHGT°NGUDGVYGGPK2JQPGCPF[QWTEQORWVGT;QWECPUJCTG
°NGUETGCVGFYKVJCEQORCVKDNGCRRCPFUCXGFKPCUWRRQTVGFHQTOCV
#RRUVJCVUWRRQTV°NGUJCTKPICRRGCTKPVJG(KNG5JCTKPI#RRUNKUVKPK6WPGU(QT
each app, the Files list shows the documents that are on iPhone. See the app’s
FQEWOGPVCVKQPHQTJQYKVUJCTGU°NGUPQVCNNCRRUUWRRQTVVJKUHGCVWTG
6TCPUHGTC°NGHTQOK2JQPGVQ[QWTEQORWVGT
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen.
3 In the File Sharing section, select an app from the list on the left.
4 1PVJGTKIJVUGNGEVVJG°NG[QWYCPVVQVTCPUHGTVJGPENKEM¥5CXGVQ¦CPFEJQQUGC
destination on your computer.
6TCPUHGTC°NGHTQO[QWTEQORWVGTVQK2JQPG
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen.
3 In the File Sharing section, click Add.
4 5GNGEVC°NGVJGPENKEM%JQQUG/CEQT1-2%
6JG°NGKUVTCPUHGTTGFVQ[QWTFGXKEGCPFECPDGQRGPGFWUKPICPCRRVJCVUWRRQTVU
VJCV°NGV[RG6QVTCPUHGTOQTGVJCPQPG°NGUGNGEVGCEJCFFKVKQPCN°NG
&GNGVGC°NGHTQOK2JQPG5GNGEVVJG°NGKPVJG(KNGUNKUVVJGPVCR&GNGVG
59
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
Phone 5
Phone Calls
Making a call on iPhone is as simple as tapping a name and number in your contacts,
tapping one of your favorites, or tapping a recent call to return it.
Making Calls
Buttons at the bottom of the Phone screen give you quick access to your favorites,
recent calls, your contacts, and a numeric keypad for dialing manually.
WARNING: For important information about driving safely, see the Important Product
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
5\TILYVMTPZZLKJHSSZ
5\TILYVM\UOLHYK
]VPJLTHPSTLZZHNLZ
Use Contacts to call someone Tap Contacts, choose a contact, then tap a phone number.
Call a favorite Tap Favorites, then choose a contact.
Return a recent call Tap Recents, then tap a name or number in the list. If the
call was a FaceTime video call (indicated by ),
tap the item to make a new video call.
60
Dialing Manually
You can use the keypad to manually dial a phone number.
Dial a number: 6CR-G[RCFGPVGTVJGPWODGTVJGPVCR%CNN
If you copy a phone number to the clipboard, you can paste it to the numeric keypad.
Paste a number to the keypad: Tap the screen above the keyboard, then tap Paste.
If the phone number you copied included letters, iPhone converts them to the
appropriate digits.
You can include a soft pause, which pauses dialing for about two seconds, or a hard
pause, which pauses dialing until you tap the Dial Button. Pauses can be useful when
dialing in to a conference call, for example.
Enter a soft pause: Press and hold the “*” key until a comma appears in the number.
Enter a hard pause: Press and hold the “#” key until a semicolon appears in the number.
Redial the last number you dialed: 6CR-G[RCFVJGPVCR%CNN6CR%CNNCICKPVQFKCN
the number.
Voice Dialing
;QWECPWUG8QKEG%QPVTQNVQECNNUQOGQPGKP[QWTEQPVCEVUQTVQFKCNCURGEK°EPWODGT
Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control to make a phone call: Press and hold the Home button until the
Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described
below to make a call.
You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones to use
Voice Control.
Call someone in contacts Say “call” or “dial” then say the name of the person. If the
person has more than one number, specify which one you
want to call.
Examples:
Call John Appleseed
Call John Appleseed at home
Call John Appleseed, mobile
Dial a number Say “call” or “dial,” then say the number.
For best results, speak the full name of the person you’re calling. If you speak only the
°TUVPCOGCPF[QWJCXGOQTGVJCPQPGEQPVCEVYKVJVJCVPCOGK2JQPGCUMUYJKEJQH
those contacts you want to call. If there’s more than one number for the person you’re
calling, say which number to use. Otherwise, iPhone asks you.
61
Chapter 5 Phone
When voice dialing a number, speak each digit separately—for example, say “four one
°XG°XG°XG°XGQPGVYQQPGVYQ¦
Note: For the “800” area code in the U.S., you can say “eight hundred.”
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
.QEMCPFVWTP8QKEG&KCNQÒ7PNQEMK2JQPGVQWUGXQKEGFKCNKPI
Receiving Calls
When you receive a call, tap Answer. If iPhone is locked, drag the slider. You can also
press the center button on your iPhone earphones to answer a call.
*LU[LYI\[[VU
Silence a call: 2TGUUVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPQTGKVJGTXQNWOGDWVVQP;QWECP
still answer the call after silencing it, until it goes to voicemail.
Decline a call: Do one of the following to send a call directly to voicemail.
2TGUUVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPVYKEGSWKEMN[
Press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones for about two seconds.
6YQNQYDGGRUEQP°TOVJCVVJGECNNYCUFGENKPGF
Tap Decline (if iPhone is awake when a call comes in).
Block calls and maintain Wi-Fi access to the Internet: In Settings, turn on Airplane
Mode, then tap Wi-Fi to turn it on.
62 Chapter 5 Phone
While On a Call
When you’re on a call, the screen shows call options.
The call options may vary, depending on which iPhone you’re using.
Mute your line Tap Mute. You can still hear the caller, but the caller can’t
hear you.
Use the numeric keypad to
enter information
6CR-G[RCF
Use the speakerphone or a
Bluetooth device
Tap Speaker. The Button is labeled Audio Source when
a Bluetooth device is available, which lets you select the
Bluetooth device, iPhone, or Speaker Phone.
See contact information Tap Contacts.
Put a call on hold iPhone 4: Touch and hold Mute.
iPhone 3GS: Tap Hold.
Neither party can hear the other. When a call is on hold, tap
Hold again to return to the call.
Make another call Tap Add Call.
You can use other apps during a call—to check your schedule in Calendar, for example.
Use another app during a call: Press the Home button, then tap an app icon. To
return to the call, tap the green bar at the top of the screen.
Note: The 3G (UMTS) cellular network supports simultaneous voice and data
communications on GSM models. For all other network connections (EDGE or GPRS
on GSM models, or EV-DO or 1xRTT on a CDMA model), you can’t use Internet services
while you’re on the phone unless iPhone also has a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet.
End a call: Tap End Call. Or press the center button on your iPhone earphones.
63
Chapter 5 Phone
Second Calls
During a call, you can make or receive another call. If you receive a second call, iPhone
beeps and shows the caller’s information and a list of options.
Note: Making and receiving a second call may be an optional service in some
countries or regions. Contact your carrier for more information.
Respond to a second incoming call:
To ignore the call and send it to voicemail: Tap Ignore.
6QJQNFVJG°TUVECNNCPFCPUYGTVJGPGYQPGTap Hold Call + Answer.
6QGPFVJG°TUVECNNCPFCPUYGTVJGPGYQPGOn GSM models, tap End Call + Answer.
On a CDMA model, tap End Call and when the second call rings back, tap Answer,
or drag the slider if the phone is locked.
If you’re on a FaceTime video call, you can either end the video call and answer the
incoming call, or decline the incoming call.
Make a second call: 6CR#FF%CNN6JG°TUVECNNKURWVQPJQNF
Switch between calls: Tap Swap. The active call is put on hold.
On a CDMA model, you can’t switch between calls if the second call was outgoing,
but you can merge the calls. If you end the second call or the merged call, both calls
are terminated.
Merge calls: Tap Merge Calls.
On a CDMA model, you can’t merge calls if the second call was incoming.
Conference Calls
1P)5/OQFGNU[QWECPUGVWRCEQPHGTGPEGECNNVQVCNMYKVJWRVQ°XGRGQRNGCVC
time, depending on your carrier.
Note: Conference calling may be an optional service in some countries or regions.
Contact your carrier for information.
Create a conference call:
1 Make a call.
2 6CR#FF%CNNCPFOCMGCPQVJGTECNN6JG°TUVECNNKURWVQPJQNF
3 Tap Merge Calls. The calls are merged on one line and everyone can hear each other.
4 Repeat steps two and three to add additional calls.
Drop one call Tap Conference and tap next to a call. Then tap End Call.
Talk privately with a call Tap Conference, then tap Private next to a call. Tap Merge
Calls to resume the conference call.
Add an incoming call Tap Hold Call + Answer, then tap Merge Calls.
64 Chapter 5 Phone
If your service includes conference calling, iPhone always has a second line available in
addition to the conference call.
Note: You can’t make a FaceTime video call when you’re on a conference call.
FaceTime
FaceTime video calls (iPhone 4) let you see as well as hear the person you’re talking to.
You can make a video call to someone with a device that supports FaceTime. No setup
is needed, but you must have a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet. FaceTime uses the
front camera so the person you call can see your face, but you can switch to the main
camera to share what you see around you.
Note: FaceTime may not be available in all countries or regions.
Make a FaceTime call: In Contacts, choose a name, then tap FaceTime and tap the
email address or phone number the person uses for FaceTime.
To call someone who has an iPhone 4, you can start by making a voice call, then
tap FaceTime.
If you previously had a FaceTime call with someone, appears on the FaceTime
button and on the email address or phone number you used.
4HRLH
-HJL;PTL
]PKLVJHSS
Make a FaceTime call using Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the
Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then say “FaceTime,” followed by
the name of the person to call.
If you had a previous FaceTime video call with someone, you can make another video
call to that person by tapping the entry for that call in Recents. Previous FaceTime
video calls are indicated by .
65
Chapter 5 Phone
When the voice call is established, you see the image from the other person’s iPhone.
A picture-in-picture window shows the image from your iPhone that the other person
sees. You can drag the window to any corner. You can use FaceTime in portrait or
landscape orientation.
Video calls use the top microphone on iPhone.
If you move away from your Wi-Fi network, or it otherwise becomes unavailable, you’ll
get an option to redial the number for a voice call.
Note: When you make a FaceTime video call, your phone number is displayed even if
ECNNGT+&KUDNQEMGFQTVWTPGFQÒ
Receive a FaceTime video call: Click Accept.
Mute a FaceTime video call Tap at the bottom of the screen. You can still hear and
see the caller. The caller can see, but not hear you.
Switch between the front and
main cameras
Tap at the bottom of the screen.
Use another app during a FaceTime
video call
Press the Home button, then tap an app icon. You can
still talk, but won’t see each other. To return to the video
call, tap the green bar at the top of the screen.
End a FaceTime video call Tap at the bottom of the screen.
6QDNQEM(CEG6KOGXKFGQECNNU[QWECPVWTPQÒ(CEG6KOGKP5GVVKPIU
6WTP(CEG6KOGQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose Phone and tap the FaceTime switch.
FaceTime is on by default.
You can also disable FaceTime in Restrictions. See “Restrictions” on page 196 .
66 Chapter 5 Phone
Using a Bluetooth Device for Calls
You can make and receive calls using a Bluetooth device paired with iPhone. See
“Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone” on page 47.
For information about using a Bluetooth device to make and receive calls, see the
documentation that came with the device.
Listen to calls through iPhone when a Bluetooth device is connected: Do one of
the following:
Answer a call by tapping the iPhone screen.
During a call, tap Audio on iPhone. Choose iPhone to hear calls through iPhone or
Speaker Phone to use the speakerphone.
6WTPQÒ$NWGVQQVJ+P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN $NWGVQQVJCPFFTCIVJGUYKVEJVQ1Ò
6WTPQÒVJG$NWGVQQVJFGXKEGQTOQXGQWVQHTCPIG;QWOWUVDGYKVJKPCDQWV
30 feet of a Bluetooth device for it to be connected to iPhone.
Emergency Calls
If iPhone is locked with a passcode, you may still be able to make an emergency call.
Make an emergency call when iPhone is locked: On the Enter Passcode screen, tap
Emergency Call, then dial the number using the numeric keypad.
In the U.S., location information (if available) is provided to emergency service
providers when you dial 911.
On a CDMA model, when an emergency call ends, iPhone enters Emergency call mode
to allow a call back from emergency services. While in this mode, data transmission
and text messages are blocked.
Exit emergency call mode (CDMA model): Do one of the following:
Tap the back button.
Press the Sleep/Wake or Home button.
Use the keypad to dial a non-emergency number.
Emergency call mode ends automatically after a few minutes, as determined by
your carrier.
Important: You should not rely on wireless devices for essential communications,
such as medical emergencies. Use of any cellular phone to call emergency services
may not work in all locations. Emergency numbers and services vary by country or
region. Only emergency numbers valid in the country or region where you’re making
the call will work, and sometimes an emergency call cannot be placed due to network
unavailability or environmental interference. Some cellular networks may not accept
an emergency call from iPhone if it doesn’t have a SIM card or if the SIM card is locked
(GSM models), or if you haven’t activated your iPhone. If you’re on a FaceTime video
call, you must end that call before you can call an emergency number.
67
Chapter 5 Phone
Visual Voicemail
On iPhone, visual voicemail lets you see a list of your messages and choose which ones
to listen to or delete, without having to listen to instructions or prior messages.
Note: Visual voicemail may not be available in all countries or regions, or may be an
optional service. Contact your carrier for more information. If visual voicemail isn’t
available, tap Voicemail and follow the voice prompts to retrieve your messages.
5\TILYVMTPZZLKJHSSZHUK\UOLHYK
]VPJLTHPSTLZZHNLZHWWLHYZVU[OL
/VTLZJYLLU7OVULPJVU
Setting Up Voicemail
6JG°TUVVKOG[QWVCR8QKEGOCKNK2JQPGRTQORVU[QWVQETGCVGCXQKEGOCKNRCUUYQTF
and record your voicemail greeting.
Change your greeting:
1 Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, then tap Custom.
2 Tap Record when you’re ready to start.
3 9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR5VQR6QTGXKGYVCR2NC[
To rerecord, repeat steps 2 and 3.
4 Tap Save.
Use your carrier’s default greeting Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, then tap Default.
Set an alert sound for new voicemail In Settings, choose Sounds and turn New Voicemail on. The
alert sounds once for each new voicemail. If the Ring/Silent
UYKVEJKUQÒK2JQPGYQP¨VUQWPFCNGTVU
Change the voicemail password In Settings, choose Phone > Change Voicemail Password.
Checking Voicemail
When you tap Phone, iPhone shows the number of missed calls and unheard
voicemail messages.
5\TILYVMTPZZLKJHSSZ
5\TILYVM\UOLHYK
]VPJLTHPSTLZZHNLZ
68 Chapter 5 Phone
Tap Voicemail to see a list of your messages.
:RPW[VHU`WVPU[PU
HTLZZHNL!+YHN[OL
WSH`OLHK
<UOLHYK
TLZZHNLZ 7SH`7H\ZL
*VU[HJ[PUMV
:JY\IILYIHY
:WLHRLYWOVUL(\KPV
^OLUH)S\L[VV[OKL]PJL
PZJVUULJ[LK;HW[V
JOVVZLH\KPVV\[W\[
9L[\YU[OLJHSS
Listen to a message: Tap the message. (If you’ve already heard the message, tap the
message again to replay it.) Use and to pause and resume playback.
Once you listen to a message, it’s saved until your carrier erases it.
Check voicemail from another phone: Dial your own number or your carrier’s remote
access number.
Deleting Messages
Select a message, then tap Delete.
Listen to a deleted message Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), then tap
the message.
Undelete a message Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), then tap
the message and tap Undelete.
Delete messages permanently Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), then tap
Clear All.
Note: In some countries or regions, deleted visual voicemail messages may be
permanently erased by your carrier.
Getting Contact Information
Visual voicemail saves the date and time of the call, the length of the message, and
any available contact information.
See a caller’s contact information: Tap next to a message.
You can use the information to email or text the caller, or update contact info.
69
Chapter 5 Phone
Contacts
From a contact’s Info screen, a quick tap lets you make a phone call, create a new email
OGUUCIG°PFVJGNQECVKQPQHVJGKTCFFTGUUCPFOQTG5GG¥Searching Contacts” on
page 214.
Favorites
Favorites gives you quick access to your most-used phone numbers.
Add a contact’s phone number to your favorites list: Tap Contacts and choose a
contact. Then tap “Add to Favorites” and choose the phone number or email address
you want to add. On iPhone 4, choose whether to save the favorite as a voice call or as
a FaceTime call. If you save the contact as a FaceTime call, appears with the name in
the favorites list.
If someone already in your contacts calls you, you can add their name to favorites from
the recents list.
Add a contact to favorites from the recents list: Tap Recents and tap next to the
contact’s name, then tap “Add to Favorites.”
Call a contact from your favorites Tap Favorites and choose a contact. If appears next to a
name, you can tap the name to make a FaceTime call.
Delete a contact from your favorites Tap Favorites and tap Edit. Then tap next to a contact or
number and tap Remove.
Reorder your favorites list Tap Favorites and tap Edit. Then drag next to a contact
to a new place in the list.
Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, and Caller ID
iPhone supports call forwarding, call waiting, and caller ID.
Call Forwarding
;QWECPUGVK2JQPGVQHQTYCTFKPEQOKPIECNNUVQCFKÒGTGPVPWODGT(QTGZCORNGKH
you’re going to an area with no cellular coverage, you may want to forward calls to a
number where you can be reached.
Note: FaceTime calls are not forwarded.
On GSM models, use the Call Forwarding setting to forward incoming calls to
another number.
Forward incoming calls (GSM models):
1 In Settings, choose Phone > Call Forwarding, then turn on Call Forwarding.
2 On the “Forward to” screen, enter the phone number you want calls forwarded to.
70 Chapter 5 Phone
When Call Forwarding is on, the call forwarding ( ) icon appears in the status bar
(GSM models). You must be in range of the cellular network when you set iPhone to
forward calls, or calls won’t be forwarded.
1PC%&/#OQFGN[QWVWTPECNNHQTYCTFKPIQPQTQÒD[FKCNKPIURGEKCNEQFGU
Turn on call forwarding (CDMA model): Enter *72 on the Phone keypad, followed by
the number you’re forwarding calls to, then tap Call.
6WTPQÒECNNHQTYCTFKPI%&/#OQFGNEnter *73 on the Phone keypad, then tap Call.
Call Waiting
Call waiting lets you know if you receive another call when you’re on the phone. You
can ignore the incoming call, put the current call on hold and answer the incoming
ECNNQTGPFVJGEWTTGPVECNNCPFCPUYGTVJGKPEQOKPIECNN+HECNNYCKVKPIKUQÒYJGP
you’re on the phone, incoming calls go directly to voicemail.
1P)5/OQFGNUWUGVJG%CNN9CKVKPIUGVVKPIVQVWTPECNNYCKVKPIQPQTQÒ
6WTPECNNYCKVKPIQPQTQÒ)5/OQFGNUIn Settings, choose Phone > Call Waiting,
VJGPVWTP%CNN9CKVKPIQPQTQÒ
On a CDMA model, call waiting is on by default. You can disable call waiting for a call
by entering a special code before dialing the number.
Disable call waiting during a call (CDMA model): Enter *70, then dial the number.
To disable call waiting for a subsequent call, you must again enter *70 before dialing
the number.
Caller ID
Caller ID displays your name or phone number to the person you call, if the recipient’s
equipment has that capability and you haven’t blocked caller ID on your phone service.
Note: When you make a FaceTime call, your phone number is displayed even if caller ID
KUVWTPGFQÒQTDNQEMGF
1P)5/OQFGNUWUGVJG5JQY/[%CNNGT+&VQVWTPECNNGT+&QPQTQÒ
6WTPECNN+&QPQTQÒ)5/OQFGNUIn Settings, choose Phone > Show My Caller ID,
VJGPVWTP5JQY/[%CNNGT+&QPQTQÒ
On a CDMA model, caller ID is on by default. You can block your ID for a call you’re
making by entering a special code before dialing the number.
Disable caller ID for a call (CDMA model): Enter *67, then dial the number.
71
Chapter 5 Phone
Ringtones and the Ring/Silent Switch
iPhone comes with ringtones you can use for incoming calls, Clock alarms, and the
Clock timer. You can also purchase ringtones from songs in iTunes.
Ring/Silent Switch and Vibrate Modes
#UYKVEJQPVJGUKFGQHK2JQPGOCMGUKVGCU[VQVWTPVJGTKPIGTQPQTQÒ
6WTPVJGTKPIGTQPQTQÒFlip the switch on the side of iPhone.
9PUN
:PSLU[
Important: Clock alarms still sound even if you set the Ring/Silent switch to silent.
Set iPhone to vibrate: In Settings, choose Sounds. Separate controls let you set vibrate
for both ring mode and silent mode.
For more information, see “Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 191.
Setting Ringtones
You can set the default ringtone for calls, and for Clock alarms and timers. You can also
assign individual ringtones to contacts so you know who’s calling.
Set the default ringtone: In Settings, choose Sounds > Ringtone, then choose a
ringtone.
Assign a ringtone to a contact: From Phone, tap Contacts and choose a contact. Tap
Edit, then tap Ringtone and choose a ringtone.
Purchasing Ringtones
You can purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store on iPhone. See “Purchasing
Ringtones” on page 169.
72 Chapter 5 Phone
International Calls
Making International Calls from Your Home Area
For information about making international calls from your home area, including rates
and other charges that may apply, contact your carrier or go to your carrier’s website.
Using iPhone Abroad
You may be able to use iPhone to make calls in other countries around the world,
depending on available networks.
Enable international roaming: Contact your carrier for information about availability
and fees.
Important: Voice and data roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges,
VWTP&CVC4QCOKPIQÒ
6WTP&CVC4QCOKPIQÒIn Settings, choose General > Network, then tap to turn Data
4QCOKPIQÒ&CVC4QCOKPIKUVWTPGFQÒD[FGHCWNV
6WTPKPI&CVC4QCOKPIQÒJGNRUVQCXQKFFCVCTQCOKPIEJCTIGUYJGPVTCXGNKPIQWVUKFG
your carrier’s network by disabling data transmission over the cellular network. You
can still access the Internet if you have a Wi-Fi connection. If Wi-Fi network access isn’t
available, however, you cannot:
Make or receive FaceTime video calls
Send or receive email
Browse the Internet
Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks with MobileMe or Exchange
Stream YouTube videos
Get stock quotes
Get map locations
Get weather reports
Purchase music or apps
Other third-party apps that use data roaming may also be disabled.
+H&CVC4QCOKPIKUVWTPGFQÒ[QWECPUVKNNOCMGCPFTGEGKXGRJQPGECNNUCPFUGPFCPF
receive text messages. Voice roaming charges may apply. Visual voicemail is delivered
if there’s no charge; if your carrier charges for delivery of visual voicemail when
TQCOKPIVWTPKPI&CVC4QCOKPIQÒRTGXGPVUVJGFGNKXGT[QHXKUWCNXQKEGOCKN
Important: If Data Roaming is turned on, you may incur charges when roaming
outside your carrier’s network for the use of any of the features listed above, as well
as for delivery of visual voicemail. Check with your carrier for information about
roaming charges.
73
Chapter 5 Phone
;QWECPCNUQVWTPQÒEGNNWNCTFCVCVQRTGXGPVCP[EGNNWNCTFCVCWUCIG
6WTPQÒ%GNNWNCT&CVCIn Settings, choose General > Network, then tap the Cellular
&CVCUYKVEJVQVWTPKVQÒ
5GVK2JQPGVQCFFVJGEQTTGEVRTG°ZYJGPFKCNKPIHTQOCPQVJGTEQWPVT[In Settings,
tap Phone, then turn International Assist on. This lets you make calls to your home
country using the numbers in your contacts and favorites, without having to add a
RTG°ZQT[QWTEQWPVT[EQFG+PVGTPCVKQPCN#UUKUVYQTMUHQT75VGNGRJQPGPWODGTUQPN[
When you make a call using International Assist, “International Assist” appears on the
iPhone screen, alternating with the “calling …” message, until your call is connected.
Note: International Assist may not be available in all areas.
Set the carrier to use: In Settings, tap Carrier, then select the carrier you prefer. This
option is available only when you’re traveling outside your carrier’s network. You can
make calls only on carriers that have roaming agreements with your iPhone service
provider. For more information, see “Carrier” on page 190.
Get voicemail when visual voicemail isn’t available: Dial your own number (on a
CDMA model, dial your number followed by #), or touch and hold “1” on the numeric
keypad.
;QWECPWUG#KTRNCPG/QFGVQVWTPQÒEGNNWNCTUGTXKEGUCPFVJGPVWTP9K(KQPVQIGV
access to the Internet, while preventing voice roaming charges.
7UGCKTRNCPGOQFGVQVWTPQÒEGNNWNCTUGTXKEGUIn Settings, tap Airplane Mode to turn
it on, then tap Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on. See “Airplane Mode” on page 187.
Incoming phone calls are sent to voicemail. To make and receive calls again and get
[QWTXQKEGOCKNOGUUCIGUVWTPCKTRNCPGOQFGQÒ
74 Chapter 5 Phone
Mail 6
Mail works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email
systems—including Yahoo!, Google, and AOL—as well as other industry-standard
POP3 and IMAP email systems. You can send and receive photos, videos, and graphics,
and view PDFs and other attachments. You can also print messages, and attachments
that open in Quick Look.
Setting Up Email Accounts
You can set up email accounts on iPhone in either of the following ways:
Set up an account directly on iPhone. See “ Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar
Accounts” on page 25.
In iTunes, use the iPhone settings panes to sync email accounts settings from your
computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 54.
75
Checking and Reading Email
The Mail icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages in your
inboxes. You may have other unread messages in other mailboxes.
5\TILYVM\UYLHK
LTHPSZPU`V\YPUIV_LZ
In Mail, the Mailboxes screen gives you quick access to all your inboxes and other
mailboxes. Tap an inbox to see the incoming messages for that account. To see
incoming messages for all your accounts, tap All Inboxes. If only one mail account is
set up, only that inbox appears on the Mailboxes screen.
5\TILYVM\UYLHK
TLZZHNLZ
0UJVTPUN
TLZZHNLZMVYHSS
HJJV\U[Z
When you open a mailbox, Mail retrieves and displays the most recent messages, and
shows the number of unread messages at the top of the screen. Unread messages
have a blue dot next to them. The number of messages retrieved is determined by
your Mail settings. See “Mail” on page 204.
If you organize messages by thread, related messages appear as a single entry in the
mailbox. Message threads have a number next to the right arrow, showing the number
of messages in the thread. A blue dot indicates that one or more messages in the
thread are unread. The message displayed is the oldest unread message, or the most
recent message if all the messages are read.
<UYLHKTLZZHNLZ
5\TILYVM
TLZZHNLZPU
[OYLHK
See messages in a thread: Tap the thread in the mailbox.
Read a message: Tap a message. Within a message, tap or to see the next or
previous message.
76 Chapter 6 Mail
6WTP¥1TICPK\G$[6JTGCF¦QPQTQÒIn Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,”
CPFVCRVJGUYKVEJVQVWTP1TICPK\G$[6JTGCFQPQTQÒ5GG¥Mail” on page 204.
If you set up more than one account, the Accounts section of the Mailboxes screen lets
you access your accounts. Tap an account to see its folders and mailboxes, including its
inbox. If only one account is set up, the folders and mailboxes for that account appear
on the Mailboxes screen.
5\TILYVM\UYLHK
TLZZHNLZ
;HW[VZLLHSS`V\Y
LTHPSHJJV\U[Z
Check for new messages: Choose a mailbox, or tap at any time.
Load additional messages: Scroll to the bottom of the list of messages and tap Load
More Messages.
Zoom in on part of a message Double-tap an area of the message. Double-tap again to
zoom out. Or pinch apart or together to zoom in or out.
4GUK\GCP[EQNWOPQHVGZVVQ°V
the screen
Double-tap the text.
See all the recipients of a message Tap Details.
Tap a name or email address to see the recipient’s contact
information. Then tap a phone number, email address,
or text message to contact the person. Tap Hide to hide
the recipients.
Add an email recipient to your
contacts list
Tap the message and, if necessary, tap Details to see the
recipients. Then tap a name or email address and tap Create
New Contact or “Add to Existing Contact.”
Mark a message as unread Open the message and tap “Mark as Unread.”
A blue dot appears next to the message in the mailbox
list until you open it again.
Open a meeting invitation: Tap the invitation.
77
Chapter 6 Mail
You can get contact information for the organizer and other invitees, set an alert, add
notes to the event, and add comments that are included in your response emailed
to the organizer. You can accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation. See
“Responding to Meeting Invitations” on page 114 .
6WTP2WUJQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data,
VJGPVWTP2WUJQPQTQÒ5GG¥Fetch New Data” on page 203.
Using Links and Detected Data
iPhone detects web links, phone numbers, email addresses, and other types of
information that you can use to open a webpage, make a phone call, create a
preaddressed email message, create or add information to a contact, or perform some
other useful action. Detected data appears as blue underlined text. Tap the data to use
its default action, or touch and hold it to see other actions.
Link or image Tap to open the webpage in Safari.
Touch and hold to:
Open the webpage in Safari
Copy the link
Phone number Tap the number, then tap Call to dial the number.
Touch and hold to:
Dial the number
Send a text message
Create a new contact with the number
Add the number to an existing contact
Address Tap to display the location in Maps.
Touch and hold to:
Display the location in Maps
Create a new contact with the address
Add the address to an existing contact
Copy the address
Email address Tap to create a new preaddressed email message.
Touch and hold to:
Create a new email message
Create a new contact with the address
Add the address to an existing contact
Copy the address
Day, date, or time Tap the item, then tap Create Event to create an event
in Calendar.
Tracking number (may not be
available in all countries or regions)
Tap to open the shipper’s webpage for the status of
a package.
78 Chapter 6 Mail
Viewing Attachments
iPhone displays image attachments in many commonly used formats (JPEG, GIF, and
TIFF) inline with the text in email messages. iPhone can play many types of audio
CVVCEJOGPVUUWEJCU/2##%9#8CPF#+((;QWECPFQYPNQCFCPFXKGY°NGU
UWEJCU2&(YGDRCIGVGZV2CIGU-G[PQVG0WODGTUCPF/KETQUQHV9QTF'ZEGNCPF
PowerPoint documents) that are attached to messages you receive.
8KGYCPCVVCEJGF°NGTap the attachment to open it in Quick Look.
;QWOC[PGGFVQFQYPNQCFVJGCVVCEJOGPV°TUVD[VCRRKPI (if it appears at the end
of the message in a dotted box with the document name).
;HWH[[HJOTLU[
[VKV^USVHK
You can view attachments in portrait or landscape orientation.
+HVJGHQTOCVQHCPCVVCEJGF°NGKUP¨VUWRRQTVGFD[K2JQPG[QWECPUGGVJGPCOGQHVJG
°NGDWV[QWECP¨VQRGPKVK2JQPGUWRRQTVUVJGHQNNQYKPIFQEWOGPVV[RGU
.doc Microsoft Word
.docx Microsoft Word (XML)
.htm webpage
.html webpage
.key -G[PQVG
.numbers Numbers
.pages Pages
.pdf Preview, Adobe Acrobat
.ppt Microsoft PowerPoint
.pptx Microsoft PowerPoint (XML)
.rtf Rich Text Format
.txt text
.vcf contact information
.xls Microsoft Excel
.xlsx Microsoft Excel (XML)
79
Chapter 6 Mail
1RGPCPCVVCEJGF°NGYKVJCPQVJGTCRRTouch and hold the attachment, then
choose an app. If no apps are available, you can open the attachment in Quick Look.
Save an attached photo to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo, then tap Save
+OCIG+HVJGRJQVQJCUP¨VDGGPFQYPNQCFGF[GVVCRVJGFQYPNQCFPQVKEG°TUV
Save an attached video to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the attachment,
then tap Save Video. If the video hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the download
PQVKEG°TUV
Printing Messages and Attachments
You can print email messages, and attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look.
Print an email message: Tap , then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer,
then set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the
printer supports it). Then tap Print.
To print an inline image without the rest of the email message, save the image (tap the
image and tap Save Image), then open Photos or Camera and print the image from
your Camera Roll album.
Print an attachment: Tap the attachment to view it in Quick Look, then tap and
tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, then set printer options such as the
range of pages, number of copies, and double-sided output (if the printer supports it).
Then tap Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 41.
80 Chapter 6 Mail
Sending Email
You can send an email message to anyone who has an email address.
Compose and send a message:
1 Tap .
26[RGCPCOGQTGOCKNCFFTGUUKPVJG6Q°GNFQTVCR to add a name from your contacts.
As you type an email address, matching email addresses from your contacts list appear
below. Tap an address to add it. To add more names, tap Return or .
Note: If you’re composing a message from your Microsoft Exchange account and
have access to your enterprise Global Address List (GAL), matching addresses from the
EQPVCEVUQPK2JQPGCRRGCT°TUVHQNNQYGFD[OCVEJKPI)#.CFFTGUUGU
3 Tap Cc/Bcc/From if you want to copy or blind copy the message to others, or change
the account you send the message from. If you have more than one email account,
QTKH[QWJCXGGOCKNCNKCUGUHQT[QWT/QDKNG/GCEEQWPV[QWECPVCRVJG(TQO°GNFVQ
change the account or alias you’re sending from.
4 Enter a subject, then your message.
;QWECPVCR4GVWTPVQOQXGHTQOQPG°GNFVQCPQVJGT
5 Tap Send.
Send a photo or video in an
email message
In Photos, choose a photo or video, tap , then tap Email
Photo or Email Video. You can also copy and paste photos
and videos.
To send multiple photos or videos, tap while viewing
thumbnails in an album. Tap to select the photos and
videos, tap Share, then tap Email.
Paste and send a photo or video in
an email message
In Photos, touch and hold a photo or video until the Copy
command appears. Tap Copy. Go to Mail and create a new
message. Tap to place the insertion point where you want
the video, then tap the insertion point to display the edit
commands and tap Paste.
To copy multiple videos, in Photos, open an album, tap ,
tap to select photos and videos, then tap Copy.
Save a draft of a message to
complete later
Tap Cancel, then tap Save. The message is saved in the
Drafts mailbox.
Open the most recently saved draft Touch and hold to open the most recently saved draft
from the last account you were working in.
Reply to a message Tap . Tap Reply to reply only to the sender or tap Reply
All to reply to the sender and all recipients. Type your return
message, then tap Send.
Files or images attached to the initial message aren’t
sent back.
81
Chapter 6 Mail
Forward a message Open a message and tap , then tap Forward. Add one or
more email addresses, type your message, then tap Send.
9JGP[QWHQTYCTFCOGUUCIG[QWECPKPENWFGVJG°NGUQT
images attached to the original message.
Share contact information In Contacts, choose a contact, tap Share Contact at the
bottom of the Info screen, then tap Email.
Organizing Email
You can organize messages in any mailbox, folder, or search results window. You
can delete messages one at a time, or select a group to delete all at once. You can
also move messages from one mailbox or folder to another in the same account or
DGVYGGPFKÒGTGPVCEEQWPVU
Delete a message: Open the message and tap .
You can also delete a message directly from the mailbox message list by swiping left
or right over the message title, then tapping Delete.
;VZOV^[OL
+LSL[LI\[[VU
Z^PWLSLM[VY
YPNO[V]LY
[OLTLZZHNL
Note: For Google accounts, tap Archive. Messages aren’t deleted, but are moved to
your account archive.
82 Chapter 6 Mail
Delete multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the
messages you want to delete, then tap Delete.
Move a message to another mailbox or folder: When viewing a message, tap , then
choose a mailbox or folder.
Tap Accounts to choose a mailbox or folder for another account.
Move multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the
messages you want to move, then tap Move and choose a mailbox or folder.
83
Chapter 6 Mail
Searching Email
;QWECPUGCTEJVJG6Q(TQOCPF5WDLGEV°GNFUQHGOCKNOGUUCIGU/CKNUGCTEJGUVJG
downloaded messages in the currently open mailbox. For MobileMe, Exchange, and
some IMAP mail accounts, you can also search messages on the server.
Search email messages: Open a mailbox, scroll to the top, and enter text in the Search
°GNF6CR(TQO6Q5WDLGEVQT#NNVQEJQQUGYJKEJ°GNFU[QWYCPVVQUGCTEJ6QUETQNN
SWKEMN[VQVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJGNKUVVCRVJGUVCVWUDCT
Search results for the messages already downloaded to iPhone appear automatically
as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results.
Search messages on the server: Tap “Continue Search on Server” at the end of the
search results.
Note: Search results of messages on servers may vary depending on the type of
account. Some servers may search only whole words.
Mail messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on
page 43.
84 Chapter 6 Mail
Safari 7
Safari lets you surf the web and view webpages on iPhone as if you were on your
computer. Create bookmarks on iPhone and sync them with your computer. Add
web clips to quickly access your favorite sites directly from the Home screen. Print
webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look.
Viewing Webpages
You can view webpages in either portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPhone and
VJGYGDRCIGTQVCVGUVQQCWVQOCVKECNN[CFLWUVKPIVQ°VVJGRCIG
85
Opening Webpages
Open a webpage: 6CRVJGCFFTGUU°GNFQPVJGNGHVUKFGQHVJGVKVNGDCTVJGPV[RGVJG
YGDCFFTGUUCPFVCR)Q+HVJGCFFTGUU°GNFKUP¨VXKUKDNGVCRVJGUVCVWUDCTCVVJGVQRQH
VJGUETGGPVQSWKEMN[UETQNNVQVJGCFFTGUU°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJGYGDRCIG
As you type, web addresses that start with those letters appear. These are bookmarked
RCIGUQTTGEGPVRCIGU[QW¨XGQRGPGF6CRCPCFFTGUUVQIQVQVJCVRCIG-GGRV[RKPI
if you want to enter a web address that’s not in the list.
'TCUGVJGVGZVKPVJGCFFTGUU°GNF6CRVJGCFFTGUU°GNFVJGPVCR .
Zooming and Scrolling
Zoom in or out: Double-tap a column on a webpage to expand the column.
Double-tap again to zoom out.
You can also pinch to zoom in or out manually.
Scroll around a webpage Drag up, down, or sideways. When scrolling, you can touch
and drag anywhere on the page without activating any links.
Scroll within a frame on a webpage 7UGVYQ°PIGTUVQUETQNNYKVJKPCHTCOGQPCYGDRCIG7UG
QPG°PIGTVQUETQNNVJGGPVKTGYGDRCIG
Scroll quickly to the top of a webpage Tap the status bar at the top of the iPhone screen.
Navigating Webpages
Links on webpages typically take you to another place on the web.
Follow a link on a webpage: Tap the link.
You can also use web links to make a phone call, display a location in Maps, play
streaming audio, or create a preaddressed Mail message. To return to Safari after a link
opens another app, press the Home button and tap Safari.
See a link’s destination address Touch and hold the link. The address pops up next to your
°PIGT;QWECPVQWEJCPFJQNFCPKOCIGVQUGGKHKVJCUC
link.
Stop a webpage from loading Tap .
Reload a webpage Tap .
86 Chapter 7 Safari
Return to the previous or next page Tap or at the bottom of the screen.
Return to a recently viewed page Tap and tap History. To clear the history list, tap Clear.
Create a preaddressed Mail message Touch and hold an email web link, then tap New Message.
Create a new or add to an existing
contact
Touch and hold a web link containing contact information,
then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact.
Send a webpage URL via email Tap and tap “Mail Link to this Page.”
Save an image or photo to your
Camera Roll album
Touch and hold the image, then tap Save Image.
View a webpage video on an
Apple TV
Start playing the video, then tap and choose Apple TV.
If doesn’t appear or if you don’t see the Apple TV you’re
looking for, make sure iPhone is on the same wireless
network.
9JGP[QW°PKUJ6CR and choose iPhone from the list.
Opening Multiple Pages
You can have up to eight pages open at a time. Some links automatically open a new
page instead of replacing the current one.
The number inside the at the bottom of the screen shows how many pages are
open. If there’s no number inside, just one page is open. For example:
= one page is open
= three pages are open
Open a new page: Tap and tap New Page.
Go to another page: Tap CPF±KEMNGHVQTTKIJV6CRVJGRCIG[QWYCPVVQXKGY
Close a page: Tap and tap .
87
Chapter 7 Safari
Entering Text and Filling Out Forms
5QOGYGDRCIGUJCXGVGZV°GNFUCPFHQTOUVQ°NNQWV;QWECPUGV5CHCTKVQTGOGODGT
PCOGUCPFRCUUYQTFUQHYGDUKVGU[QWXKUKVCPF°NNQWVVGZV°GNFUCWVQOCVKECNN[YKVJ
information from Contacts. See “Safari” on page 208.
Bring up the keyboard 6CRKPUKFGCVGZV°GNF
/QXGVQCPQVJGTVGZV°GNF 6CRCPQVJGTVGZV°GNFQTVCRVJG0GZVQT2TGXKQWUDWVVQP
Submit a form 1PEG[QW°PKUJ°NNKPIQWVCHQTOVCR)QQT5GCTEJ/QUV
pages also have a link you can tap to submit the form.
Close the keyboard without
submitting the form
Tap Done.
'PCDNG#WVQ(KNNVQJGNR[QW°NNQWVYGDHQTOUIn Settings, choose Safari > AutoFill,
then do one of the following:
To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and
select the contact you want to use.
5CHCTKWUGUKPHQTOCVKQPHTQO%QPVCEVUVQ°NNKPEQPVCEV°GNFUQPYGDHQTOU
To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on.
When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you
XKUKVCPFCWVQOCVKECNN[°NNUKPVJGKPHQTOCVKQPYJGP[QWTGXKUKVVJGYGDUKVG
To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All.
Searching
7UGVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVQGPVGTYQTFUCPFRJTCUGUHQTUGCTEJKPIDQVJVJGYGDCPFVJG
current webpage. As you type, suggested and recent searches appear.
Search the web:
1 6CRVJGUGCTEJ°GNFQPVJGTKIJVUKFGQHVJGVKVNGDCT
2 Type a word or phrase that describes what you’re looking for, then tap a suggestion
from the list or tap Search.
3 Tap a link in the list of search results to open a webpage.
Find the search word or phrase on the current webpage: Scroll to the bottom of the
TGUWNVUNKUVVJGPVCRVJGGPVT[DGNQY1P6JKU2CIGVQ°PFVJG°TUVQEEWTTGPEGQHVJG
UGCTEJYQTFQTRJTCUG6Q°PFUWDUGSWGPVQEEWTTGPEGUVCR0GZV
By default, Safari searches using Google. You can use other search engines.
5GV5CHCTKVQUGCTEJWUKPICFKÒGTGPVUGCTEJGPIKPGIn Settings, choose Safari >
5GCTEJ'PIKPGVJGPEJQQUGCFKÒGTGPVUGCTEJGPIKPG
88 Chapter 7 Safari
Printing Webpages, PDFs, and Other Documents
You can print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look
from Safari.
Print a webpage, PDF, or Quick Look document: Tap , then tap Print. Tap Select
Printer to select a printer, then set printer options such as number of copies and
double-sided output (if the printer supports it). If you’re printing a PDF or other Quick
Look document, you may be able to set the range of pages you want to print. Then
tap Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 41.
Viewing Web Videos on a TV
You can view QuickTime and other supported web videos on a TV by connecting
iPhone to your TV or AV receiver using an Apple Component AV Cable, Apple
Composite AV Cable, Apple VGA Adapter, or Apple Digital AV Adapter (iPhone 4), or
wirelessly using AirPlay and Apple TV. See “Watching Videos on a TV” on page 102.
Bookmarks
You can bookmark webpages you want to return to later.
Bookmark a webpage: Open the page and tap . Then tap Add Bookmark.
When you save a bookmark you can edit its title. By default, bookmarks are saved at
the top level of Bookmarks. Tap Bookmarks to choose another folder.
If you use Safari on a Mac, or Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC, you can sync
bookmarks with the web browser on your computer.
Sync bookmarks with your computer:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
3 Click Info at the top of the screen, select “Sync … bookmarks” under Other, then
click Apply.
See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 54.
Sync bookmarks with MobileMe: In Settings on iPhone, select Bookmarks in your
MobileMe account. See “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 26.
Open a bookmarked webpage: Tap , then choose a bookmark or tap a folder to
see the bookmarks inside.
89
Chapter 7 Safari
Edit a bookmark or bookmark folder: Tap , choose the folder that has the
bookmark or folder you want to edit, then tap Edit. Then do one of the following:
To make a new folder, tap New Folder.
To delete a bookmark or folder, tap , then tap Delete.
To reposition a bookmark or folder, drag .
6QGFKVVJGPCOGQTCFFTGUUQTVQRWVKVKPCFKÒGTGPVHQNFGTtap the bookmark or folder.
9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG
Web Clips
Add web clips to the Home screen for fast access to your favorite webpages. Web clips
appear as icons on the Home screen, and you can arrange your web clips along with
the other icons. See “Customizing the Home Screen” on page 33.
Add a web clip: Open the webpage and tap . Then tap “Add to Home Screen.”
When you open a web clip, Safari automatically zooms and scrolls to the area of the
webpage that was displayed when you saved the web clip. The displayed area is also
used to create the icon for the web clip on your Home screen, unless the webpage
comes with its own custom icon.
When you add a web clip, you can edit its name. If the name is too long (more than
about 10 characters), it may appear abbreviated on the Home screen.
Web clips aren’t bookmarks, and aren’t synced by MobileMe or iTunes.
Delete a web clip:
1 Touch and hold any icon on the Home screen until the icons start to jiggle.
2 Tap in the corner of the web clip you want to delete.
3 Tap Delete, then press the Home button to save your arrangement.
90 Chapter 7 Safari
iPod 8
Use the iPod app to enjoy your favorite music, widescreen videos, and more. Browse
your content on iPhone by playlists, artists, songs, videos, or other categories, or
browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Play your music on AirPlay speakers or
sound systems, or watch your videos on a TV using AirPlay and Apple TV.
Getting Music, Videos, and More
There are two ways to get music, videos, and other content onto iPhone:
Transfer music, videos, and more onto iPhone by syncing content from iTunes on
[QWTEQORWVGT;QWECPU[PECNNQH[QWTOGFKCQT[QWECPUGNGEVURGEK°EUQPIU
videos, podcasts, and iTunes U collections. See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 53.
Use the iTunes Store on iPhone to purchase and download songs, albums, TV shows,
movies, music videos, ringtones, and audiobooks directly to iPhone. You can also
stream and download audio and video podcasts, as well as iTunes U content. After
listening to a podcast or watching a TV show, you can tap a built-in link to get more
episodes from the iTunes Store. See Chapter 22, “iTunes Store,” on page 165.
Music and Other Audio
The high-resolution Multi-Touch display makes listening to songs on iPhone as much
a visual experience as a musical one. You can scroll through your playlists, or use Cover
Flow to browse your album artwork.
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
91
Playing Songs and Other Audio
You can browse content on iPhone by playlists, artists, songs, videos, and other
categories, or browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Playlist folders, which you
can sync from iTunes, let you organize playlists into groups.
Browse your collection: Tap Playlists, Artists, or Songs. Tap More to browse Albums,
Audiobooks, Compilations, Composers, Genres, iTunes U, Podcasts, or Videos.
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use
more frequently. See “Changing the Browse Buttons” on page 105.
Get more podcast episodes: 6CR2QFECUVUVCR/QTG°TUVKH2QFECUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGP
tap a podcast to see a list of episodes. Tap “Get More Episodes…” to see a list of more
episodes in the iTunes Store.
Browse Genius Mixes: 6CR)GPKWUVCR/QTG°TUVKH)GPKWUKUP¨VXKUKDNG+H)GPKWU
doesn’t appear, you need to turn on Genius in iTunes, and then sync iPhone with
iTunes. See “Using Genius on iPhone” on page 98.
Play a song: Tap the song.
5JCMGVQUJWÔG5JCMGK2JQPGVQVWTPUJWÔGQPCPFEJCPIGUQPIU5JCMGCP[VKOGVQ
change to another song.
;QWECPVWTP5JCMGVQ5JWÔGQPQTQÒKP5GVVKPIU K2QFKV¨UQPD[FGHCWNV5GG
“Music” on page 210.
Controlling Audio Playback
When you play a song, the Now Playing screen appears.
5L_[-HZ[MVY^HYK
7SH`7H\ZL
;YHJR3PZ[
)HJR
=VS\TL7YL]PV\Z
9L^PUK
(PY7SH`
92 Chapter 8 iPod
Pause a song Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone earphones.
Resume playback Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone earphones.
Raise or lower the volume Drag the volume slider or use the buttons on the side of
iPhone. You can also use the volume buttons on the iPhone
earphones.
Play music on AirPlay speakers or
Apple TV
Tap , then choose the speakers or Apple TV. If doesn’t
appear or if you don’t see the AirPlay system you’re looking
for, make sure iPhone is on the same wireless network.
Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone Tap and choose iPhone from the list.
Restart a song or a chapter in an
audiobook or podcast
Tap .
Skip to the next song or chapter in an
audiobook or podcast
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone earphones
twice quickly.
Go to the previous song or chapter in
an audiobook or podcast
Tap twice, or press the center button on the iPhone
earphones three times quickly.
Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold or . The longer you hold the control,
the faster the song rewinds or fast-forwards. On the iPhone
earphones, press the center button twice quickly and hold to
fast forward, or three times quickly and hold to rewind.
Return to the iPod browse lists Tap , or swipe to the right over the album artwork.
Return to the Now Playing screen Tap Now Playing.
Display a song’s lyrics Tap the album artwork when playing a song. (Lyrics appear
if you’ve added them to the song using the song’s Info
window in iTunes.)
Display audio playback controls from another app or from the Lock screen: Double-
click the Home DWVVQPVJGP±KEMHTQONGHVVQTKIJVCNQPIVJGDQVVQOQHVJGUETGGP
The controls operate the currently playing app, or the most recent app that played, if
the audio is paused. The icon for the active app appears on the right. You can tap the
icon to open the app.
If iPhone is locked and music is playing, double-click the Home button.
93
Chapter 8 iPod
Additional Audio Controls
To display additional controls, tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen.
6JGTGRGCV)GPKWUCPFUJWÔGEQPVTQNUCRRGCTCNQPIYKVJVJGUETWDDGTDCT;QWECP
see elapsed time, remaining time, and the song number. The song’s lyrics also appear, if
you’ve added them to the song in iTunes.
Use the scrubber bar to skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub
TCVGHTQOJKIJURGGFVQ°PGD[UNKFKPI[QWT°PIGTFQYPCU[QWFTCIVJGRNC[JGCF
along the scrubber bar.
9LWLH[ 7PUNSPRL
:JY\IILYIHY
:O\MMSL
.LUP\Z
7PUNWVZ[
7SH`OLHK
Set iPhone to repeat songs Tap . Tap again to set iPhone to repeat only the
current song.
= iPhone is set to repeat all songs in the current album
or list.
= iPhone is set to repeat the current song over and over.
= iPhone isn’t set to repeat songs.
Skip to any point in a song &TCIVJGRNC[JGCFCNQPIVJGUETWDDGTDCT5NKFG[QWT°PIGT
down to adjust the scrub rate. The scrub rate becomes
UNQYGTVJGHCTVJGTFQYP[QWUNKFG[QWT°PIGT
Tell your Ping followers you like a
song
Tap .
= You’ve already said that you like this song.
Make a Genius playlist Tap . The Genius playlist appears, with buttons that let
you create a new Genius playlist, refresh the current one, or
save the playlist. See “Using Genius on iPhone” on page 98.
Post a Ping comment about a song Tap .
5GVK2JQPGVQUJWÔGUQPIU Tap . Tap again to set iPhone to play songs in order.
K2JQPGKUUGVVQUJWÔGUQPIU
= iPhone is set to play songs in order.
5JWÔGVJGVTCEMUKPCP[RNC[NKUV
album,
or other list of songs
6CR5JWÔGCVVJGVQRQHVJGNKUV(QTGZCORNGVQUJWÔGCNN
VJGUQPIUQPK2JQPGEJQQUG5QPIU 5JWÔG
9JGVJGTQTPQVK2JQPGKUUGVVQUJWÔGKH[QWVCR5JWÔGCV
the top of a list of songs, iPhone plays the songs from that
list in random order.
Hide lyrics +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUGK2QFVJGPVWTP.[TKEU2QFECUV+PHQQÒ
94 Chapter 8 iPod
Podcast and Audiobook Controls
Additional controls and information appear on the Now Playing screen when you
begin playback.
The email, 30-second repeat, and playback speed controls appear along with
the scrubber bar. You can see elapsed time, remaining time, and the episode or
chapter number.
Use the scrubber bar to skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub
TCVGHTQOJKIJURGGFVQ°PGD[UNKFKPI[QWT°PIGTFQYPCU[QWFTCIVJGRNC[JGCF
along the scrubber bar.
:JY\IILYIHY 7SH`OLHK
7SH`IHJR
ZWLLK
ZLJVUKYLWLH[,THPS
Send an email link to this podcast Tap .
Skip to any point &TCIVJGRNC[JGCFCNQPIVJGUETWDDGTDCT5NKFG[QWT°PIGT
down to adjust the scrub rate. The scrub rate becomes
UNQYGTVJGHCTVJGTFQYP[QWUNKFG[QWT°PIGT
Play back the last 30 seconds Tap .
Set the playback speed Tap . Tap again to change the speed.
= Play at double speed.
= Play at half speed.
= Play at normal speed.
Show or hide the controls Tap in the center of the screen.
Hide podcast information +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUGK2QFVJGPVWTP.[TKEU2QFECUV+PHQQÒ
Using Voice Control with iPod
You can use Voice Control to control music playback on iPhone.
Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen
appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described below to play songs.
You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones to bring up
Voice Control.
95
Chapter 8 iPod
Control music playback Say “play” or “play music.” To pause, say “pause” or “pause
music.” You can also say “next song” or “previous song.”
Play an album, artist, or playlist Say “play,” then say “album,” “artist,” or “playlist” and the
name.
5JWÔGVJGEWTTGPVRNC[NKUV 5C[¥UJWÔG¦
Find out more about the currently
playing song
Say “what’s playing,” “what song is this,” “who sings this
song,” or “who is this song by.”
Use Genius to play similar songs Say “Genius,” “play more like this,” or “play more songs like
this.”
Cancel Voice Control Say “cancel” or “stop.”
Browsing Album Artwork in Cover Flow
When you’re browsing music, you can rotate iPhone sideways to see your iTunes
content in Cover Flow and browse your music by album artwork.
Browse album artwork Drag left or right.
See the tracks on an album Tap the album artwork or .
96 Chapter 8 iPod
Play any track Tap the track. Drag up or down to scroll through the tracks.
Return to the artwork Tap the title bar. Or tap again.
Play or pause the current song Tap or . You can also press the center button on the
iPhone earphones.
Viewing All Tracks on an Album
See all the tracks on the album that contains the current song: On the Now Playing
screen, tap . Tap a track to play it. Tap the album artwork thumbnail to return to the
Now Playing screen.
9H[PUNIHY
)HJR[V5V^
7SH`PUN
ZJYLLU
(SI\T[YHJRZ
In track list view, you can assign ratings to songs. You can use ratings to create
smart playlists in iTunes that dynamically update to include, for example, your highest
rated songs.
Rate a song: &TCI[QWT°PIGTCETQUUVJGTCVKPIDCTVQIKXGVJGUQPI\GTQVQ°XGUVCTU
Searching Audio Content
You can search the titles, artists, albums, and composers of songs, podcasts, and other
content you’ve synced to iPhone.
Search music: 'PVGTVGZVKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHCUQPINKUVRNC[NKUVCTVKUVNKUV
or other view of your iPod content. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the top of a
NKUVCPFTGXGCNVJGUGCTEJ°GNF
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of
the results.
Audio content is included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on
page 43.
97
Chapter 8 iPod
Using Genius on iPhone
)GPKWU°PFUUQPIUKP[QWTK6WPGUNKDTCT[VJCVIQITGCVVQIGVJGT#)GPKWURNC[NKUVKUC
collection of songs that are picked for you to go with a song you choose from your
library. A Genius Mix is a selection of songs of the same kind of music. Genius Mixes
are recreated each time you listen to them, so they’re always new and fresh.
You can create Genius playlists in iTunes and sync them to iPhone. You can also create
and save Genius playlists directly on iPhone.
)GPKWU/KZGUCTGETGCVGFCWVQOCVKECNN[HQT[QWD[K6WPGUK6WPGUETGCVGUFKÒGTGPV
mixes depending on the variety of music you have in your iTunes library. For example,
you may have Genius Mixes that highlight R&B songs, or Alternative Rock songs.
6QWUG)GPKWUQPK2JQPG°TUVVWTPQP)GPKWUKPK6WPGUVJGPU[PEK2JQPGYKVJK6WPGU
Genius Mixes are synced automatically, unless you manually manage your music and
choose which mixes you want to sync in iTunes. Genius is a free service, but it requires
an Apple ID.
When you sync a Genius Mix, iTunes may select and sync songs from your library that
[QWJCXGP¨VURGEK°ECNN[EJQUGPVQU[PE
Browse Genius Mixes: 6CR)GPKWUVCR/QTG°TUVKH)GPKWUKUP¨VXKUKDNG6JGPWODGT
of dots at the bottom of the screen shows the number of mixes you’ve synced
from iTunes, and indicates which mix you’re viewing. Flick left or right to access your
other mixes.
Play a Genius Mix: Tap the mix or tap .
Make a Genius playlist on iPhone:
1 6CR2NC[NKUVUVCR/QTG°TUVKH2NC[NKUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGPVCR)GPKWU2NC[NKUV
2 Tap a song in the list. Genius creates a playlist with additional songs that go great with
that song.
98 Chapter 8 iPod
You can also make a Genius playlist of songs that go great with the song you’re
playing. Tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen to display additional
controls, then tap .
Save a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Save. The playlist is saved in Playlists with
the title of the song you picked.
You can make and save as many Genius playlists as you want. If you save a Genius
playlist created on iPhone, it syncs back to iTunes the next time you connect.
Refresh a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Refresh.
4GHTGUJKPICRNC[NKUVETGCVGUCRNC[NKUVQHFKÒGTGPVUQPIUVJCVIQITGCVYKVJVJGUQPI
you picked. You can refresh any Genius playlist, whether it was created in iTunes and
synced to iPhone, or created directly on iPhone.
/CMGC)GPKWURNC[NKUVWUKPICFKÒGTGPVUQPITap Genius Playlist, then tap New and
pick a song.
Delete a saved Genius playlist: Tap the Genius playlist, then tap Delete.
Once a Genius playlist is synced back to iTunes, you won’t be able to delete it
directly from iPhone. You can use iTunes to edit the playlist name, stop syncing, or
delete the playlist.
Creating Playlists
You can create and edit your own playlists on iPhone. You can also edit playlists synced
from iTunes on your computer.
Create a playlist:
1 6CR2NC[NKUVUVCR/QTG°TUVKH2NC[NKUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGPVCR¥#FF2NC[NKUV¦
2 Type a name for your playlist, then tap Save.
3 Browse for songs using the buttons at the bottom of the screen. Tap any song or video
to add it to the playlist. Tap Add All Songs at the top of any list of songs to add all the
songs in the list.
4 9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG
When you make a playlist and then sync iPhone to your computer, the playlist is
synced to your iTunes library.
Edit a playlist:
1 6CR2NC[NKUVUVCR/QTG°TUVKH2NC[NKUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGPVCRVJGRNC[NKUV[QWYCPVVQGFKV
2 Tap Edit, then do one of the following:
To move a song higher or lower in the list, drag next to the song.
To delete a song from the playlist, tap next to a song, then tap Delete. Deleting a
song from a playlist doesn’t delete it from iPhone.
To add more songs, tap .
3 9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG
99
Chapter 8 iPod
When you edit a playlist and then sync iPhone to your computer, the playlist is synced
to your iTunes library.
Delete a playlist: In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to delete, then tap Delete (scroll
VQVJGVQRQHVJGNKUVVQTGXGCNVJG&GNGVGDWVVQP%QP°TOD[VCRRKPI&GNGVG2NC[NKUV
Clear a playlist: In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to clear, then tap Clear (scroll to
VJGVQRQHVJGNKUVVQTGXGCNVJG%NGCTDWVVQP%QP°TOD[VCRRKPI%NGCT2NC[NKUV
Videos
With iPhone, you can view video content such as movies, music videos, and video
podcasts. If a video contains chapters, you can skip to the next or previous chapter,
or bring up a list and start playing at any chapter that you choose. If a video provides
alternate language features, you can choose an audio language or display subtitles.
Playing Videos
Play a video: 6CR8KFGQUVCR/QTG°TUVKH8KFGQUKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGPVCRVJGXKFGQ
Display playback controls: Tap the screen to show the controls. Tap again to hide them.
Get more podcast or TV show episodes: 6CR8KFGQUVCR/QTG°TUVKH8KFGQUKUP¨V
visible), then tap a podcast or TV show to see a list of episodes. Tap “Get More
Episodes…” to see a list of more episodes in the iTunes Store.
Controlling Video Playback
Videos play in landscape orientation to take full advantage of the widescreen display.
The scrubber bar lets you skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub
TCVGD[UNKFKPI[QWT°PIGTFQYPCU[QWFTCIVJGRNC[JGCFCNQPIVJGUETWDDGTDCT
7SH`OLHK
:JY\IILYIHY
7SH`7H\ZL
5L_[-HZ[
MVY^HYK
:JHSL
9LZ[HY[9L^PUK =VS\TL
(PY7SH`
100 Chapter 8 iPod
Pause a video Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone earphones.
Resume playback Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone earphones.
Raise or lower the volume Drag the volume slider. You can also use the volume
buttons on the iPhone earphones.
Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone Tap and choose iPhone from the list.
Skip to the next chapter (if available) Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone earphones
twice quickly.
Go to the previous chapter
(if available)
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone earphones
three times quickly.
5VCTVRNC[KPICVCURGEK°EEJCRVGT
(if available)
Tap , then choose a chapter from the list.
Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold or .
Skip to any point in a video &TCIVJGRNC[JGCFCNQPIVJGUETWDDGTDCT5NKFG[QWT°PIGT
down to adjust the scrub rate. The scrub rate becomes
UNQYGTVJGHCTVJGTFQYP[QWUNKFG[QWT°PIGT
Stop watching a video before it
°PKUJGURNC[KPI
Tap Done. Or press the Home button.
5ECNGCXKFGQVQ°NNVJGUETGGPQT°VVQ
the screen
Tap VQOCMGVJGXKFGQ°NNVJGUETGGP6CR to make
KV°VVJGUETGGP;QWECPCNUQFQWDNGVCRVJGXKFGQVQUYKVEJ
DGVYGGP°VVKPICPF°NNKPIVJGUETGGP
9JGP[QWUECNGCXKFGQVQ°NNVJGUETGGPVJGUKFGUQTVQR
OC[DGETQRRGFHTQOXKGY9JGP[QWUECNGKVVQ°VVJG
screen, you may see black bars on the sides or above and
below the video.
Select an alternate audio language
(if available)
Tap , then choose a language from the Audio list.
Show or hide subtitles (if available) Tap VJGPEJQQUGCNCPIWCIGQT1ÒHTQOVJG
Subtitles list.
Searching for Videos
You can search the titles of movies, TV shows, and video podcasts you’ve synced
to iPhone.
Search for a video: 'PVGTVGZVKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJGNKUVQHXKFGQU
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more
of the results.
Video content is included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 43.
101
Chapter 8 iPod
Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows
You can rent movies from the iTunes Store and watch them on iPhone. You can
download rented movies and TV shows directly to iPhone, or transfer movies from
iTunes on your computer to iPhone. (Rented movies and TV shows may not be
available in all countries or regions.)
See “Purchasing or Renting Videos” on page 170.
A movie or TV show must be completely downloaded before you can start watching it.
You can pause a download and resume it later.
Rented movies and TV shows expire after a certain time, and once you start a movie or
68UJQY[QWJCXGCNKOKVGFCOQWPVQHVKOGVQ°PKUJYCVEJKPIKV6JGVKOGTGOCKPKPI
appears near the title. Rented items are automatically deleted when they expire. Before
renting a movie or TV show, check the iTunes Store for the rental period.
View a rented movie or TV show: 1PK2JQPGEJQQUGK2QF 8KFGQUVCR/QTG°TUVKH
Videos isn’t visible), then select the movie or TV show.
On iPhone 3GS, you can transfer rented movies between iPhone and your computer.
On iPhone 4, you can transfer rented movies between iPhone and your computer only
if they were rented in iTunes on your computer. Movies rented on iPhone 4 can’t be
transferred to your computer.
Transfer a rented movie between iPhone and your computer:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Movies.
3 Click Move next to the item you want to transfer, then click Apply.
Your computer must be connected to the Internet.
Watching Videos on a TV
You can watch iPod videos on your TV, using any of the following:
Apple Component AV Cable
Apple Composite AV Cable
Apple Digital AV Adapter and an HDMI cable (iPhone 4)
Apple VGA Adapter and a VGA cable
6JG&KIKVCN#8#FCRVGTUWRRQTVUJKIJFG°PKVKQPXKFGQWRVQRYKVJCWFKQ
You can also stream iPod videos wirelessly to your TV using AirPlay and Apple TV.
Note: Apple cables, adapters, and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to
www.apple.com/ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check
with your local Apple retailer.
102 Chapter 8 iPod
Connect using an AV cable: Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite
AV Cable, or other authorized iPhone-compatible cable. You can also use these cables
with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPhone to your TV. The Apple Universal Dock
includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance.
Connect using an Apple Digital AV Adapter (iPhone 4): Attach the Apple Digital AV
Adapter to the iPhone Dock connector. Use an HDMI cable to connect the HDMI port
of the adapter to your TV or receiver. To keep iPhone charged while watching videos,
use an Apple Dock Connector to USB Cable to connect the 30-pin port of the adapter
to your computer, or to a USB Power Adapter plugged into a power outlet.
Connect using a VGA Adapter: Attach the VGA Adapter to the iPhone Dock connector.
Connect the VGA Adapter with a VGA cable to a compatible TV, projector, or VGA display.
Stream videos using AirPlay: Start video playback, then tap and choose Apple TV
from the list. If doesn’t appear or if you don’t see Apple TV in the list of AirPlay
devices, make sure it’s on the same wireless network as iPhone. To return playback to
iPhone, tap again and choose iPhone from the list.
Converting Videos for iPhone
You can add videos other than those purchased from the iTunes Store to iPhone, such
as videos you create in iMovie on a Mac, or videos you download from the Internet
and then add to iTunes.
If you try to add a video from iTunes to iPhone and a message says the video can’t play
on iPhone, you can convert the video.
Convert a video to work with iPhone: Select the video in your iTunes library and choose
Advanced > “Create iPod or iPhone Version.” Then add the converted video to iPhone.
Deleting Videos from iPhone
You can delete videos from iPhone to save space.
Delete a video: In the videos list, swipe left or right over the video, then tap Delete.
Deleting a video from iPhone (other than a rented movie or TV show) doesn’t delete
the video from your iTunes library. It may reappear on iPhone if the video in iTunes is
still set to sync.
Important: If you delete a rented movie or TV show from iPhone, it’s deleted
permanently and cannot be transferred back to your computer.
103
Chapter 8 iPod
Home Sharing
Home Sharing (iOS 4.3) lets you play music, movies, and TV shows on iPhone from the
iTunes library on your Mac or PC.
Note: Home Sharing requires iTunes 10.2 or later, available at www.itunes.com/download.
Bonus content, such as digital booklets and iTunes Extras, can’t be shared.
iPhone and your computer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. On your computer,
iTunes must be open, with Home Sharing turned on and logged in to the same Apple
account as Home Sharing on iPhone.
Play music or video on iPhone from your iTunes library:
1 In iTunes on your Mac or PC, choose Advanced > Turn On Home Sharing. Enter your
Apple ID and password, then click Create Home Share.
2 In Settings, choose iPod then, under Home Sharing, enter the same Apple ID and
password you used when turning on Home Sharing in iTunes.
3 In iPod, tap More, then tap Shared and choose your iTunes library.
The Playlists, Artists, Songs, and other tabs in iPod now show the content of your
iTunes library, instead of your iPhone content.
Return to content on your iPhone: In iPod, tap More, then tap Shared and choose
iPhone at the top of the list.
Setting a Sleep Timer
You can set iPhone to stop playing music or videos after a period of time.
Set a sleep timer: (TQOVJG*QOGUETGGPEJQQUG%NQEM 6KOGTVJGP±KEMVQUGVVJG
number of hours and minutes. Tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod, tap Set,
then tap Start to start the timer.
When the timer ends, iPhone stops playing music or video, closes any other open app,
and then locks itself.
104 Chapter 8 iPod
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you
use more frequently. For example, if you often listen to podcasts, you can replace the
Songs button with Podcasts.
Change the browse buttons: Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the
bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
6CR&QPGYJGP[QW°PKUJ6CR/QTGCVCP[VKOGVQCEEGUUVJGDWVVQPU[QWTGRNCEGF
105
Chapter 8 iPod
Messages 9
Sending and Receiving Messages
WARNING: For important information about driving safely, see the Important Product
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Messages lets you exchange text messages with anyone using an SMS-capable phone
or other device. Messages also supports MMS, so you can send photos, video clips,
contact information, and voice memos to other MMS-capable devices. You can enter
multiple addressees to send one message to several people.
Note: SMS or MMS support may not be available in all countries or regions. Additional
fees may apply for use of Messages. Contact your carrier for more information.
The Messages icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages
you have.
5\TILYVM
\UYLHKTLZZHNLZ
You can use Messages whenever you’re in range of the cellular network. If you can
make a call, you can send a message. Depending on your phone plan, you may be
charged for the messages you send or receive.
Send a message: Tap , then enter a phone number or name, or tap and choose a
EQPVCEVHTQO[QWTEQPVCEVUNKUV6CRVJGVGZV°GNFCDQXGVJGMG[DQCTFV[RGCOGUUCIG
and tap Send.
106
If the message can’t be sent (if you’re out of cellular network range, for example), an
alert badge appears on the Messages icon on the Home screen. If Messages is in a
folder, the alert badge appears on the folder.
(SLY[IHKNL
Your conversations are saved in the Messages list. Conversations that contain unread
messages have a blue dot next to them. Tap a conversation in the list to see the
conversation or add to it.
;L_[TLZZHNLZ
`V\ZLU[
;L_[TLZZHNLZ
MYVT[OLV[OLY
WLYZVU
iPhone displays the 50 most recent messages in the conversation. To see earlier
messages, scroll to the top and tap Load Earlier Messages.
Group messaging (not available in all countries and regions) lets you send a message
to multiple recipients.
Send a message to a group of people: Tap , then add recipients. If you enter a
phone number manually (instead of selecting it from Contacts), tap Return before
entering another entry.
Note: Check to make sure Group Messaging in Settings > Messages is turned on.
Replies from any of the recipients are sent only to you, not to the other people
you texted.
Reply or send a message to a person or group you’ve texted: Tap an entry in the
Messages list, then type a new message in the conversation and tap Send.
107
Chapter 9 Messages
Send a message to a favorite or to a recent call:
1 Tap Phone on the Home screen, then tap Favorites or Recents.
2 Tap next to a name or number, then tap Text Message.
3 If multiple phone numbers appear, tap the one you want to text.
When MMS is available, Messages allows you to include a subject in your text messages.
;QWECPVWTPVJKUHGCVWTGQPQTQÒKP/GUUCIGUUGVVKPIU+VKUVWTPGFQPD[FGHCWNV
+PENWFGQTTGOQXGVJGUWDLGEV°GNFIn Settings, tap Messages, then tap Show
Subject Field.
Note: 6JGUWDLGEV°GNFCPFVJG5JQY5WDLGEV(KGNFUGVVKPIFQP¨VCRRGCTKH//5KUP¨V
supported by your carrier.
6WTPEJCTCEVGTEQWPVKPIQPQTQÒIn Settings, tap Messages, then tap the Character
Count switch. The character count includes all characters—including spaces,
punctuation, and returns—and appears as you type when your message exceeds two
lines. You may want to count characters, for example, when carrier fees apply.
Note: 6JGEJCTCEVGTEQWPVFQGUP¨VCRRGCTKH[QWGPVGTVGZVKPVJGUWDLGEV°GNFQTCVVCEJ
a photo or video.
6WTP//5OGUUCIKPIQPQTQÒIn Settings, tap Messages, then tap MMS Messaging.
;QWOC[YCPVVQVWTP//5/GUUCIKPIQÒHQTGZCORNGVQRTGXGPVUGPFKPIQTTGEGKXKPI
attachments when fees apply.
Note: The MMS Messaging setting doesn’t appear if MMS isn’t supported by your carrier.
Searching Messages
You can search the content of messages in the Messages list.
Search the Messages list: 6CRVJGVQRQHVJGUETGGPVQFKURNC[VJGUGCTEJ°GNFVJGP
VCRVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCPFGPVGTVJGVGZV[QW¨TGNQQMKPIHQT
Messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 43.
Sharing Photos and Videos
You can take a photo or video from within Messages and include it in your
conversation with another MMS-capable device. You can save photos or videos you
receive in Messages to your Camera Roll album.
If MMS isn’t supported by your carrier, doesn’t appear and you can’t send photos
or videos.
Send a photo or video: Tap . Then tap “Take Photo or Video”, or tap “Choose Existing”
and then select an item from a photo album and tap Choose.
108 Chapter 9 Messages
The size limit of attachments is determined by your carrier. If necessary, iPhone
may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see
Chapter 12, “Camera,” on page 12 5.
Save a photo or video attachment to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo or
video in the conversation, tap , then tap Save Image or Save Video.
Copy a photo or video: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Copy. You can paste
the photo or video to an Mail message or another MMS message.
Sending Voice Memos
You can send voice memos in a message to another MMS-capable device.
Send a voice memo: In Voice Memos, tap , tap the voice memo you want to send,
then tap Share and tap MMS. Address the message and tap Send.
Editing Conversations
If you want to keep just part of a conversation, you can delete the parts you don’t
want. You can also delete entire conversations from the Messages list.
Edit a conversation: Tap Edit. Tap the circles along the left side to select the parts of
VJGEQPXGTUCVKQP[QWYCPVVQFGNGVGVJGPVCR&GNGVG9JGP[QW¨TG°PKUJGFVCR&QPG
%NGCTCNNVGZVCPF°NGUYKVJQWVFGNGVKPIVJGEQPXGTUCVKQPTap Edit, then tap Clear All.
6CR%NGCT%QPXGTUCVKQPVQEQP°TO
Forward a conversation: Select a conversation, then tap Edit. Tap the circles on the
left side of the screen to select the parts of the conversation you want to include, then
tap Forward, enter one or more recipients, and tap Send.
Delete a conversation: Tap Edit, then tap next to the conversation and tap Delete.
You can also swipe left or right over the conversation and tap Delete.
;VZOV^[OL
+LSL[LI\[[VU
Z^PWLSLM[VYYPNO[
V]LY[OLTLZZHNL
109
Chapter 9 Messages
Using Contact Information and Links
Call, FaceTime, or email someone you’ve texted: Tap a message in the Text Messages
list and scroll to the top of the conversation. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the
top of the screen.)
To call the person, tap Call.
To call the person using FaceTime, tap FaceTime.
To email the person, tap Contact Info, then tap an email address.
Follow a link in a message: Tap the link.
A link may open a webpage in Safari, make a phone call in Phone, open a
preaddressed message in Mail, or display a location in Maps. To return to your text
messages, press the Home button and tap Messages.
Add someone you’ve texted to your contacts list: Tap a phone number in the
Messages list, then tap “Add to Contacts.”
Send contact information: In Contacts, tap the person whose information you want
to share. Tap Share Contact at the bottom of the screen, then tap MMS. Address the
message and tap Send.
Save contact information received: Tap the contact bubble in the conversation and
tap Create New Contact or “Add to Existing Contact.”
Managing Previews and Alerts
By default, iPhone displays a preview of new messages when iPhone is locked or when
[QWCTGWUKPICPQVJGTCRR;QWECPVWTPVJKURTGXKGYQPQTQÒKP5GVVKPIU;QWECPCNUQ
enable alerts for text messages.
6WTPRTGXKGYUQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose Messages and tap Show Preview.
Show multiple message alerts (iOS 4.3): In Settings, choose Messages, then tap Play
Alert Tone and set the number of times an alert should appear if you don’t respond.
Set whether an alert sounds when you get a text message or preview: In Settings,
choose Sounds, then tap New Text Message. Tap the alert sound you want, or None if
you don’t want an audible alert.
Important: +HVJG4KPI5KNGPVUYKVEJKUQÒVGZVCNGTVUYQP¨VUQWPF
110 Chapter 9 Messages
Calendar 10
About Calendar
Calendar gives you ready access to your calendars and events. You can view individual
calendars, or several calendars at once. You can view your events by day, by month,
or in a list. You can search the titles, invitees, locations, and notes of events. If you’ve
entered birthdays for your contacts, you can view those birthdays in Calendar.
You can sync iPhone with the calendars on your computer, and with services such as
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Yahoo!, and Google. You can also make, edit, or cancel
appointments on iPhone and have them sync back to your computer or calendar
account. If you have a MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, or CalDAV
account, your calendars can sync over the air without connecting iPhone to your
computer. MobileMe Shared Calendars that you’ve joined from your computer also
sync with iPhone.
;QWECPUWDUETKDGVQTGCFQPN[K%CNGPFCTKEUECNGPFCTUQTKORQTVKEU°NGUHTQOGOCKN
If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with Calendars enabled, or a supported
CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from others, and
invite people to events you schedule.
Syncing Calendars
You can sync Calendar in either of the following ways:
In iTunes, use the iPhone Info pane to sync with iCal or Microsoft Entourage on a
Mac, or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC, when you connect iPhone to
your computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 54.
In Settings on iPhone, turn on Calendars in your MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange,
Google, or Yahoo! accounts to sync your calendar information over the air, or set
up a CalDAV account if your company or organization supports it. See “Adding Mail,
Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
111
Viewing Your Calendars
You can view a single calendar, selected calendars, or all calendars at once.
Select calendars to view: Tap Calendars, then tap to select the calendars you want
to view. To quickly select or deselect all calendars, tap Show All Calendars or Hide All
Calendars. To view your contacts’ birthdays, tap Birthdays at the bottom of the screen.
Tap Done to view the selected calendars.
The events for all selected calendars appear in a single calendar on iPhone. You can
view your calendar events in a list, by day, or by month.
Switch views: Tap List, Day, or Month.
List view: All your appointments and events appear in a scrollable list.
Day view: Scroll up or down to see the events in a day. Tap or to see the
previous or next day’s events.
Month view: Tap a day to see its events. Tap or to see the previous or next month.
(KKHUL]LU[
+H`Z^P[OKV[Z
OH]LZJOLK\SLK
L]LU[Z
.V[V[VKH` :^P[JO]PL^Z
9LZWVUK[V
JHSLUKHYPU]P[H[PVU
,]LU[ZMVY
ZLSLJ[LKKH`
See the details of an event: Tap the event.
Set iPhone to adjust event times for a selected time zone:
1 In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Under Calendars, tap Time Zone Support, then turn Time Zone Support on.
3 Tap Time Zone, then search for a major city in the time zone you want.
When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time
\QPGQHVJGEKV[[QWUGNGEVGF9JGP6KOG<QPG5WRRQTVKUQÒ%CNGPFCTFKURNC[UGXGPVU
in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time.
112 Chapter 10 Calendar
Searching Calendars
;QWECPUGCTEJVJGVKVNGUKPXKVGGUNQECVKQPUCPFPQVGU°GNFUQHVJGGXGPVUKP[QWT
calendars. Calendar searches only the events for the calendars you’re currently viewing.
Search for events: +PNKUVXKGYGPVGTVGZVKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNF
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see
more results.
Calendar events are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on
page 43.
Adding and Updating Events on iPhone
You can create and update calendar events directly on iPhone.
If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with Calendars enabled, or a supported
CalDAV account, you can invite other people to your event or meeting.
Add an event: Tap and enter event information, then tap Done.
You can enter any of the following:
Title
Location
Starting and ending times (or turn on All-day if it’s an all-day event)
Repeat times—none, or every day, week, two weeks, month, or year
Invitees (if supported by your calendar server)
#NGTVVKOG¤HTQO°XGOKPWVGUVQVYQFC[UDGHQTGVJGGXGPV
When you set an alert, the option to set a second alert appears. When an alert
IQGUQÒK2JQPGFKURNC[UCOGUUCIG;QWECPCNUQUGVK2JQPGVQRNC[CUQWPFUGG
“Alerts” on page 116 ).
113
Chapter 10 Calendar
Important: Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re
traveling, iPhone may not alert you at the correct local time. To manually set the
correct time, see “Date and Time” on page 198.
Calendar
You can change the default calendar using the Default Calendar setting. See
“Calendars” on page 205.
Notes
You can’t assign an event to a read-only calendar.
Events can also be created by tapping a day, date, or time in a Mail message. See
“Using Links and Detected Data” on page 78.
Update an event: Tap Edit and change event information. Tap Done when you’re
°PKUJGF
Delete an event: Tap the event, tap Edit, then scroll down and tap Delete Event.
Responding to Meeting Invitations
If you have a Microsoft Exchange or MobileMe account with Calendars enabled, or a
supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from
people in your organization. When you receive an invitation, the meeting appears in
your calendar with a dotted line around it. appears in the lower-right corner of the
screen with an alert badge that shows the total number of new invitations you have.
The number of new invitations also appears on the Calendar icon on the Home screen.
5\TILYVM
TLL[PUNPU]P[H[PVUZ
114 Chapter 10 Calendar
Respond to an invitation in Calendar:
1 Tap a meeting invitation in the calendar, or tap to display the Event screen and tap
an invitation.
Tap “Invitation from” to get contact information for the meeting organizer. Tap the
email address to send a message to the organizer. If the organizer is in your contacts
list, you can also tap to call or send a text message.
Tap Invitees to see the other people invited to the meeting. Tap a name to see an
attendee’s contact information. Tap the email address to send a message to the
attendee. If the attendee is in your contacts list, you can also tap to call or send a
text message.
Tap Alert to set iPhone to sound an alert before the meeting.
Tap Add Comments to add comments in the email response to the meeting
organizer. You comments will also appear in your Info screen for the meeting.
Notes are made by the meeting organizer.
2 Tap Accept, Maybe, or Decline.
When you accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation, a response email that
includes any comments you added is sent to the organizer.
If you accept or tentatively accept the meeting, you can change your response later.
Tap Add Comments if you want to change your comments.
Meeting invitations are also sent in an email message, which lets you open the
meeting’s Info screen from Mail.
Open a meeting invitation in an email message: Tap the invitation.
115
Chapter 10 Calendar
Subscribing to Calendars
You can subscribe to calendars that use the iCalendar (.ics) format. Many calendar-based
services support calendar subscriptions, including Yahoo!, Google, and the Mac OS X
iCal application.
Subscribed calendars are read-only. You can read events from subscribed calendars on
iPhone, but you can’t edit them or create new events.
Subscribe to a calendar:
1 In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” then tap Add Account.
2 Choose Other, then choose Add Subscribed Calendar.
3 Enter the server information, then tap Next to verify the subscription.
4 Tap Save.
You can also subscribe to an iCal (or other .ics) calendar published on the web by
tapping a link to the calendar you receive in an email or text message on iPhone.
Importing Calendar Files from Mail
;QWECPCFFGXGPVUVQCECNGPFCTD[KORQTVKPICECNGPFCT°NGHTQOCPGOCKNOGUUCIG
;QWECPKORQTVCP[UVCPFCTFKEUECNGPFCT°NG
+ORQTVGXGPVUHTQOCECNGPFCT°NGIn Mail, open the message and tap the calendar
°NG9JGPVJGNKUVQHGXGPVUCRRGCTUVCR#FF#NNEJQQUGVJGECNGPFCT[QWYCPVVQCFF
the events to, and tap Done.
Alerts
Set calendar alerts: In Settings, choose Sounds, then turn Calendar Alerts on. If
%CNGPFCT#NGTVUKUQÒYJGPCPGXGPVKUCDQWVVQQEEWTK2JQPGFKURNC[UCOGUUCIGDWV
makes no sound.
Important: +HVJG4KPI5KNGPVUYKVEJKUQÒECNGPFCTCNGTVUYQP¨VUQWPF
Sound alerts for invitations: In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendar.” Under
Calendars, tap New Invitation Alert to turn it on.
116 Chapter 10 Calendar
Photos 11
About Photos
Carry photos and videos with you on iPhone, so you can share them with your family,
friends, and associates. View photos and videos on iPhone, or use AirPlay and Apple
TV to view photos and videos (iOS 4.3) on a TV. You can sync photos and videos from
your computer, view photos and videos taken with iPhone, use photos as wallpaper,
and assign photos to identify contacts when they call. You can also send photos and
videos in email messages, send photos and videos in MMS messages, upload photos
and videos to MobileMe galleries, and print photos.
Note: MMS is available only if supported by your carrier. Additional fees may apply.
Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer
iTunes can sync your photos and videos with the following applications:
Mac: iPhoto 4.0.3 or later (syncing videos requires iPhoto 6.0.6 or later), or Aperture
(photos only)
PC: Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later (photos only)
You can also sync photos and videos from any folder on your computer that contains
images. See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 53.
iPhone supports H.264 and MPEG-4 video formats, with AAC audio. If you are having
trouble syncing a video to iPhone, you might be able to use iTunes to create an iPhone
version of the video.
117
Create an iPhone version of a video:
1 Copy the video to your iTunes library.
2 In iTunes, select Movies in the Library list and select the video you want to sync.
3 Choose Advanced > Create iPod or iPhone Version.
For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1211.
Viewing Photos and Videos
Photos and videos you take with iPhone, sync from your computer, or save from an
email or MMS message can be viewed in Photos. If you sync photos with iPhoto 8.0
(part of iLife ’09) or later, you can view your photos and videos by the events and faces
[QW¨XGKFGPVK°GF;QWECPCNUQUGGVJGRNCEGUYJGTG[QWTRJQVQUCPFXKFGQUYGTG
taken if they’re tagged with location data.
View photos and videos:
1 In Photos, tap a photo album. Tap the buttons at the bottom of the screen to view
your photos and videos by albums, events, faces, or places if available.
Photos are sorted by creation date. If you tap Places, a map shows each location that
you’ve tagged photos from. Tap a pin, then tap to see your photos and videos from
that location.
2 Tap a thumbnail to see the photo or video in full screen.
Show or hide the controls: Tap the full-screen photo or video to show the controls.
Tap again to hide the controls.
Play a video: Tap in the center of the screen.
To replay a video, tap at the bottom of the screen. If you don’t see , tap the screen
to show the controls.
118 Chapter 11 Photos
View a photo or video in landscape orientation: Rotate iPhone sideways. The photo
QTXKFGQTQVCVGUCWVQOCVKECNN[CPFKHKV¨UKPYKFGUETGGPHQTOCVGZRCPFUVQ°VVJGUETGGP
Zoom in on part of a photo: Double-tap where you want to zoom in. Double-tap
again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out.
8KGYXKFGQKPHWNNUETGGPQT°VXKFGQVQUETGGPDouble tap the screen to scale the
XKFGQVQ°NNVJGUETGGP&QWDNGVCRCICKPVQ°VVJGXKFGQVQVJGUETGGP
Pan around a photo: Drag the photo.
See the next or previous photo or video: Flick left or right. Or tap the screen to show
the controls, then tap or .
119
Chapter 11 Photos
Deleting Photos and Videos
You can delete photos and videos from Camera Roll on iPhone.
Delete photos and videos:
1 Tap in the upper-right corner of the screen.
2 Tap to select the photos and videos you want to delete.
The Delete button shows the number of items you select.
3 Tap Delete.
Slideshows
You can view a photo album as a slideshow, complete with background music and
transitions (iOS 4.3).
View a slideshow (iOS 4.3):
1 Tap an album to open it, then tap a photo and tap .
2 Select slideshow options.
To change the type of transition, tap Transitions and choose a transition.
Available transitions are determined by how you view the slideshow. If you’re
connected to an Apple TV, choose from the available transitions. If iPhone is
connected to a TV or projector using an AV cable, choose the Dissolve transition. For
more information, see “Viewing Photos, Slideshows, and Videos on a TV,” below.
To play music during the slideshow, turn on Play Music, then tap Music and select
a song.
3 Tap Start Slideshow.
View a slideshow (iOS 4.2): Tap an album, then tap a photo and tap .
Videos play automatically when they appear during the slideshow.
Stop a slideshow: Tap the screen.
Set slideshow settings: In Settings, choose Photos and set the following options:
To set the length of time each slide is shown, tap Play Each Slide For and choose a time.
6QUGVVTCPUKVKQPGÒGEVUYJGPOQXKPIHTQORJQVQVQRJQVQK15tap Transition and
choose a transition type.
To set whether slideshows repeat, VWTP4GRGCVQPQTQÒ
To set whether photos and videos are shown in random order, VWTP5JWÔGQPQTQÒ
Play music during a slideshow (iOS 4.2): In iPod, play a song, then choose Photos on
the Home screen and start a slideshow.
120 Chapter 11 Photos
Viewing Photos, Slideshows, and Videos on a TV
You can use the Photos app to view photos, slideshows, and videos (iOS 4.3) on your
TV, using any of the following:
Apple Component AV Cable
Apple Composite AV Cable
Apple Digital AV Adapter and an HDMI cable (iPhone 4)
Apple VGA Adapter and a VGA cable
6JG&KIKVCN#8#FCRVGTUWRRQTVUJKIJFG°PKVKQPXKFGQWRVQRYKVJCWFKQ
You can also stream photos, slideshows, and videos (iOS 4.3) wirelessly to your TV
using AirPlay and Apple TV.
Note: Apple cables, adapters, and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to
www.apple.com/ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check
with your local Apple retailer.
Connect using an AV cable: Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite
AV Cable, or other authorized iPhone-compatible cable. You can also use these cables
with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPhone to your TV or AV receiver. The Apple
Universal Dock includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance.
Connect using a VGA Adapter: Attach the VGA Adapter to the iPhone Dock connector.
Connect the VGA Adapter with a VGA cable to a compatible TV, projector, or VGA display.
Connect using an Apple Digital AV Adapter (iPhone 4): Attach the Digital AV Adapter
to the iPhone Dock connector. Use an HDMI cable to connect the HDMI port of the
adapter to your TV or receiver. To keep iPhone charged while watching videos, use
a Dock Connector to USB Cable to connect the 30-pin port of the adapter to your
computer, or to a USB Power Adapter plugged into a power outlet.
Stream content using AirPlay and Apple TV: View a photo, slideshows, or video
(iOS 4.3), then tap and choose Apple TV from the list. If doesn’t appear or if you
don’t see Apple TV in the list of AirPlay devices, make sure it’s on the same wireless
network as iPhone. To return playback to iPhone, tap again and choose iPhone
from the list.
Sharing Photos and Videos
You can send photos and videos in email and MMS messages, add photos and videos
to MobileMe galleries, and publish videos to YouTube. You can also copy and paste
photos and videos, save photos and videos from email messages to Photos, and save
images from webpages to Photos.
121
Chapter 11 Photos
Sending a Photo or Video in an Email or MMS Message
Send a photo or video in an email message:
1 Choose a photo or video and tap . If you don’t see , tap the screen to show
the controls.
2 Tap Email Photo/Video.
The photo or video appears in a new mail message window.
3 Compose your message, then tap Send.
4 If sending a photo, you may be asked if you want to reduce the message size by
scaling the image. Tap the size you want to use.
Send multiple photos or videos at the same time: When viewing thumbnails in an
album, tap , then tap to select the photos or videos you want to send, tap Share,
and tap Email.
Send a photo or video via MMS: Choose a photo or video and tap , then tap MMS.
The size limit of attachments is determined by your carrier. If necessary, iPhone
may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see
Chapter 12, “Camera,” on page 12 5.
Copying and Pasting Photos and Videos
You can copy a photo or video from Photos and paste it in an email or MMS message.
Some third-party apps may also support copying and pasting photos or videos.
Copy a photo or video: *QNF[QWT°PIGTQPVJGUETGGPWPVKNVJG%QR[DWVVQPCRRGCTU
then tap Copy.
Copy multiple photos or videos:
1 Tap in the upper-right corner of the screen.
2 Tap to select the photos and videos you want to copy.
The Copy button shows the number of items you select.
3 Tap Copy.
Paste a photo or video: Tap to place the insertion point where you want to place the
photo or video, then tap the insertion point and tap Paste.
Adding a Photo or Video to a MobileMe Gallery
If you have a MobileMe account, you can add photos and videos directly from iPhone
to your MobileMe gallery. You can also add photos and videos to someone else’s
MobileMe gallery if that person enables email contributions.
Before you can add photos or videos to a gallery in your MobileMe account, you must:
Set up your MobileMe account on iPhone
Publish a MobileMe gallery, and allow adding photos via email or iPhone
122 Chapter 11 Photos
For more information about creating a gallery and adding photos and videos to it, see
MobileMe Help.
Add a photo or video to your gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap , then tap
“Send to MobileMe.” Enter a title and description, if you like, then select the album to
add the photo or video to and tap Publish.
If you don’t see , tap the screen to show the controls.
iPhone tells you when the photo or video has been published, and gives you options
to view it on MobileMe or email a link to a friend.
Add a photo or video to someone else’s gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap ,
then tap “Email Photo/Video.” Enter the album’s email address, then click Send.
Publishing Videos to YouTube
If you have a YouTube account, you can publish videos directly from iPhone to
YouTube. Some videos may not be transferable, depending on the length of the
movie or other factors.
Publish a video to YouTube:
1 While viewing a video, tap , then tap “Send to YouTube.”
2 Sign in to your YouTube account.
3 Enter publishing information such as Title, Description, and Tags.
4 Tap Category to choose a category.
5 Tap Publish.
Saving Photos and Videos from Email Messages, MMS Messages, and
Webpages
Save a photo from an email message to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo,
then tap Save Image. If the photo hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the download
PQVKEG°TUV
Save a video from an email message to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold
the attachment, then tap Save Video. If the video hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the
FQYPNQCFPQVKEG°TUV
Save a photo from a webpage to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the
photo, then tap Save Image.
Save a photo or video from an MMS message to your Camera Roll album: Tap the
image in the conversation, tap , and tap Save Image or Save Video.
If you don’t see , tap the screen to show the controls.
You can download the photos and videos in your Camera Roll album to your
computer’s photo application by connecting iPhone to your computer.
123
Chapter 11 Photos
Printing Photos
You can use AirPrint to print photos from iPhone.
Print a photo: Tap , then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, set the
number of copies, then tap Print.
Print multiple photos: While viewing a photo album, tap . Select the photos you
want to print, then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, set the number of
copies, then tap Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 41.
Assigning a Photo to a Contact
You can assign a photo to a contact. When that person calls, iPhone displays the photo.
Assign a photo to a contact:
1 Choose Camera on the Home screen, then take someone’s picture. Or choose any
photo already on iPhone, and tap .
2 Tap “Assign to Contact” and choose a contact.
3 Position and size the photo until it looks the way you want.
Drag the photo to pan, and pinch to zoom in or out.
4 Tap Set Photo.
You can also assign a photo to a contact in Contacts by tapping Edit and then tapping
“Add Photo.”
Wallpaper
You can set a photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen or for the Home screen.
Set a photo as wallpaper:
1 Choose any photo and tap , then tap Use As Wallpaper.
2 Drag the photo to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way
you want.
3 Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock
Screen, Home screen, or both.
You can also choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPhone by choosing
Settings > Wallpaper from the Home screen. See “Adding Wallpaper” on page 36.
124 Chapter 11 Photos
Camera 12
About Camera
With iPhone, you have a great still camera and video camera wherever you go.
K2JQPGJCUCOCKPECOGTCVJCVVCMGURJQVQUCPFJKIJFG°PKVKQPXKFGQCP.'&±CUJ
for photos and videos taken with the main camera, and a front camera that lets you
make FaceTime video calls and take photos and videos of yourself.
The main camera is on the back of iPhone. You use the screen to control the camera
and to see the photo or video you’re taking. Tap-to-focus lets you tap anywhere on the
UETGGPVQHQEWUQPCURGEK°EQDLGEVQTCTGCQH[QWTUJQVCPFCWVQOCVKECNN[CFLWUVVJG
exposure. The macro autofocus feature (about 10 cm) and a 5x digital zoom let you
take great close-ups.
If location services is turned on, photos and videos are tagged with location data—
including your current geographical coordinates provided by GPS, Wi-Fi, or cell-tower
information. You can use location data with some apps and photo-sharing websites
to track and post where you took the photos. For example, the Photos app organizes
photos by places.
Note: +HNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQÒYJGP[QWQRGP%COGTC[QWOC[DGCUMGFVQ
turn it on. If you don’t want to include location data with your photos and videos,
you can use Camera without turning on location services. See “Location Services” on
page 194.
125
Taking Photos and Recording Videos
Taking photos and recording videos with iPhone is as easy as point and tap.
*HTLYH=PKLV
Z^P[JO
-VJ\ZHYLH
:^P[JOJHTLYHZ
AVVT
;O\TIUHPSVM
SHZ[ZOV[
;HW[V
[HRLWOV[V
:L[3,+
MSHZOTVKL
;\YU/+9
VUVYVMM
Take a photo: Aim iPhone and tap .
Make sure the Camera/Video switch is set to .
When you take a photo or start a video recording, iPhone makes a shutter sound. You
can use the volume buttons on the side of the iPhone to control the volume of the
shutter sound. You don’t hear a sound if you set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. See
“Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 191.
Note: +PUQOGTGIKQPUVJGUQWPFGÒGEVUHQT%COGTCCTGRNC[GFGXGPKHVJG4KPI5KNGPV
switch is set to silent.
On iPhone 4, you can turn on HDR to take HDR (high dynamic range) photos. HDR
blends the best parts of three separate exposures into a single photo. For best results,
iPhone and the subject should be stationary.
6WTP*&4QPQTQÒTap the HDR button at the top of the screen. The button shows
YJGVJGT*&4KUQPQTQÒ*&4KUQÒD[FGHCWNV
Note: 9JGP*&4KUQPVJG±CUJKUVWTPGFQÒ
With HDR, you can save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version of a
photo in the Camera Roll, or save just the HDR version. By default, both are saved.
Choose whether to save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version
of photos: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG2JQVQUVJGPVWTP-GGR0QTOCN2JQVQQPQTQÒ+HVJG
UGVVKPIKUVWTPGFQÒQPN[VJG*&4XGTUKQPQHCRJQVQKUUCXGF
126 Chapter 12 Camera
If you save both versions, appears in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo
when you view the photos in Camera Roll (if the controls are visible).
Record a video: Slide the Camera/Video switch to , then tap to start recording.
The record button blinks while Camera is recording. Tap again to stop recording. You
can also press the center button on the iPhone earphones to start or stop recording.
A rectangle on the screen shows the area where the camera is focused and setting
the exposure.
Tap the screen to bring up the camera controls.
Change the focus area and set the exposure: Tap anywhere to focus the camera and
adjust the exposure for the selected area.
Zoom in or out: Tap the screen, then drag the slider at the bottom of the screen to
zoom in or out (main camera, in camera mode only).
5GV.'&±CUJOQFG6CRVJG±CUJDWVVQPKPVJGWRRGTNGHVEQTPGTQHVJGUETGGPVJGP
VCR1Ò#WVQQT1P
Switch between the main and front cameras: Tap in the upper-right corner of
the screen.
Review a photo or video you’ve just taken: Tap the thumbnail of your last shot, in the
lower-left corner of the screen.
Use the left and right arrows at the bottom of the screen to review other photos and
XKFGQUKPVJG%COGTC4QNNQTLWUV±KEMNGHVQTTKIJV6CR&QPGVQTGVWTPVQECOGTCQT
video mode. If you don’t see the controls, tap the screen to display them.
Delete a photo or video: Tap . If you don’t see , tap the screen to display the controls.
Take a screenshot: 3WKEMN[RTGUUCPFTGNGCUGVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGCPF*QOG
DWVVQPUCVVJGUCOGVKOG#±CUJQHVJGUETGGPNGVU[QWMPQYVJGUETGGPUJQVYCU
taken. The screenshot is added to the Camera Roll album.
Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos
The photos and videos you take with Camera are saved in the Camera Roll album on
iPhone. You can view the Camera Roll album from either Camera or Photos.
View photos and videos in the Camera Roll album: In Camera, tap the thumbnail
image in the lower-left corner of the screen. In Photos, tap the Camera Roll album. Tap
VJGNGHVQTTKIJVDWVVQPQT±KEMNGHVQTTKIJVVQ±KRVJTQWIJVJGRJQVQUCPFXKFGQU
When viewing a photo or video in the Camera Roll album, tap the screen to display the
controls. If you save both the normal and the HDR versions of a photo, appears
in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo (when the controls are visible).
For more information about viewing and sharing photos and videos, see:
“ Viewing Photos and Videos” on page 118
“ Sharing Photos and Videos” on page 121
127
Chapter 12 Camera
Trimming Videos
You can trim the frames from the beginning and end of a video that you just recorded,
or any other video in the Camera Roll album. You can replace the original video or save
the trimmed version as a new video clip.
Trim a video:
1 While viewing a video, tap the screen to display the controls.
2 Drag either end of the frame viewer at the top of the video, then tap Trim.
3 Tap Trim Original or “Save as New Clip.”
Important: If you choose Trim Original, the trimmed frames are permanently deleted
from the original video. If you choose “Save as New Clip,” a new trimmed video clip is
UCXGFKPVJG%COGTC4QNNCNDWOCPFVJGQTKIKPCNXKFGQKUWPCÒGEVGF
Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer
You can upload the photos and videos you take with Camera to photo applications on
your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac.
Upload photos and videos to your computer: Connect iPhone to your computer.
Mac: Select the photos and videos you want and click the Import or Download
button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.
PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo application.
If you delete the photos and videos from iPhone when you upload them to your
computer, they’re removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos
settings pane in iTunes to sync photos and videos to the Photos app on iPhone
(videos can be synced with Macs only). See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on
page 54.
128 Chapter 12 Camera
YouTube 13
Finding and Viewing Videos
YouTube features short videos submitted by people from around the world. To use
some features on iPhone, you need to sign in to a YouTube account. For information
about requirements and how to get a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.com.
Note: YouTube may not be available in all languages and locations.
Browse videos: Tap Featured, Most Viewed, or Favorites. Or tap More to browse by
Most Recent, Top Rated, History, Subscriptions, or Playlists.
Featured: 8KFGQUTGXKGYGFCPFHGCVWTGFD[;QW6WDGUVCÒ
Most Viewed: Videos most seen by YouTube viewers. Tap All for all-time most viewed
videos, or Today or This Week for most-viewed videos of the day or week.
Favorites: Videos you’ve added to Favorites. When you sign in to a YouTube account,
account favorites appear and any existing favorites can be synced to your account.
Most Recent: Videos most recently submitted to YouTube.
Top Rated: Videos most highly rated by YouTube viewers. To rate videos, go to
www.youtube.com.
History: Videos you’ve viewed most recently.
Subscriptions: Videos from YouTube accounts to which you’ve subscribed. You must
be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.
Playlists: Videos you’ve added to playlists. You must be signed in to a YouTube
account to use this feature.
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use
more frequently. See “Changing the Browse Buttons” on page 134.
129
Search for a video:
1 6CR5GCTEJVCR/QTG°TUVKH5GCTEJKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGPVCRVJG;QW6WDGUGCTEJ°GNF
2 Type a word or phrase that describes what you’re looking for, then tap Search.
YouTube shows results based on video titles, descriptions, tags, and user names.
Listed videos show title, rating, number of views, length, and the account name that
posted the video.
Play a video: Tap the video.
The video begins to download to iPhone and a progress bar appears. When enough of
the video has downloaded, it begins to play. You can also tap to start the video.
Controlling Video Playback
When a video starts playing, the controls disappear so they don’t obscure the video.
Show or hide the video controls: Tap the screen.
5L_[
-HZ[MVY^HYK
7SH`7H\ZL
,THPS
:JHSL
+V^USVHKWYVNYLZZ
=VS\TL
7SH`OLHK :JY\IILYIHY
)VVRTHYR 7YL]PV\ZYL^PUK
(PY7SH`
Play or pause a video Tap or . You can also press the center button
on the iPhone earphones.
Adjust the volume Drag the volume slider, or use the volume
buttons on the side of iPhone. You can also use
the volume buttons on the iPhone earphones.
Skip to the next or previous video in a list Tap twice to skip to the previous video. Tap
to skip to the next video.
Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold or .
Skip to any point in a video Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar.
5VQRYCVEJKPICXKFGQDGHQTGKV°PKUJGURNC[KPI Tap Done, or press the Home button.
5YKVEJDGVYGGPUECNKPICXKFGQVQ°NNVJGUETGGP
QT°VVQVJGUETGGP
Double-tap the video. You can also tap to
OCMGVJGXKFGQ°NNVJGUETGGPQTVCR to make
KV°VVJGUETGGP
Add a video to Favorites using video controls Start playing a video and tap .
Email a link to the video using video controls Start playing a video and tap .
130 Chapter 13 YouTube
Watching YouTube Videos on a TV
You can wach YouTube videos, including videos in HD format (iPhone 4), on a TV by
connecting iPhone to your TV or AV receiver using an Apple Component AV Cable,
Apple Composite AV Cable, Apple VGA Adapter, or Apple Digital AV Adapter (iPhone 4),
or wirelessly by using AirPlay and Apple TV. See “Watching Videos on a TV” on page 102.
Managing Videos
Tap next to a video to see related videos and more controls for managing videos.
Add the video to Favorites Tap “Add to Favorites.”
Add the video to a playlist Tap “Add to Playlist,” then select an existing
playlist or tap to create a new playlist.
Email a link to the video Tap Share Video.
Browse and view related videos Tap a video in the list of related videos to view, or
tap next to a video for more information.
131
Chapter 13 YouTube
Getting More Information
Tap next to the video to show the video’s comments, description, date added, and
other information.
Rate the video or add a comment On the More Info screen, tap “Rate, Comment,
or Flag,” then choose “Rate or Comment.” You
must be signed in to a YouTube account to use
this feature.
See more videos from this account On the More Info screen, tap More Videos.
Subscribe to this YouTube account On the More Info screen, tap More Videos, then
tap “Subscribe to <account>” at the bottom of
the video list. You must be signed in to a YouTube
account to use this feature.
132 Chapter 13 YouTube
Using YouTube Account Features
If you have a YouTube account, you can access account features such as subscriptions,
comments and ratings, and playlists. To create a YouTube account, go to
www.youtube.com.
Show favorites you’ve added to your account: In Favorites, tap Sign In, then enter
your username and password to see your account favorites. Any existing favorites
you’ve added to iPhone can be merged with your account favorites when you sign in.
Delete a favorite: In Favorites, tap Edit, tap next to a video, then tap Delete.
Show subscriptions you’ve added to your account: In Subscriptions, tap Sign In, then
enter your username and password to see your account subscriptions. Tap an account
in the list to see all videos for that account.
Unsubscribe from a YouTube account: In Subscriptions, tap an account in the list,
then tap Unsubscribe.
View playlists: In Playlists, tap a playlist to see the list of videos you’ve added. Tap any
video in the playlist to begin playing videos from that point in the playlist.
Edit a playlist: In Playlists, tap Edit, then do one of the following:
To delete the entire playlist, tap next to a playlist, then tap Delete.
To create a new playlist, tap , then enter a name for the playlist.
Add a video to a playlist: Tap next to a video, then tap “Add to Playlist” and choose
a playlist.
Delete a video from a playlist:
1 In Playlists, tap a playlist, then tap Edit.
2 Tap next to a playlist, then tap Delete.
133
Chapter 13 YouTube
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the Featured, Most Viewed, Bookmarks, and Search buttons at the
bottom of the screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you watch
top-rated videos often but don’t watch many featured videos, you could replace the
Featured button with Top Rated.
Change the browse buttons: Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the
bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG
When you’re browsing for videos, tap More to access the browse buttons that
aren’t visible.
Sending Videos to YouTube
If you have a YouTube account, you can send videos directly to YouTube. See
“Publishing Videos to YouTube” on page 123.
134 Chapter 13 YouTube
Stocks 14
Viewing Stock Quotes
Stocks lets you see the latest available quotes for your selected stocks, funds,
and indexes.
Quotes are updated every time you open Stocks when connected to the Internet. Quotes
may be delayed by up to 20 minutes or more, depending upon the reporting service.
Add a stock, fund, or index to the stock reader:
1 Tap , then tap .
2 Enter a symbol, company name, fund name, or index, then tap Search.
3 Select an item from the search results and tap Done.
View charts in landscape orientation: Rotate iPhone sideways. Flick left or right to
view the other charts in your stock reader.
Show the progress of a stock, fund, or index over time: Tap the stock, fund, or index
in your list, then tap 1d, 1w, 1m, 3m, 6m, 1y, or 2y. The chart adjusts to show progress
over one day, one week, one month, three months, six months, one year, or two years.
When you view a chart in landscape orientation, you can touch the chart to display the
XCNWGHQTCURGEK°ERQKPVKPVKOG
135
7UGVYQ°PIGTUVQUGGVJGEJCPIGKPXCNWGQXGTCURGEK°ERGTKQFQHVKOG
Delete a stock: Tap and tap next to a stock, then tap Delete.
Change the order of the list: Tap . Then drag next to a stock or index to a new
place in the list.
Switch the view to percentage change, price change, or market capitalization: Tap
any of the values along the right side of the screen. Tap again to switch to another
view. Or tap and tap %, Price, or Mkt Cap, then tap Done.
Getting More Information
See the summary, chart, or news page about a stock, fund, or index: Select the stock,
HWPFQTKPFGZKP[QWTNKUVVJGP±KEMVJGRCIGUWPFGTPGCVJVJGUVQEMTGCFGTVQXKGYVJG
summary, chart, or recent news page.
On the news page, you can scroll up and down to read headlines, or tap a headline to
view the article in Safari.
See more information at Yahoo.com: Select the stock, fund, or index in your list, then
tap .
136 Chapter 14 Stocks
Maps 15
WARNING: For important information about driving and navigating safely, see the
Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Maps provides street maps, satellite photos, a hybrid view, and street views of
NQECVKQPUKPOCP[QHVJGYQTNF¨UEQWPVTKGUCPFTGIKQPU;QWECPIGVVTCÓEKPHQTOCVKQP
and detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions. Find and track your current
(approximate) location, and use your current location to get driving directions to or
from another place. The built-in digital compass lets you see which way you’re facing.
Important: Maps, directions, and location-based apps depend on data services. These
data services are subject to change and may not be available in all geographic areas,
resulting in maps, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable,
inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided on iPhone to your
surroundings, and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies.
+HNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQÒYJGP[QWQRGP/CRU[QWOC[DGCUMGFVQVWTPKV
on. You can use Maps without turning on location services. See “Location Services” on
page 194.
137
Finding and Viewing Locations
You can search for locations, get your current location, mark a location with the drop
pin, and get satellite and Google Street Views.
Searching for Locations
You can search for locations in many ways—by address, intersection, area, landmark,
bookmark, contact, or zip code, for example.
Find a location and see a map:
1 6CRVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVQDTKPIWRVJGMG[DQCTF
2 Type an address or other search information.
3 Tap Search.
A pin marks the location. Tap the pin to see the name or description of the location.
;HW[VNL[
PUMVYTH[PVUHIV\[
[OLSVJH[PVUNL[
KPYLJ[PVUZHKK[OL
SVJH[PVU[V`V\Y
IVVRTHYRZVY
JVU[HJ[ZSPZ[VY
LTHPSHSPUR[V
.VVNSL4HWZ
Locations can include places of interest added by Google My Maps users (“User-
created content”), and sponsored links that appear as special icons (for example, ).
Zoom in to a part of a map 2KPEJVJGOCRYKVJVYQ°PIGTU1TFQWDNGVCR
the part you want to zoom in on. Double-tap
again to zoom in even closer.
Zoom out 2KPEJVJGOCR1TVCRVJGOCRYKVJVYQ°PIGTU
6CRYKVJVYQ°PIGTUCICKPVQ\QQOQWVHWTVJGT
Pan or scroll to another part of the map Drag up, down, left, or right.
See the location of a contact’s address: Tap KPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVJGPVCR%QPVCEVU
and choose a contact.
To locate an address in this way, the contact must include at least one address. If the
contact has more than one address, choose the one you want to locate. You can also
°PFVJGNQECVKQPQHCPCFFTGUUD[VCRRKPIVJGCFFTGUUFKTGEVN[KP%QPVCEVU
138 Chapter 15 Maps
Finding Your Current Location
#SWKEMVCR°PFU[QWTEWTTGPVCRRTQZKOCVGNQECVKQP
Find your current location and turn on tracking mode: Tap .
Your current location is shown by a blue marker. If your location can’t be determined
precisely, a blue circle also appears around the marker. The size of the circle depends
on how precisely your location can be determined—the smaller the circle, the greater
the precision.
As you move around, iPhone updates your location, adjusting the map so that the
location indicator remains in the center of the screen. If you tap again until it is no
longer highlighted, or if you drag the map, iPhone continues to update your location
DWVUVQRUEGPVGTKPIKVUQVJGNQECVKQPKPHQTOCVKQPOC[OQXGQÒVJGUETGGP
iPhone uses location services to determine your location. Location services uses
available information from cellular network data, local Wi-Fi networks (if Wi-Fi is turned
on), and GPS (may not be available in all locations). When an app is using location
services, appears in the status bar. Location services may not be available in all
countries or regions.
+HNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQÒ[QW¨NNDGRTQORVGFVQVWTPKVQP;QWECP¨V°PFCPF
VTCEM[QWTEWTTGPVNQECVKQPKHNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQÒ5GG¥Location Services” on
page 194.
6QEQPUGTXGDCVVGT[NKHGVWTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQÒYJGP[QW¨TGPQVWUKPIKV+P5GVVKPIU
choose General > Location Services.
139
Chapter 15 Maps
Get information about your current location: Tap the blue marker, then tap .
iPhone displays the address of your current location, if available. You can use this
information to:
Get directions
Add the location to contacts
Send the address via email or MMS
Bookmark the location
Show which way you’re facing: Tap again. (The icon changes to .) Maps uses the
built-in compass to determine which way you’re facing. The angle shows the accuracy
of the compass reading—the smaller the angle, the greater the accuracy.
Maps uses true north to determine your heading, even if magnetic north is set in
Compass. If the compass needs calibrating, iPhone asks you to wave the phone in
C°IWTGGKIJV+HVJGTG¨UKPVGTHGTGPEG[QWOC[DGCUMGFVQOQXGHTQOVJGUQWTEGQH
interference. See Chapter 20, “Compass,” on page 157.
Marking a Location with the Drop Pin
The drop pin lets you mark a location by hand.
Mark a location: Touch and hold the location on the map.
The drop pin appears where you’re touching the map.
Move the drop pin: Touch and hold, then drag the pin to a new location, or touch and
hold a new location until a new pin drops, replacing the previous one.
140 Chapter 15 Maps
Satellite View and Street View
You can see a satellite view of a map, or a combined satellite and street map view. You
can also see a Google Street View of a location.
See a satellite view or hybrid view: Tap , then tap Satellite or Hybrid to see just a
satellite view or a combined street map and satellite view.
To return to map view, tap Map.
141
Chapter 15 Maps
See the Google Street View of a location: Tap . Flick left or right to pan through the
360° panoramic view. (The inset shows your current view.) Tap an arrow to move down
the street. To return to map view, tap the map inset in the lower-right corner.
;HW[VYL[\YU[VTHW]PL^
Street View may not be available in all areas.
Getting Directions
You can get step-by-step directions for driving, taking public transit, or walking to a
destination.
Get directions:
1 Tap Directions.
2 'PVGTUVCTVKPICPFGPFKPINQECVKQPUKPVJG5VCTVCPF'PF°GNFU$[FGHCWNVK2JQPGUVCTVU
with your current approximate location (if available). Tap KPGKVJGT°GNFVQEJQQUG
a location in Bookmarks (including your current location and the dropped pin, if
available), Recents, or Contacts. If KUP¨VUJQYKPIFGNGVGVJGEQPVGPVUQHVJG°GNF
For example, if a friend’s address is in your contacts list, you can tap Contacts and tap
your friend’s name instead of having to type the address.
To reverse the directions, tap .
3 Tap Route (if you entered locations manually), then select directions by car ( ),
directions by public transit ( ), or directions by walking ( ).
The travel options available depend on the route.
4 Do one of the following:
142 Chapter 15 Maps
To view all the directions in a list, tap , then tap List. Tap any item in the list to
see a map showing that leg of the trip. Tap Route Overview to return to the
overview screen.
To view directions one step at a time, tap Start, then tap to see the next leg of the
trip. Tap to go back.
If you’re driving or walking, the approximate distance and travel time appear at the top
QHVJGUETGGP+HVTCÓEFCVCKUCXCKNCDNGVJGFTKXKPIVKOGKUCFLWUVGFCEEQTFKPIN[
If you’re taking public transit, the overview screen shows each leg of the trip and the
mode of transportation, including where you need to walk. The top of the screen
UJQYUVJGVKOGQHVJGDWUQTVTCKPCVVJG°TUVUVQRVJGGUVKOCVGFCTTKXCNVKOGCPFVJG
total fare. Tap to set your departure or arrival time, and to choose a schedule for
the trip. Tap the icon at a stop to see the departure time for that bus or train, and to
get a link to the transit provider’s website or contact info. When you tap Start and step
through the route, detailed information about each leg of the trip appears at the top
of the screen.
;QWECPCNUQIGVFKTGEVKQPUD[°PFKPICNQECVKQPQPVJGOCRVCRRKPIVJGRKPVJCV
points to it, tapping , then tapping Directions To Here or Directions From Here.
Switch start and end points, for reverse directions: Tap .
If you don’t see , tap Edit.
See recently viewed directions: Tap KPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVJGPVCR4GEGPVU
143
Chapter 15 Maps
5JQYKPI6TCÓE%QPFKVKQPU
9JGPCXCKNCDNG[QWECPUJQYVTCÓEEQPFKVKQPUHQTOCLQTUVTGGVUCPFJKIJYC[UQP
the map.
5JQYQTJKFGVTCÓEEQPFKVKQPUTap VJGPVCR5JQY6TCÓEQT*KFG6TCÓE
5VTGGVUCPFJKIJYC[UCTGEQNQTEQFGFVQKPFKECVGVJG±QYQHVTCÓE
.YLLU$WVZ[LK
ZWLLKSPTP[
@LSSV^$ZSV^LY
[OHU[OLWVZ[LK
ZWLLKSPTP[
.YH`$UVKH[H
J\YYLU[S`H]HPSHISL
9LK$Z[VWHUKNV
+H[QWFQP¨VUGGVTCÓE[QWOC[PGGFVQ\QQOQWVVQCNGXGNYJGTG[QWECPUGGOCLQT
TQCFU6TCÓEEQPFKVKQPUCTGPQVCXCKNCDNGKPCNNCTGCU
Finding and Contacting Businesses
Find businesses in an area:
1 Find a location—for example, a city and state or country, or a street address—or scroll
to a location on a map.
2 6[RGVJGMKPFQHDWUKPGUUKPVJGVGZV°GNFCPFVCR5GCTEJ
Pins appear for matching locations in the area. For example, if you locate your city and
then type “movies” and tap Search, pins mark movie theaters in your city.
Tap the pin that marks a business to see its name or description.
(KPFDWUKPGUUGUYKVJQWV°PFKPIVJGNQECVKQP°TUVType things like:
restaurants san francisco ca
apple inc new york
Contact a business or get directions: Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap
next to the name.
From there, you can do the following:
Tap a phone number to call, an email address to send email to, or a web address
to visit.
144 Chapter 15 Maps
For directions, tap Directions To Here or Directions From Here.
To add the business to your contacts list, tap “Add to Contacts” at the bottom of the
screen, then tap “Create New Contact” or “Add to Existing Contact.”
Share the location of the business by email or text message.
See a list of the businesses found in the search: From the Map screen, tap List.
Tap a business to see its location. Or tap next to a business to see its information.
.L[
KPYLJ[PVUZ
=PZP[
^LIZP[L
;HW[VZOV^
JVU[HJ[PUMV
*HSS
Sharing Location Information
You can add a location you’ve found to your contacts list. You can also send links to a
Google Maps location using email or MMS.
Add a location to your contacts list: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap
next to the name or description, then tap “Add to Contacts” at the bottom of the
screen and tap “Create New Contact” or “Add to Existing Contact.”
Email a link to a Google Maps location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it,
tap next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the bottom of the
screen and tap Email.
Send a link via MMS to a Google Maps location: Find a location, tap the pin that
points to it, tap next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the
bottom of the screen and tap MMS.
Bookmarking Locations
;QWECPDQQMOCTMNQECVKQPUVJCV[QWYCPVVQ°PFCICKPNCVGT
Bookmark a location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the
name or description, then tap “Add to Bookmarks” at the bottom of the Info screen.
See a bookmarked location or recently viewed location: Tap KPVJGUGCTEJ°GNF
then tap Bookmarks or Recents.
145
Chapter 15 Maps
Weather 16
Viewing Weather Summaries
Tap Weather on the Home screen to get the current temperature and six-day forecast
for one or more cities around the world.
:P_KH`MVYLJHZ[
*\YYLU[[LTWLYH[\YL
*\YYLU[JVUKP[PVUZ
(KKHUKKLSL[LJP[PLZ
5\TILYVMJP[PLZZ[VYLK
;VKH`»ZOPNOHUKSV^
If the weather board is light blue, it’s daytime in that city—between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00
p.m. If the board is dark purple, it’s nighttime—between 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
Add a city:
1 Tap , then tap .
2 Enter a city name or zip code, then tap Search.
3 Choose a city in the search list.
146
Switch to another city: Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots.
The number of dots below the weather board shows how many cities are stored.
Reorder cities: Tap , then drag next to a city to a new place in the list.
Delete a city: Tap and tap next to a city, then tap Delete.
Display the temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius: Tap , then tap °F or °C.
Getting More Weather Information
You can see a more detailed weather report, news and websites related to the city,
and more.
See information about a city at Yahoo.com: Tap .
147
Chapter 16 Weather
Notes 17
About Notes
You can create notes on iPhone and sync notes with supported applications on your
computer and online accounts. You can search for text in a list of notes.
Syncing Notes
You can sync Notes in either of the following ways:
In iTunes, use the iPhone settings panes to sync with Mail on a Mac or with
Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC when you connect iPhone to your
computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 54.
In Settings, turn on Notes in your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, AOL, or other IMAP
account to sync your notes over the air with those accounts. See “Adding Mail,
Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
148
Writing and Reading Notes
When you sync Notes with an application on your computer or with online accounts,
the Accounts screen shows each those accounts, plus a button to display all notes in a
single list.
See all notes: Tap All Notes.
5GGPQVGUHQTCURGEK°ECEEQWPVTap the account name.
Change the font used to display notes: In Settings, choose Notes, then select the font
you want to use.
0QVGUCTGNKUVGFD[NCUVOQFK°GFFCVGYKVJVJGOQUVTGEGPVN[OQFK°GFPQVGCVVJGVQR
;QWECPUGGVJG°TUVHGYYQTFUQHGCEJPQVGKPVJGNKUV4QVCVGK2JQPGVQXKGYPQVGUKP
landscape orientation and type using a larger keyboard.
Add a note: Tap , then type your note and tap Done.
0GYPQVGUCTGCFFGFVQVJGFGHCWNVCEEQWPVURGEK°GFKP0QVGUUGVVKPIU5GG¥Notes” on
page 211.
Read a note: Tap the note. Tap or to see the next or previous note.
Edit a note: Tap anywhere on the note to bring up the keyboard.
Delete a note: Tap the note, then tap .
149
Chapter 17 Notes
Searching Notes
You can search the text of notes.
Search for notes:
1 6CRVJGUVCVWUDCTVQUETQNNVQVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJGPQVGNKUV
2 'PVGTVGZVKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNF
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more
of the results.
Notes are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 43.
Emailing Notes
Email a note: Tap the note, then tap .
To email a note, iPhone must be set up for email. See “Setting Up Email Accounts” on
page 75.
150 Chapter 17 Notes
Clock 18
World Clocks
You can add clocks to show the time in other major cities and time zones around
the world.
View clocks: Tap World Clock.
If the clock face is white, it’s daytime in that city. If the clock face is black, it’s nighttime.
+H[QWJCXGOQTGVJCPHQWTENQEMU±KEMVQUETQNNVJTQWIJVJGO
Add a clock:
1 Tap World Clock.
2 Tap , then type the name of a city.
Cities matching what you’ve typed appear below.
3 Tap a city to add a clock for that city.
If you don’t see the city you’re looking for, try a major city in the same time zone.
Delete a clock: Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then tap next to a clock and tap Delete.
Rearrange clocks: Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then drag next to a clock to a
new place in the list.
151
Alarms
You can set multiple alarms. Set each alarm to repeat on days you specify, or to sound
only once.
Set an alarm:
1 Tap Alarm and tap .
2 Adjust any of the following settings:
To set the alarm to repeat on certain days, tap Repeat and choose the days.
6QEJQQUGVJGTKPIVQPGVJCVUQWPFUYJGPVJGCNCTOIQGUQÒtap Sound.
To set whether the alarm gives you the option to hit snooze, VWTP5PQQ\GQPQTQÒ
If Snooze is on and you tap Snooze when the alarm sounds, the alarm stops and
then sounds again in ten minutes.
To give the alarm a description, tap Label. iPhone displays the label when the
alarm sounds.
If at least one alarm is set and turned on, appears in the iPhone status bar at the top
of the screen.
Important: Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re
traveling, iPhone alerts may not sound at the correct local time. See “Date and Time” on
page 198.
6WTPCPCNCTOQPQTQÒ6CR#NCTOCPFVWTPCP[CNCTOQPQTQÒ+HCPCNCTOKUVWTPGF
QÒKVYQP¨VUQWPFCICKPWPNGUU[QWVWTPKVDCEMQP
+HCPCNCTOKUUGVVQUQWPFQPN[QPEGKVVWTPUQÒCWVQOCVKECNN[CHVGTKVUQWPFU;QWECP
turn it on again to reenable it.
Change settings for an alarm: Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap next to the alarm
you want to change.
Delete an alarm: Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap next to the alarm and tap Delete.
152 Chapter 18 Clock
Stopwatch
Use the stopwatch to time an event:
1 Tap Stopwatch.
2 Tap Start to start the stopwatch.
To record lap times, tap Lap after each lap.
To pause the stopwatch, tap Stop. Tap Start to resume.
To reset the stopwatch, tap Reset when the stopwatch is paused.
If you start the stopwatch and switch to another app, the stopwatch keeps running.
Timer
Set the timer: 6CR6KOGTVJGP±KEMVQUGVVJGPWODGTQHJQWTUCPFOKPWVGU6CR5VCTV
to start the timer.
Choose the sound: Tap When Timer Ends.
Set a sleep timer: Set the timer, then tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod.
When you set a sleep timer, iPhone stops playing music or video when the timer ends.
If you start the timer and then switch to another iPhone app, the timer keeps running.
153
Chapter 18 Clock
Calculator 19
Using the Calculator
Tap numbers and functions in Calculator just as you would with a standard calculator.
When you tap the add, subtract, multiply, or divide button, a white ring appears
around the button to let you know the operation to be carried out. Rotate iPhone to
IGVCPGZRCPFGFUEKGPVK°EECNEWNCVQT
Standard Memory Functions
C: Tap to clear the displayed number.
MC: Tap to clear the memory.
M+: Tap to add the displayed number to the number in memory. If no number is in
memory, tap to store the displayed number in memory.
M–: Tap to subtract the displayed number from the number in memory.
MR: Tap to replace the displayed number with the number in memory. If the button
has a white ring around it, there is a number stored in memory.
The stored number remains in memory when you switch between the standard and
UEKGPVK°EECNEWNCVQTU
154
5EKGPVK°E%CNEWNCVQT-G[U
4QVCVGK2JQPGVQNCPFUECRGQTKGPVCVKQPVQFKURNC[VJGUEKGPVK°EECNEWNCVQT
2nd Changes the trigonometric buttons (sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, and tanh) to their inverse
functions (sin-1, cos-1, tan-1, sinh-1, cosh-1, and tanh-1). It also changes ln to log2, and ex to
2x. Tap 2nd again to return the buttons to their original functions.
(Opens a parenthetical expression. Expressions can be nested.
)Closes a parenthetical expression.
%Calculates percentages, adds markups, and subtracts discounts. To calculate a
percentage, use it with the multiplication (x) key. For example, to calculate 8% of 500,
enter
500 x 8 % =
which returns 40.
To add a markup or subtract a discount, use it with the plus (+) or minus (–) key. For
example, to compute the total cost of a $500 item with an 8% sales tax, enter
500 + 8 % =
which returns 540.
1/x Returns the reciprocal of a value in decimal format.
x2Squares a value.
x3Cubes a value.
yx6CRDGVYGGPXCNWGUVQTCKUGVJG°TUVXCNWGVQVJGRQYGTQHVJGUGEQPFXCNWG(QT
example, to compute 34, enter
3 yx 4 =
which returns 81.
x! Calculates the factorial of a value.
3Calculates the square root of a value.
x3yUse between values to calculate the x root of y. For example to compute 4381, enter
81 x3y 4 =
which returns 3.
155
Chapter 19 Calculator
log Returns the log base 10 of a value.
sin Calculates the sine of a value.
sin-1 Calculates the arc sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
cos Calculates the cosine of a value.
cos-1 Calculates the arc cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
tan Calculates the tangent of a value.
tan-1 Calculates the arc tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
ln Calculates the natural log of a value.
log2 Calculates the log base 2. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
sinh Calculates the hyperbolic sine of a value.
sinh-1 Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button
is tapped.)
cosh Calculates the hyperbolic cosine of a value.
cosh-1 Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button
is tapped.)
tanh Calculates the hyperbolic tangent of a value.
tanh-1 Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button
is tapped.)
exTap after entering a value to raise the constant “e” (2.718281828459045…) to the power
of that value.
2xCalculates 2 to the power of the displayed value. For example, 10 2x = 1024. (Available
when the 2nd button is tapped.)
Rad Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in radians.
Deg Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in degrees.
Enters the value of (3.141592653589793…).
EE An operator that multiplies the currently displayed value by 10 to the power of the next
value you enter.
Rand Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
156 Chapter 19 Calculator
Compass 20
Getting Compass Readings
The built-in compass shows which direction you’re facing, along with the geographical
coordinates of your current location. You can choose magnetic north, or have Compass
adjust the declination to show true north.
Important: 6JGCEEWTCE[QHVJGFKIKVCNEQORCUUOC[DGPGICVKXGN[CÒGEVGFD[
magnetic or other environmental interference, including interference caused by the
close proximity of the magnets contained in the iPhone earbuds. The digital compass
should be used only for basic navigation assistance and should not be solely relied on
to determine precise locations, proximity, distance, or direction.
;QWPGGFVQECNKDTCVGVJGEQORCUUVJG°TUVVKOG[QWWUGKVCPF[QWOC[PGGFVQ
recalibrate it occasionally after that. iPhone alerts you if calibration is needed.
Note: +HNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQÒYJGP[QWQRGP%QORCUU[QWOC[DGCUMGFVQ
turn it on. You can use Compass without turning on location services. See “Location
Services” on page 19 4.
157
Calibrate iPhone: 9CXGK2JQPGKPC°IWTGGKIJV;QWOC[DGCUMGFVQOQXGCYC[
from a source of interference.
See the direction you’re facing: Hold iPhone level to the ground. The compass needle
rotates to point north. Your current direction appears at the top of the screen. The
coordinates of your current location are displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Switch between true north and magnetic north: Tap and tap the setting you want.
Compass and Maps
6JG%QORCUUCRRNGVU[QW°PF[QWTEWTTGPVNQECVKQPKP/CRU/CRUCNUQWUGUVJGDWKNV
in compass to show the direction you’re facing.
See your current location in Maps: Tap at the bottom of the Compass screen. Maps
opens and shows your current location with a blue marker.
158 Chapter 20 Compass
Show the direction you’re facing: In Maps, tap twice. The icon changes to . The
angle shows the accuracy of the compass reading—the smaller the angle, the greater
the accuracy.
See “Finding and Viewing Locations” on page 138.
159
Chapter 20 Compass
Voice Memos 21
Recording Voice Memos
Voice Memos lets you use iPhone as a portable recording device using the built-in
microphone, iPhone or Bluetooth headset mic, or supported external microphone.
Note: External microphones must be designed to work with the iPhone headset jack
or Dock Connector. These include Apple-branded earbuds and authorized third-party
accessories marked with the Apple “Made for iPhone” or “Works with iPhone” logo.
You can adjust the recording level by moving the microphone closer to or further
away from what you’re recording. For better recording quality, the loudest level on the
level meter should be between –3dB and 0 dB.
9LJVYKI\[[VU
(\KPVSL]LSTL[LY
.V[V]VPJLTLTVZ
160
Record a voice memo:
1 Tap to start recording. You can also press the center button on the iPhone
earphones.
2 Tap to pause or to stop recording. You can also press the center button on the
iPhone earphones.
Recordings using the built-in microphone are mono, but you can record stereo using
an external stereo microphone.
When you start a voice recording, iPhone makes a short ringing sound. The sound isn’t
played if you’ve set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. See “Sounds and the Ring/Silent
Switch” on page 191.
Note: +PUQOGEQWPVTKGUQTTGIKQPUVJGUQWPFGÒGEVUHQT8QKEG/GOQUCTGRNC[GFGXGP
if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent.
To use other apps while recording your voice memo, you can lock iPhone or press the
Home button.
Play a voice memo you just recorded: Tap .
Listening to Voice Memos
:JY\IILYIHY
7SH`OLHK
Play a voice memo you previously recorded:
1 Tap .
/GOQUCTGNKUVGFKPEJTQPQNQIKECNQTFGTYKVJVJGOQUVTGEGPVOGOQ°TUV
2 Tap a memo, then tap .
Tap to pause, then tap again to resume playback.
Skip to any point in a voice memo: Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar.
Listen through the built-in speaker: Tap Speaker.
161
Chapter 21 Voice Memos
Managing Voice Memos
Delete a voice memo: Tap a memo in the list, then tap Delete.
See more information: Tap next to the memo. The Info screen displays information
about the length, recording time and date, and provides additional editing and
sharing functions.
Add a label to a voice memo: On the Info screen tap , then select a label in the list
on the Label screen. To create a custom label, choose Custom at the bottom of the list,
then type a name for the label.
162 Chapter 21 Voice Memos
Trimming Voice Memos
You can trim the beginning or ending of a voice memo to eliminate unwanted pauses
or noise.
Trim a voice memo:
1 On the Voice Memos screen, tap next to the memo you want to trim.
2 Tap Trim Memo.
3 Using the time markers as a guide, drag the edges of the audio region to adjust the
beginning and end of the voice memo. To preview your edit, tap .
4 Tap Trim Voice Memo.
Important: Edits you make to voice memos can’t be undone.
Sharing Voice Memos
You can share your voice memos as attachments in email or MMS messages.
Share a voice memo:
1 Select a voice memo on the Voice Memos screen, then tap Share.
You can also tap Share on the Info screen of a voice memo.
2 Choose Email to open a new message in Mail with the memo attached, or choose
MMS to open a new message in Messages.
#OGUUCIGCRRGCTUKHVJG°NG[QW¨TGVT[KPIVQUGPFKUVQQNCTIG
163
Chapter 21 Voice Memos
Syncing Voice Memos
iTunes syncs voice memos to your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your
computer. This lets you listen to voice memos on your computer and provides a
backup if you delete them from iPhone.
Voice memos are synced to the Voice Memos playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it
doesn’t exist. When you sync voice memos to iTunes, they remain in the Voice Memos
app until you delete them. If you delete a voice memo on iPhone, it isn’t deleted from
the Voice Memos playlist in iTunes. However, if you delete a voice memo from iTunes, it
is deleted from iPhone the next time you sync with iTunes.
You can sync the iTunes Voice Memos playlist to the iPod app on iPhone using the
Music pane in iTunes.
Sync the Voice Memos playlist to iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
3 Select Music at the top of the screen.
4 Select the “Include voice memos” checkbox and click Apply.
164 Chapter 21 Voice Memos
iTunes Store 22
About the iTunes Store
You can search for, browse, preview, purchase, and download music, ringtones,
audiobooks, TV shows, movies, and music videos from the iTunes Store directly to
iPhone. You can listen to audio or watch video podcasts from the iTunes Store, either
by streaming them from the Internet or by downloading them directly to iPhone. And,
[QWECPHQNNQY[QWTHCXQTKVGCTVKUVUCPFHTKGPFUVQ°PFQWVYJCVOWUKEVJG[¨TGNKUVGPKPI
VQCPFVCNMKPICDQWV°PFQWVYJGP[QWTHCXQTKVGCTVKUVUCTGQPVQWTPGCT[QWCPF
who’s planning to go, and more.
Note: The iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and iTunes
Store content may vary by country or region. Features are subject to change.
To access the iTunes Store, iPhone must be connected to the Internet. See “Connecting
to the Internet” on page 22.
To purchase items or write reviews, you need an Apple ID. By default, iPhone gets your
Apple ID information from iTunes. If you don’t have an Apple ID, or if you want to make
purchases using another Apple ID, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 212.
You don’t need an Apple ID to play or download podcasts.
165
Finding Music, Videos, and More
Browse content: Tap one of the content categories at the bottom of the screen, such
as Music or Videos. Or tap More to browse other content. Choose a sort method at the
top of the screen—for example New Releases or Genres (the categories may vary).
Search for content: 6CR5GCTEJVCR/QTG°TUVKH5GCTEJKUP¨VXKUKDNGVCRVJGUGCTEJ
°GNFCPFGPVGTQPGQTOQTGYQTFUVJGPVCR5GCTEJ5GCTEJTGUWNVUCTGITQWRGFD[
category, such as Movies, Albums, or Podcasts.
Tap an item in a list to see more details on its Info screen. You can read reviews, write
your own review, or email a link about the item to a friend. Depending on the item,
you can also buy, download, or rent it.
Note: If you join a Starbucks Wi-Fi network in a select Starbucks location in the U.S.,
the Starbucks icon appears at the bottom of the screen. You can preview and purchase
the currently playing and other songs from featured Starbucks Collections.
166 Chapter 22 iTunes Store
Explore artist and friend recommendations: 6CR2KPIVCR/QTG°TUVKH2KPIKUP¨VXKUKDNG
VQ°PFQWVYJCV¨UPGYHTQO[QWTHCXQTKVGCTVKUVUQTUGGYJCVOWUKE[QWTHTKGPFUCTG
excited about. For information, see the following section, “Following Artists and Friends.”
Get Genius recommendations: Tap More, then tap Genius.
Following Artists and Friends
Use iTunes Ping to connect with the world’s most passionate music fans. Follow
favorite artists to learn about new releases and upcoming concerts and tours, get an
insider’s perspective through their photos and videos, and learn about their musical
KP±WGPEGU4GCFHTKGPFU¨EQOOGPVUCDQWVVJGOWUKEVJG[¨TGNKUVGPKPIVQCPFUGGYJCV
they’re buying and which concerts they plan to attend. Finally, express your musical
likes and post comments for your own followers.
6QETGCVGCPFGZRNQTGOWUKECNEQPPGEVKQPU[QWPGGFVQETGCVGCRTQ°NG
%TGCVG[QWTK6WPGU2KPIRTQ°NGOpen the iTunes application on your Mac or PC, click
Ping, and follow the onscreen instructions.
Explore iTunes Ping on iPhone: 1RGPVJGK6WPGUCRRVCR2KPIVCR/QTG°TUVKH2KPI
isn’t visible), then:
Tap Activity to see the latest from and about the people you follow. Updates include
purchases, reviews, likes, comments, and posts.
Tap People to see who you’re following and who’s following you, or to search for
artists or friends.
6CR/[2TQ°NGVQTGXKGY[QWTRTQ°NGKPHQTOCVKQP
Follow an artist: 6CR(QNNQYQPVJGKTRTQ°NGRCIG
By searching: 6CR2GQRNGGPVGTVJGCTVKUV¨UPCOGKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJG
page, then tap Search. Tap the artist in the list of results, then tap Follow.
While browsing: 6CR2TQ°NGCVVJGDQVVQOQHCP[CNDWORCIGVJGPVCR(QNNQY
167
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
Follow a friend: %JQQUGCUVCTVKPIITQWRQHHTKGPFUYJGP[QWUGVWR[QWTRTQ°NG
using iTunes on your Mac or PC. After that, you can choose to follow others using
Ping on iPhone.
By searching: 6CR2GQRNGGPVGT[QWTHTKGPF¨UPCOGKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVJGPVCR
Search. Tap your friend’s name in the list of matches, then tap Follow.
While exploring Ping: Tap a person’s name, then tap Follow.
9JGP[QWHQNNQYUQOGQPGVJG[FQP¨VCWVQOCVKECNN[HQNNQY[QW+P[QWTRTQ°NG[QWECP
choose to approve or decline requests to be followed as they arrive, or simply accept
all new followers without review (the default).
Share your thoughts: As you browse albums and songs, tap Post to comment on a
piece of music, or tap Like just to say you like it. Your friends will see your thoughts in
their iTunes Ping Activity feed. You can also say you like a song, or comment on it while
you listen to it on iPhone. See “Additional Audio Controls” on page 94.
Share concert plans: 6CR%QPEGTVUQP[QWTRTQ°NGRCIGVQUGGWREQOKPIEQPEGTVUD[
the artists you follow, and see which of your friends are going to a concert. Tap Tickets
to buy your own ticket, or tap I’m Going to let others know you’ll be there too. (Not
available in all countries or regions.)
Ping can send a text alert, play a sound, or add an alert badge to the iTunes app icon
on your iPhone when someone:
Starts following you
Needs your approval to follow you
Comments on one of your activities
Approves your request to follow them
5RGEKH[VJGV[RGQHPQVK°ECVKQP2KPIUGPFU+P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG0QVK°ECVKQPU 2KPI
168 Chapter 22 iTunes Store
Purchasing Ringtones
You can preview and purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store and download them
to iPhone.
Note: Ringtones may not be available in all countries or regions.
Browse for ringtones: 6CR4KPIVQPGUVCR/QTG°TUVKH4KPIVQPGUKUP¨VXKUKDNGQTWUG
5GCTEJVQ°PFCURGEK°EUQPIKPVJGK6WPGU5VQTG
Preview a ringtone: Tap the item to preview. Double-tap the item for more information.
Purchase and download a ringtone:
1 Tap the price, then tap Buy Now.
2 5KIPKPWUKPI[QWT#RRNG+&KHTGSWGUVGFVJGPVCR1-
When you purchase a ringtone, you can set it as your default ringtone, or assign it to
a contact.
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the
PGZV°HVGGPOKPWVGU[QWFQP¨VJCXGVQGPVGT[QWTRCUUYQTFCICKP
You can change your default ringtone or assign individual ringtones to contacts in
Settings > Sounds. See “Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 191.
Ringtones you purchase on iPhone are synced to your iTunes library when you
connect iPhone to your computer. You can sync purchased ringtones to more than
one iPhone, if they’re all synced using the Apple ID that you used to purchase the
ringtones. You can’t edit ringtones you purchase from the iTunes Store.
You can create custom ringtones in Garage Band. For information, see Garage Band Help.
169
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
Purchasing Music or Audiobooks
9JGP[QW°PFCUQPICNDWOQTCWFKQDQQM[QWNKMGKPVJGK6WPGU5VQTG[QWECP
purchase and download it to iPhone. You can preview an item before you purchase it
to make sure it’s what you want.
Preview a song or audiobook: Tap the item.
Purchase and download a song, album, or audiobook:
1 Tap the price, then tap Buy.
2 5KIPKPWUKPI[QWT#RRNG+&KHTGSWGUVGFVJGPVCR1-
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the
PGZV°HVGGPOKPWVGU[QWFQP¨VJCXGVQGPVGT[QWTRCUUYQTFCICKP
If you already purchased songs from the album, the price is discounted based on that
number of songs.
Some albums include bonus content. Bonus songs and music videos are downloaded
to iPhone when you purchase the album. Other bonus content—iTunes Extras,
iTunes LP, and digital booklets—can be downloaded and viewed only on your
computer. To download these items to your iTunes library, choose Store > Check for
Available Downloads.
Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads
screen. See “Checking Download Status” on page 172 .
Purchased songs are added to a Purchased playlist on iPhone. If you delete the Purchased
playlist, iTunes creates a new one when you buy an item from the iTunes Store.
;QWECPTGFGGOK6WPGU5VQTGIKHVECTFUIKHVEGTVK°ECVGUQTQVJGTRTQOQVKQPCNEQFGUVQ
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your
Apple ID information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens.
Enter a redemption code: 6CR/WUKEVCR/QTG°TUVKH/WUKEKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGPVCR
Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions.
Complete an album: While viewing any album, tap the discounted price for the
TGOCKPKPIUQPIUDGNQY%QORNGVG/[#NDWO6QUGGQÒGTUVQEQORNGVGQVJGTCNDWOU
VCR/WUKEVJGPVCR%QORNGVG/[#NDWO1ÒGTUPGCTVJGDQVVQO
Purchasing or Renting Videos
The iTunes Store lets you purchase and download movies, TV shows, and music videos
(may not be available in all countries or regions). Some movies and TV shows can also
DGTGPVGFHQTCNKOKVGFVKOG8KFGQEQPVGPVOC[DGCXCKNCDNGKPUVCPFCTFFG°PKVKQP
5&QTRHQTOCVJKIJFG°PKVKQP*&QTRHQTOCVQTDQVJ
Preview a video: Tap Preview.
170 Chapter 22 iTunes Store
View the preview on a TV using AirPlay and AppleTV (iOS 4.3): When the preview
starts, tap and choose Apple TV. If doesn’t appear or if you don’t see Apple TV,
make sure iPhone is on the same wireless network.
Purchase or rent a video:
1 Tap Buy or Rent.
2 5KIPKPWUKPI[QWT#RRNG+&KHTGSWGUVGFVJGPVCR1-
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Your purchase
KUEJCTIGFVQ[QWT#RRNG+&(QTCFFKVKQPCNRWTEJCUGUOCFGYKVJKPVJGPGZV°HVGGP
minutes, you don’t have to enter your password again.
Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads
screen. See “Checking Download Status” on page 172 .
Rented movies and TV shows don’t begin playing until the download completes. See
“Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows” on page 102.
When the download is complete, purchased videos are added to the Purchased playlist
on iPhone. Purchased content is synced to the Purchased playlist for your iPhone in
iTunes the next time you connect iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Purchased
Content” on page 173.
Note: If you purchase HD video on iPhone 3GS, the video is downloaded in SD format.
To view or sync videos in the Purchased playlist in iTunes on your computer, you must
be signed in using your Apple ID.
Sync purchased videos in iTunes: Connect iPhone to your computer. In iTunes, select
iPhone in the Devices list, click the appropriate button (Movies, TV Shows, or Music for
music videos), select the items you want to sync, then click Sync.
If you purchase a video in HD format, you can choose to sync it in either SD or HD
format. You may want to sync an HD video in SD format for a quicker download, or to
save room on iPhone.
Select SD or HD format: In iTunes, Control-click or right-click a video marked “HD-SD”
CPFEJQQUG5VCPFCTF&G°PKVKQPQT*KIJ&G°PKVKQPHTQOVJG8GTUKQPOGPW
;QWECPTGFGGOK6WPGU5VQTGIKHVECTFUIKHVEGTVK°ECVGUQTQVJGTRTQOQVKQPCNEQFGUVQ
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your
Apple ID information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens.
Enter a redemption code: 6CR/WUKEVCR/QTG°TUVKH/WUKEKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGPVCR
Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions.
171
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
Streaming or Downloading Podcasts
You can listen to audio podcasts or watch video podcasts streamed over the Internet
from the iTunes Store. You can also download audio and video podcasts to iPhone.
Podcasts you download to iPhone are synced to your iTunes library when you connect
iPhone to your computer.
6CR2QFECUVUVCR/QTG°TUVKH2QFECUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNGVQDTQYUGRQFECUVUKPVJG
iTunes Store. To see a list of episodes, tap a podcast. Video podcasts are marked with
a video icon.
Stream a podcast: Tap the podcast title.
Download a podcast: Tap the Free button, then tap Download. Downloaded podcasts
appear in the Podcasts list in iPod.
Listen to or watch a podcast you’ve downloaded: In iPod, tap Podcasts (tap More
°TUVKH2QFECUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNGVJGPVCRVJGRQFECUV8KFGQRQFECUVUCNUQCRRGCTKP[QWT
list of videos.
Get more episodes of the podcast you’ve downloaded: In the Podcasts list in iPod,
tap the podcast, then tap Get More Episodes.
Delete a podcast: In the Podcasts list in iPod, swipe left or right over the podcast, then
tap Delete.
Checking Download Status
You can check the Downloads screen to see the status of in-progress and scheduled
downloads, including purchases you’ve pre-ordered.
See the status of items being downloaded: 6CR&QYPNQCFUVCR/QTG°TUVKH
Downloads isn’t visible).
To pause a download, tap .
If a download is interrupted, iPhone starts the download again the next time it has an
Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the
download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and
signed in using the same Apple ID).
See the status of pre-ordered items: 6CR&QYPNQCFUVCR/QTG°TUVKH&QYPNQCFU
isn’t visible).
Pre-ordered items appear in a list until the item is released. Tap the item for release
date information. Once the item is available for download, appears next to the
download.
Download a pre-ordered item: Tap the item, then tap .
Pre-ordered items don’t download automatically when they’re released. Return to the
Downloads screen to begin the download.
172 Chapter 22 iTunes Store
Syncing Purchased Content
iTunes automatically syncs everything you’ve downloaded or purchased on iPhone to
your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your computer. This lets you access
the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete purchased
content from iPhone.
Purchased content is synced to the “Purchased on <name of your iPhone>” playlist.
iTunes creates the playlist if it doesn’t exist. iTunes also copies your purchases to the
Purchased playlist that iTunes uses for purchases you make on your computer, if that
playlist exists and is set to sync with iPhone.
Downloaded podcasts are synced to the Podcast list in your iTunes library.
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the Music, Podcasts, Videos, and Search buttons at the bottom of the
screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you download audiobooks
often but don’t watch many videos, you could replace the Videos button with
Audiobooks.
Change the browse buttons: Tap More, tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of
the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG
While you browse, tap More to access the browse buttons that aren’t visible.
173
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
Viewing Account Information
To view iTunes Store information for your Apple ID on iPhone, tap your Apple ID (at the
bottom of most iTunes Store screens). Or go to Settings > Store and tap View Apple ID.
You must be signed in to view your account information. See “Store” on page 212.
Verifying Downloads
You can use iTunes on your computer to verify that all the music, videos, apps, and
other items you bought from the iTunes Store or App Store are in your iTunes library.
You might want to do this if a download was interrupted.
Verify your purchases:
1 Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet.
2 In iTunes, choose Store > Check for Available Downloads.
3 Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Check.
Purchases not yet on your computer are downloaded.
The Purchased playlist displays your purchases. However, because you can add or
remove items in this list, it might not be accurate. To see all of your purchases, sign in
using your Apple ID, choose Store > View My Account, and click Purchase History.
174 Chapter 22 iTunes Store
App Store 23
About the App Store
You can search for, browse, review, purchase, and download apps from the App
Store directly to iPhone. Apps that you download and install from the App Store
on iPhone are backed up to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPhone with
your computer. When you sync iPhone, you can also install apps you’ve purchased or
downloaded from the iTunes Store on your computer.
Note: The App Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and App Store
content may vary by country or region. Features are subject to change.
To browse the App Store, iPhone must be connected to the Internet. See “Connecting
to the Internet” on page 22. To download apps, you also need an Apple ID (may not
be available in all countries or regions). By default, iPhone gets your Apple ID settings
from iTunes. If you don’t have an Apple ID, or if you want to make purchases using
another Apple ID, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 212.
175
Browsing and Searching
Browse the featured selections to see new, notable, or recommended apps, or browse
6QRVQUGGVJGOQUVRQRWNCTCRRU+H[QW¨TGNQQMKPIHQTCURGEK°ECRRWUG5GCTEJ
Browse apps: Tap Featured, Categories, or Top 25. Choose a category, or choose a sort
method at the top of the screen to browse by lists such as New, What’s Hot, Genius,
Top Paid, or Top Free.
Browse using Genius: Tap Genius to see a list of recommended apps based on what’s
already in your app collection. To turn Genius on, follow the onscreen instructions.
Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple ID.
Search for apps: 6CR5GCTEJVCRVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCPFGPVGTQPGQTOQTGYQTFUVJGP
tap Search.
176 Chapter 23 App Store
Info Screen
Tap any app in a list to see more information, such as the app’s price, screenshots,
and ratings.
If you already installed the app, “Installed” appears instead of the price on the Info screen.
View screenshots: Scroll to near the bottom of the Info page. Flick left or right to view
additional screenshot pages. Double-tap to zoom in.
Get ratings and read reviews: Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen.
Email a link to the app’s Info page in iTunes: Tap “Tell a Friend” near the bottom of
the Info screen.
Report a problem: Tap “Report a Problem” near the bottom of the Info screen. Select a
problem from the list or type optional comments, then tap Report.
Send the app to someone as a gift: Tap “Gift This App” near the bottom of the Info
screen, then follow the onscreen instructions.
177
Chapter 23 App Store
Downloading Apps
9JGP[QW°PFCPCRR[QWYCPVKPVJG#RR5VQTG[QWECPRWTEJCUGCPFFQYPNQCFKV
to iPhone. If the app is free, you can download it without charge.
Once you download an app, it’s immediately installed on iPhone.
Purchase and download an app:
1 Tap the price (or tap Free), then tap Buy Now.
2 5KIPKPWUKPI[QWT#RRNG+&KHTGSWGUVGFVJGPVCR1-
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Downloads for purchase are charged to your Apple ID. For additional downloads made
YKVJKPVJGPGZV°HVGGPOKPWVGU[QWFQP¨VJCXGVQGPVGT[QWTRCUUYQTFCICKP
Some apps allow you to make purchases within the app. You can restrict in-app
purchases in Settings. See “Restrictions” on page 196.
5QOGCRRUWUGRWUJPQVK°ECVKQPUVQCNGTV[QWQHPGYKPHQTOCVKQPGXGPYJGPVJGCRR
KUP¨VTWPPKPI0QVK°ECVKQPUXCT[FGRGPFKPIQPVJGCRRDWVOC[KPENWFGVGZVQTUQWPF
alerts, and an alert badge on the app icon on the Home screen. See “0QVK°ECVKQPU” on
page 190.
;QWECPTGFGGOK6WPGU5VQTGIKHVECTFUIKHVEGTVK°ECVGUQTQVJGTRTQOQVKQPCNEQFGUVQ
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your
Apple ID information at the bottom of most App Store screens.
Enter a redemption code: Tap Redeem near the bottom of the Featured screen, then
follow the onscreen instructions.
See the status of downloading apps: After you begin downloading an app, its icon
appears on the Home screen and shows a progress indicator.
If a download is interrupted, iPhone starts the download again the next time it has an
Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the
download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and
signed in using the same Apple ID).
178 Chapter 23 App Store
Deleting Apps
You can delete apps you install from the App Store. If you delete an app, data
associated with the app is no longer available to iPhone, unless you reinstall the app
and restore its data from a backup.
You can reinstall an app and restore its data as long as you backed up iPhone with
iTunes on your computer. (If you try to delete an app that hasn’t been backed up to
your computer, an alert appears.) To retrieve the app data, you must restore iPhone
from a backup containing the data. See “Restoring from a Backup” on page 257.
Delete an App Store app:
1 Touch and hold any app icon on the Home screen, until the icons start to jiggle.
2 Tap in the corner of the app you want to delete.
3 Tap Delete, then press the Home button.
If you don’t see on the app icon, either the app wasn’t purchased from the
App Store or deleting apps has been restricted. See “Restrictions” on page 196.
When you delete an app, its data is no longer accessible through the iPhone user
interface, but it isn’t erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and
settings, see “Erase All Content and Settings” on page 201.
You can redownload any app that you’ve purchased from the App Store, free of charge.
Replace a deleted app:
1PK2JQPGPurchase the app again (you won’t be charged).
In iTunes: Connect iPhone to your computer, select iPhone in the Devices list, click
Apps and select the checkbox next to the app, then click Apply.
Writing Reviews
You can write and submit your own app reviews directly on iPhone.
Write a review:
1 Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen.
2 On the Reviews screen, tap “Write a Review.”
3 Select the number of stars (1–5) for your rating of the app, and enter your nickname,
a title for the review, and optional review comments. If you’ve written reviews before,
VJGPKEMPCOG°GNFKUCNTGCF[°NNGFKP1VJGTYKUG[QW¨TGCUMGFVQETGCVGCTGXKGYGT
nickname.
4 Tap Send.
You must be signed in to your Apple account and have downloaded the item in order
to submit reviews.
179
Chapter 23 App Store
Updating Apps
Whenever you access the App Store, it checks for updates to apps you’ve installed. The
App Store also automatically checks for updates every week. The App Store icon shows
the total number of app updates available.
If an update is available and you access the App Store, the Updates screen appears
immediately. App updates are downloaded and automatically installed when you
choose to update them.
App upgrades are new releases that can be purchased or downloaded through the
App Store on iPhone or the iTunes Store on your computer.
Update an app:
1 At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates.
2 Tap an app to see more information about the update.
3 Tap Update.
Update all apps: At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates, then tap Update All.
+H[QWVT[VQWRFCVGCPCRRRWTEJCUGFHTQOCFKÒGTGPV#RRNGCEEQWPV[QW¨TGCUMGFHQT
that account ID and password in order to download the update.
Syncing Purchased Apps
When you connect iPhone to your computer, iTunes syncs apps you download or
purchase on iPhone to your iTunes library. This lets you access the downloads on your
computer and provides a backup if you delete apps from iPhone.
Downloaded apps are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only
app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes.
Apps are synced to the Apps list in your iTunes library. iTunes creates the list if it
doesn’t exist.
180 Chapter 23 App Store
Game Center 24
About Game Center
You can discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around
VJGYQTNFKP)COG%GPVGT+PXKVG[QWTHTKGPFUVQRNC[QTWUGCWVQOCVEJVQ°PFQVJGT
worthy opponents. Check leaderboards to see who the best players are. Earn bonus
RQKPVUD[CEJKGXKPIURGEK°ECEEQORNKUJOGPVUKPCICOG
Note: Game Center may not be available in all countries or regions, and the available
games may vary by country or region.
To use Game Center, you need an Internet connection and an Apple ID. If you already
have an iTunes Store, MobileMe, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID
with Game Center. If you don’t already have an Apple account, you can create a new
one in Game Center, as described below.
Setting Up Game Center
9JGP[QW°TUVQRGP)COG%GPVGT[QW¨TGCUMGFKH[QWYCPVVQCNNQYRWUJPQVK°ECVKQPU
;QWOC[°TUVDGCUMGFKH[QWYCPVVQVWTPQP0QVK°ECVKQPU0QVK°ECVKQPUOC[KPENWFG
alerts, sounds, and badges that let you know about Game Center events even when
you’re not using Game Center. For example, you might receive an alert that a friend
has invited you to play a game.
#NNQYPQVK°ECVKQPU6CR1-
+H[QWVCR&QP¨V#NNQY[QWYQP¨VTGEGKXGPQVK°ECVKQPUHQT)COG%GPVGT;QWECP
VWTPPQVK°ECVKQPUQPCVCNCVGTVKOGKH[QWYCPVCPF[QWECPURGEKH[YJCVMKPFUQH
PQVK°ECVKQPU[QWYCPVVQIGV
6WTPPQVK°ECVKQPUQPQTQÒ+P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG0QVK°ECVKQPU6WTPKPIQÒ0QVK°ECVKQPU
FKUCDNGUCNNPQVK°ECVKQPUHQTCNNCRRU
181
5RGEKH[YJKEJPQVK°ECVKQPU[QWYCPVHQT)COG%GPVGTIn Settings, choose
0QVK°ECVKQPU )COG%GPVGTVJGPEQP°IWTGVJG5QWPFU#NGTVUCPF$CFIGUUGVVKPIU
+H)COG%GPVGTFQGUP¨VCRRGCTVWTPQP0QVK°ECVKQPU
Set up Game Center information for your Apple ID:
1 Enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In.
You may be asked to provide additional information. If you don’t have an Apple ID,
you can create one by tapping Create New Account.
2 Tap Agree to accept the Game Center Terms & Conditions.
3 Enter a nickname—the name others will see and know you by.
4 %QP°IWTG[QWT)COG%GPVGTUGVVKPIU
To allow other users to invite you to play a game, leave Allow Game Invites turned
QP1VJGTYKUGVCRVQVWTPKVQÒ
6QCNNQYQVJGTWUGTUVQ°PF[QWD[[QWTGOCKNCFFTGUUNGCXG(KPF/G$['OCKN
VWTPGFQP1VJGTYKUGVCRVQVWTPKVQÒ
8GTKH[[QWTCEEQWPVGOCKN;QWECPGPVGTCFKÒGTGPVCFFTGUUKH[QWFQP¨VYCPVVQ
WUGVJGQPGHTQOVJG#RRNGCEEQWPV[QWWUGFVQUKIPKP6QEQP°TOVJKUCFFTGUUCU
yours, you’ll need to respond to the email that is sent to that address.
To add more email addresses that people can use to contact you in Game Center,
tap Add Another Email.
5 6CR0GZVYJGP[QWTCEEQWPVKUEQP°IWTGF
Change Game Center settings for your Apple ID:
1 Tap Me at the bottom of the screen, then tap your account banner.
2 Tap View Account.
3 Make your changes, then tap Done.
5KIPKPWUKPICFKÒGTGPV#RRNG+&
1 Tap Me, then tap the account banner at the bottom of the screen.
2 Tap Sign Out.
3 Enter the new Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In.
Games
Games for Game Center are available from the App Store.
Purchasing and Downloading Games
The Game Center section of App Store shows the games that work with Game Center.
Purchase and download games: Tap Games, then tap Find Game Center Games.
182 Chapter 24 Game Center
You can browse this section, and purchase and download games from it. If you haven’t
entered credit card information for your Apple ID, you’re prompted to enter it before
you purchase and download games. See Chapter 23, “App Store,” on page 175.
If you want to purchase a game that a friend has, tap the game on your friend’s info
screen to go directly to that game in the App Store.
Playing Games
The Games screen displays the games you download from the App Store. For each
game, your number of achievements and your ranking among all the game’s players
are displayed.
Get information about a game: Tap Games, then tap a game. If available, you can
FKURNC[VJGICOG¨UNGCFGTDQCTFUUGG[QWTCEJKGXGOGPVUHQTVJGICOGCPF°PFQWV
who’s recently played the game.
Play a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Play.
Depending on the game, the home screen may provide instructions or other
information, and let you view leaderboards and achievements, set game options, and
start a single or multiplayer game. To play against others, you can either invite a friend
QTWUGCWVQOCVEJVQJCXG)COG%GPVGT°PFQVJGTRNC[GTUHQT[QW(QTKPHQTOCVKQP
about making friends in Game Center, see “Friends” on page 185.
For multiplayer games, you can also send a game invitation from the Friends screen.
Invite a friend to a multiplayer game from the Friends screen:
1 Tap Friends at the bottom of the screen.
2 Choose a friend.
3 Choose a game and tap Play.
If the game allows or requires additional players, you can choose players to invite,
then tap Next.
183
Chapter 24 Game Center
4 Enter and send your invitation, then wait for the others to accept.
5 Start the game.
If a friend isn’t available or doesn’t respond to your invitation, you can tap Auto-Match
VQJCXG)COG%GPVGT°PFCPQVJGTRNC[GTHQT[QWQTVCR+PXKVG(TKGPFVQVT[KPXKVKPI
some other friend.
Other players may invite you to play the game.
Respond to an invitation to play a game: Tap Accept or Decline in the alert that appears.
You can disable multiplayer games in Restrictions. See “Restrictions” on page 196.
;QWECPRTGXGPVQVJGTRNC[GTUHTQOKPXKVKPI[QWVQRNC[ICOGUD[VWTPKPIQÒ#NNQY
Game Invites in Game Center settings. See “Your Status and Account Information” on
page 186.
Return to Game Center: Press the Home button, then tap Game Center on the
Home screen.
You can also press the Home button twice quickly, then tap Game Center in the list of
recent apps.
Leaderboards
Some games provide one or more leaderboards to show the ranking of the game’s
players, with their scores, times, or other measures of the players’ success.
See a game’s leaderboard: Tap Games, then choose the game and tap Leaderboard.
You may also be able to view leaderboards from within a game.
If a game has variations (such as Easy, Normal, and Hard), the Categories screen lets
you choose the leaderboard for the game in general, or for one of the variations.
The leaderboard shows the ranking of your friends, and of all players. You may be able
VQXKGYNGCFGTDQCTFUVCVUHQTCURGEK°EVKOGRGTKQFUWEJCUVQFC[VJKUYGGMQTCNNVKOG
Rotate iPhone to see a leaderboard in landscape orientation.
Start playing a game from the leaderboard: Tap Play in the upper-right corner.
Achievements
5QOGICOGUTGYCTF[QWYKVJDQPWURQKPVUHQTURGEK°ECEJKGXGOGPVU
See the possible achievements for a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap
Achievements.
For each achievement, Game Center shows how many bonus points are awarded,
and whether you’ve completed the achievement. The total points awarded for your
CEJKGXGOGPVUCRRGCTCVVJGVQR;QWECPIGVDQPWURQKPVUHQTCURGEK°ECEJKGXGOGPV
only once.
You may also be able to view achievements from within a game.
184 Chapter 24 Game Center
Recently Played
Some games let you see which of your friends have recently played the game.
See who’s recently played a game: Tap Games, tap a game, then tap Recently Played.
Get information about a player: Tap a player’s name in the list.
Friends
Game Center puts you in contact with players around the world. You add friends to
Game Center by making a request, or by accepting a request from another player.
Add a friend to Game Center:
1 Tap Friends or Requests.
2 Tap +, then enter a friend’s email address or Game Center nickname.
Matching addresses and names from your contacts appear as you type. Tap a contact
to include that person in your request. Tap to browse your contacts.
To add several friends at once, enter additional contacts.
3 Enter a message for your request, then tap Send.
In order to become a friend, a person must accept your request.
Other players might send you a request. If you receive an alert, you can accept the
request from there, or close it and respond to the request later from the Request
screen. An alert badge on the Requests button shows the number of outstanding
friend requests.
Respond to a friend request: Tap Requests, tap the name of the person making the
request, then tap Accept, Ignore, or Report a Problem.
When a player accepts another player’s request, they each become the other’s friend.
Friends’ names appear on the Friends screen.
Get information about a friend: Tap the friend’s name.
Search for a friend: Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the
UGCTEJ°GNFCPFUVCTVV[RKPI(TKGPFUYJQOCVEJ[QWTUGCTEJCRRGCTCU[QWV[RG
A friend’s info page shows how many friends (including you) the person has, the
PWODGTQHFKÒGTGPVICOGU[QWTHTKGPFJCURNC[GFCPFJQYOCP[CEJKGXGOGPVU[QWT
friend has completed. The info screen may also show:
The games you’ve played together
The games you have in common
Other games your friend has
You can tap a game in any of the lists to see your position and your friend’s position
on the overall leaderboard, and your respective accomplishments for the game.
185
Chapter 24 Game Center
Invite a friend to play a game: Tap Friends, tap the friend’s name, tap a game, then
tap Play. See “Playing Games” on page 183.
Remove a friend: Tap Friends, tap a name, then tap Unfriend and tap Remove.
+HCRNC[GTKUQÒGPUKXGQTGZJKDKVUKPCRRTQRTKCVGDGJCXKQT[QWECPTGRQTVVJGRTQDNGO
Report a problem with a friend: Tap Friends, tap the friend’s name, then tap “Report a
Problem.” Describe the problem, then tap Report to send the report.
+H[QWVWTPQÒ/WNVKRNC[GT)COGUKP5GVVKPIU[QWECP¨VUGPFQTTGEGKXGKPXKVCVKQPUVQ
play games. See “Restrictions” on page 196.
Your Status and Account Information
The Me screen summarizes information about your friends, your games, and your
achievements.
6JGVGZV°GNFKPVJGEGPVGTQHVJGUETGGPNGVU[QWGPVGT[QWTEWTTGPVUVCVWUOGUUCIG
Your status appears along with your nickname in other players’ Friends screens.
Change your status: 6CRVJGUVCVWU°GNFCPFWUGVJGMG[DQCTFVQGPVGTQTWRFCVG
your status.
View your account information: Tap the account banner, then tap View Account.
You can change or update the following settings:
Nickname
Allow game invites
Find Me By Email
Your mail address for Game Center
Additional email addresses
9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG
;QWECPCNUQUKIPQWVCPFUKIPKPVQCFKÒGTGPVCEEQWPVQTETGCVGCPGYCEEQWPV
Sign out: Tap the account banner, then tap Sign Out.
To sign in to another account, enter your username and password, then tap Sign In. To
create a new account, tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions.
186 Chapter 24 Game Center
Settings 25
5GVVKPIUCNNQYU[QWVQEWUVQOK\GK2JQPGCRRUUGVVJGFCVGCPFVKOGEQP°IWTG[QWT
network connection, and enter other preferences for iPhone.
Airplane Mode
Airplane mode disables the wireless features of iPhone to reduce potential
interference with aircraft operation and other electrical equipment.
Turn on airplane mode: Tap Settings and turn airplane mode on.
When airplane mode is on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. No
phone, radio, Wi-Fi, or Bluetooth signals are emitted from iPhone and GPS reception is
VWTPGFQÒFKUCDNKPIOCP[QHK2JQPG¨UHGCVWTGU;QWYQP¨VDGCDNGVQ
Make or receive phone calls
Make or receive FaceTime video calls
Get visual voicemail
Send or receive email
Browse the Internet
Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe or
Microsoft Exchange
Send or receive text or MMS messages
Stream YouTube videos
Get stock quotes
Get map locations
Get weather reports
Use the iTunes Store or the App Store
Use Game Center
187
If allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can
continue to use iPhone to:
Listen to music and watch videos
Listen to visual voicemail previously received
Check your calendar
Take or view photos or video (iPhone 4 or later)
Hear alarms
Use the stopwatch or timer
Use the calculator
Take notes
Record voice memos
Use Compass
Read text messages and email messages stored on iPhone
If Wi-Fi is available and allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and
regulations, you can turn Wi-Fi back on and:
Make or receive FaceTime video calls
Send and receive email
Browse the Internet
Sync your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe
and Microsoft Exchange
Stream YouTube videos
Get stock quotes
Get map locations
Get weather reports
Use the iTunes Store or the App Store
Use Game Center
You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth and use Bluetooth devices with iPhone.
188 Chapter 25 Settings
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi settings determine whether iPhone uses local Wi-Fi networks to connect to the
+PVGTPGV+HPQ9K(KPGVYQTMUCTGCXCKNCDNGQT[QW¨XGVWTPGF9K(KQÒVJGPK2JQPG
connects to the Internet via your cellular data network, when available.
6WTP9K(KQPQTQÒ%JQQUG9K(KCPFVWTP9K(KQPQTQÒ
Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPhone detects networks in
range, then select a network. If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks
that require a password appear with a lock icon).
Once you join a Wi-Fi network manually, iPhone automatically joins it whenever the
network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, iPhone joins
the one last used.
When iPhone is joined to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi icon in the status bar at the top
of the screen shows signal strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the signal.
Set iPhone to ask if you want to join a new network: Choose Wi-Fi and turn “Ask to
,QKP0GVYQTMU¦QPQTQÒ
When you’re trying to access the Internet, by using Safari or Mail for example, and you
aren’t in range of a Wi-Fi network you‘ve previously used, this option tells iPhone to
look for another network. iPhone displays a list of all available Wi-Fi networks that you
can choose from. (Networks that require a password appear with a lock icon.) If “Ask
VQ,QKP0GVYQTMU¦KUVWTPGFQÒ[QWOWUVOCPWCNN[LQKPCPGVYQTMVQEQPPGEVVQVJG
Internet when a previously used network or a cellular data network isn’t available.
Forget a network, so iPhone doesn’t join it: Choose Wi-Fi and tap next to a
network you’ve joined before. Then tap “Forget this Network.”
Join a closed Wi-Fi network: To join a Wi-Fi network that isn’t shown in the list of
scanned networks, choose Wi-Fi > Other, then enter the network name. If the network
requires a password, tap Security, tap the type of security the network uses, and enter
the password.
You must already know the network name, password, and security type to connect to
a closed network.
Some Wi-Fi networks may require you to enter or adjust additional settings, such as a
client ID or static IP address. Ask the network administrator which settings to use.
Adjust settings for connecting to a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, then tap next to
a network.
VPN
6JKUUGVVKPICRRGCTUYJGP[QWJCXG820EQP°IWTGFQPK2JQPGCNNQYKPI[QWVQVWTP
820QPQTQÒ5GG¥Network” on page 193.
189
Chapter 25 Settings
Personal Hotspot
Personal Hotspot settings appear at the top level of Settings, as well as at General >
Network settings. See “Network” on page 193.
Note: Depending on your carrier, the Personal Hotpost service may need to be
activated before the settings appear in this location.
0QVK°ECVKQPU
This setting appears when you open an app (such as Game Center) that uses the
#RRNG2WUJ0QVK°ECVKQPUGTXKEG
2WUJPQVK°ECVKQPUCNGTV[QWVQPGYKPHQTOCVKQPGXGPYJGPVJGCRRKUP¨VTWPPKPI
0QVK°ECVKQPUXCT[D[CRRDWVOC[KPENWFGVGZVQTUQWPFCNGTVUCPFCPWODGTGFDCFIG
on the app icon on the Home screen.
;QWECPVWTPPQVK°ECVKQPUQÒKH[QWFQP¨VYCPVVQDGPQVK°GFQTKH[QWYCPVVQ
conserve battery life.
6WTPCNNPQVK°ECVKQPUQPQTQÒ6CR0QVK°ECVKQPUVJGPVWTPPQVK°ECVKQPUQPQTQÒ
6WTPUQWPFUCNGTVUQTDCFIGUQPQTQÒHQTCPCRR6CR0QVK°ECVKQPUEJQQUGCPCRR
HTQOVJGNKUVVJGPEJQQUGVJGV[RGUQHPQVK°ECVKQP[QWYCPVVQVWTPQPQTQÒ
Carrier
This setting appears on GSM models when you’re outside your carrier’s network
and other local carrier data networks are available to use for your phone calls, visual
voicemail, and cellular network Internet connections. You can make calls only on
carriers that have a roaming agreement with your carrier. Additional fees may apply.
Roaming charges may be billed to you by the other carrier, through your carrier.
For information about out-of-network coverage and how to enable roaming, contact
your carrier or go to your carrier’s website.
Select a carrier: Choose Carrier and select the network you want to use.
Once you select a network, iPhone uses only that network. If the network is
unavailable, “No service” appears on the iPhone screen and you can’t make or receive
calls or visual voicemail, or connect to the Internet via cellular data network. Set
Network Settings to Automatic to have iPhone select a network for you.
190 Chapter 25 Settings
Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch
Switch between ring and silent mode: Flip the Ring/Silent switch on the side of iPhone.
9JGPUGVVQUKNGPVK2JQPGFQGUP¨VRNC[CP[TKPICNGTVQTGÒGEVUUQWPFU+VFQGU
however, play alarms set using Clock.
Note: +PUQOGEQWPVTKGUQTTGIKQPUVJGUQWPFGÒGEVUHQT%COGTCCPF8QKEG/GOQUCTG
played even if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent.
Set whether iPhone vibrates when you get a call: Choose Sounds. To set whether
iPhone vibrates in silent mode, turn Vibrate under Silent QPQTQÒ6QUGVYJGVJGT
iPhone vibrates in ring mode, turn Vibrate under Ring QPQTQÒ
Adjust the ringer and alerts volume: Choose Sounds and drag the slider. Or, if
“Change with Buttons” is turned on, use the volume buttons on the side of iPhone. The
volume buttons don’t change the ringer and alerts volume if a song or video is playing
or if you’re on a call.
Allow the volume buttons to change the ringer or alerts volume: Choose Sounds
and turn on “Change with Buttons.”
Set the ringtone: Choose Sounds > Ringtone.
5GVVJGCNGTVCPFGÒGEVUUQWPFU%JQQUG5QWPFUCPFVWTPKVGOUQPQTQÒWPFGT
Ring . When the Ring/Silent switch is set to ring, iPhone plays sounds for alerts and
GÒGEVUVJCVCTGVWTPGFQP
You can set iPhone to play a sound whenever you:
Get a call
Get a text message
Get a voicemail message
Get an email message
Send an email message
Have an appointment that you’ve set to alert you
Lock iPhone
Type using the keyboard
Brightness
5ETGGPDTKIJVPGUUCÒGEVUDCVVGT[NKHG&KOVJGUETGGPVQGZVGPFVJGVKOGDGHQTG[QW
need to recharge iPhone, or use Auto-Brightness.
Adjust the screen brightness: Choose Brightness and drag the slider.
Set whether iPhone adjusts screen brightness automatically: Choose Brightness
CPFVWTP#WVQ$TKIJVPGUUQPQTQÒ+H#WVQ$TKIJVPGUUKUQPK2JQPGCFLWUVUVJGUETGGP
brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor.
191
Chapter 25 Settings
Wallpaper
Wallpaper settings let you set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen or
Home screen. See “Adding Wallpaper” on page 36.
General
General settings include network, sharing, security, and other iOS settings. You can also
°PFKPHQTOCVKQPCDQWV[QWTK2JQPGCPFTGUGVXCTKQWUK2JQPGUGVVKPIU
About
Choose General > About to get information about iPhone, including:
Name of your phone network
Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps
Total storage capacity
Space available
Software version
Carrier
Model and serial numbers
Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses
GSM Models: IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) and ICCID (Integrated
%KTEWKV%CTF+FGPVK°GTQT5OCTV%CTF
CDMA Model:/'+&/QDKNG'SWKROGPV+FGPVK°GT
/QFGO°TOYCTGXGTUKQPQHVJGEGNNWNCTVTCPUOKVVGT
Legal information
Regulatory information
Usage
Show battery percentage: Choose General > Usage and turn Battery Percentage on.
See your usage statistics: Choose General > Usage. There, you can see:
Usage—Amount of time iPhone has been awake and in use since the last full
charge. iPhone is awake whenever you’re using it—including making or receiving
phone calls, using email, sending or receiving text messages, listening to music,
browsing the web, or using any other iPhone features. iPhone is also awake while
performing background tasks, such as fetching email messages.
Standby—Amount of time iPhone has been powered on since its last full charge,
including the time iPhone has been asleep.
Current period call time and lifetime call time.
Amount of data sent and received over the cellular data network.
192 Chapter 25 Settings
Reset your usage statistics: Choose General > Usage, then tap Reset Statistics to clear
the data and cumulative time statistics. The statistics for the amount of time iPhone
has been unlocked and in standby mode aren’t reset.
Network
7UG0GVYQTMUGVVKPIUVQEQP°IWTGC820XKTVWCNRTKXCVGPGVYQTMEQPPGEVKQPCEEGUU
9K(KUGVVKPIUQTVWTP&CVC4QCOKPIQPQTQÒ
6WTP)QPQTQÒ)5/OQFGNUChoose General > Network, then tap to turn 3G on
QTQÒ
Using 3G loads Internet data faster in some cases, but may decrease battery
RGTHQTOCPEG+H[QW¨TGOCMKPICNQVQHRJQPGECNNU[QWOC[YCPVVQVWTP)QÒVQ
extend battery performance.
6WTP%GNNWNCT&CVCQPQTQÒChoose General > Network, then turn Cellular Data on
QTQÒ
+H%GNNWNCT&CVCKUVWTPGFQÒ[QWYQP¨VDGCDNGVQCEEGUUVJG+PVGTPGVWPNGUU[QWLQKPC
Wi-Fi network. By default, Cellular Data is turned on.
6WTP&CVC4QCOKPIQPQTQÒChoose General > Network, then turn Data Roaming
QPQTQÒ
Data Roaming turns on Internet and visual voicemail access over a cellular data
network when you’re in an area not covered by your carrier’s network. For example,
YJGP[QW¨TGVTCXGNKPI[QWECPVWTPQÒ&CVC4QCOKPIVQCXQKFRQVGPVKCNTQCOKPI
EJCTIGU$[FGHCWNV&CVC4QCOKPIKUVWTPGFQÒ
6WTP2GTUQPCN*QVURQVQPQTQÒChoose General > Network > Personal Hotspot,
VJGPVWTP2GTUQPCN*QVURQVQPQTQÒ
See “Personal Hotspot” on page 24.
#FFCPGY820EQP°IWTCVKQPChoose General > Network > VPN > Add VPN
%QP°IWTCVKQP
VPNs used within organizations allow you to communicate private information
UGEWTGN[QXGTCPQPRTKXCVGPGVYQTM;QWOC[PGGFVQEQP°IWTG820HQTGZCORNG
to access your work email on iPhone.
iPhone can connect to VPNs that use the L2TP, PPTP, or Cisco IPSec protocols. VPN
works over both Wi-Fi and cellular data network connections.
Ask your network administrator which settings to use. In most cases, if you’ve set up
VPN on your computer, you can use the same VPN settings for iPhone.
Once you enter VPN settings, a VPN switch appears in the Settings menu that you can
WUGVQVWTP820QPQTQÒ
820OC[CNUQDGCWVQOCVKECNN[UGVWRD[CEQP°IWTCVKQPRTQ°NG5GG¥Connecting to
the Internet” on page 22.
193
Chapter 25 Settings
%JCPIGC820EQP°IWTCVKQPChoose General > Network > VPN and tap the
EQP°IWTCVKQP[QWYCPVVQWRFCVG
6WTP820QPQTQÒ%JQQUG820VJGPVCRVQVWTP820QPQTQÒ
&GNGVGC820EQP°IWTCVKQPChoose General > Network > VPN, tap the blue
CTTQYPGZVVQVJGEQP°IWTCVKQPPCOGVJGPVCR&GNGVG820CVVJGDQVVQOQHVJG
EQP°IWTCVKQPUETGGP
Bluetooth
iPhone can connect wirelessly to Bluetooth devices such as headsets, headphones,
and car kits for music listening and hands-free talking. See “Using a Bluetooth Device
for Calls” on page 67.
;QWECPCNUQEQPPGEVVJG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFXKC$NWGVQQVJ5GG¥Using an Apple
9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF” on page 40.
6WTP$NWGVQQVJQPQTQÒ%JQQUG)GPGTCN $NWGVQQVJCPFVWTP$NWGVQQVJQPQTQÒ
Location Services
Location services lets apps such as Maps, Camera, Compass, and third-party location-
based apps gather and use data indicating your location. The location data collected
D[#RRNGKUPQVEQNNGEVGFKPCHQTOVJCVRGTUQPCNN[KFGPVK°GU[QW;QWTCRRTQZKOCVG
location is determined using available information from cellular network data, local
Wi-Fi networks (if you have Wi-Fi turned on), and GPS (may not be available in all
locations).
When an app is using location services, appears in the status bar.
Every app that uses location services appears in the Location Services settings screen,
UJQYKPIYJGVJGTNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQPQTQÒHQTVJCVCRR appears for each
app that has requested your location within the last 24 hours. You can turn location
UGTXKEGUQÒHQTUQOGQTHQTCNNCRRUKH[QWFQP¨VYCPVVQWUGVJKUHGCVWTG+H[QWVWTP
NQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQÒ[QW¨TGRTQORVGFVQVWTPKVQPCICKPVJGPGZVVKOGCPCRRVTKGUVQ
use this feature.
6WTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQPQTQÒHQTCNNCRRUChoose General > Location Services and
VWTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQPQTQÒ
6WTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQPQTQÒHQTUQOGCRRU6WTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQPQTQÒHQTVJG
individual apps.
If you have third-party apps on iPhone that use location services, review the third
party’s terms and privacy policy to understand how that app uses your location data.
6QEQPUGTXGDCVVGT[NKHGVWTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQÒYJGP[QW¨TGPQVWUKPIKV
194 Chapter 25 Settings
Spotlight Search
The Spotlight Search setting lets you specify the content areas searched by Search,
and rearrange the order of the results.
Set which content areas are searched by Search:
1 Choose General > Spotlight Search.
2 Tap an item to select or deselect it.
All search categories are selected by default.
Set the order of search result categories:
1 Choose General > Spotlight Search.
2 Touch next to an item, then drag up or down.
Auto-Lock
.QEMKPIK2JQPGVWTPUQÒVJGFKURNC[VQUCXG[QWTDCVVGT[CPFVQRTGXGPVWPKPVGPFGF
operation of iPhone. You can still receive calls and text messages, and you can adjust
the volume and use the mic button on the iPhone earphones when listening to music
or on a call.
Set the amount of time before iPhone locks: Choose General > Auto-Lock, then
choose a time.
Passcode Lock
By default, iPhone doesn’t require you to enter a passcode to unlock it.
Setting a passcode enables data protection. See “Security Features” on page 50.
Important: On iPhone 3GS, you must also restore iOS software to enable data
protection. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 257.
Set a passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit passcode, then
enter the passcode again to verify it. iPhone then requires you to enter the passcode
to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings.
6WTPRCUUEQFGNQEMQÒChoose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and
VCR6WTP2CUUEQFG1ÒVJGPGPVGT[QWTRCUUEQFGCICKP
Change the passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode,
and tap Change Passcode. Enter your passcode again, then enter and reenter your
new passcode.
If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPhone software. See “Updating and
Restoring iPhone Software” on page 256.
Set how long before your passcode is required: Choose General > Passcode Lock and
enter your passcode. Tap Require Passcode, then select how long iPhone can be locked
before you need to enter a passcode to unlock it.
195
Chapter 25 Settings
6WTP5KORNG2CUUEQFGQPQTQÒChoose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Simple
2CUUEQFGQPQTQÒ
#UKORNGRCUUEQFGKUCHQWTFKIKVPWODGT6QKPETGCUGUGEWTKV[VWTPQÒ5KORNG2CUUEQFG
and use a longer passcode with a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and
special characters.
6WTP8QKEG&KCNQPQTQÒChoose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Voice Dial on
QTQÒ
Erase data after ten failed passcode attempts: Choose General > Passcode Lock,
enter your passcode, and tap Erase Data to turn it on.
After ten failed passcode attempts, all settings are reset, and all your information and
media are erased by removing the encryption key to the data (which is encrypted
using 256-bit AES encryption).
Restrictions
You can set restrictions for the use of some apps and for iPod content on iPhone. For
GZCORNGRCTGPVUECPTGUVTKEVGZRNKEKVOWUKEHTQODGKPIUGGPQPRNC[NKUVUQTVWTPQÒ
YouTube access entirely.
Turn on restrictions:
1 Choose General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions.
2 Enter a four-digit passcode.
3 Reenter the passcode.
6WTPQÒTGUVTKEVKQPUChoose General > Restrictions, then enter the passcode. Tap
Disable Restrictions, then reenter the passcode.
Important: If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPhone software from
iTunes. See “Updating and Restoring iPhone Software” on page 256.
Set app restrictions: Set the restrictions you want by tapping individual controls on or
QÒ$[FGHCWNVCNNEQPVTQNUCTGQPPQVTGUVTKEVGF6CRCPKVGOVQVWTPKVQÒCPFTGUVTKEV
its use.
Safari
Safari is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot use
Safari to browse the web or access web clips. Other third-party apps may allow web
browsing even if Safari is disabled.
YouTube
YouTube is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen.
Camera
Camera is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot
take photos.
196 Chapter 25 Settings
FaceTime
You cannot make or receive FaceTime video calls (iPhone 4).
iTunes
The iTunes Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot
preview, purchase, or download content.
Ping
You cannot access Ping or any of its features.
Installing
Apps
The App Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot
install apps on iPhone.
Deleting
Apps
You cannot delete apps from iPhone. doesn’t appear on app icons when you’re
customizing the Home screen.
Location
The current Location Services settings and the Find My iPhone setting (in MobileMe
accounts in ”Mail, Contacts, Calendars”) are locked and cannot be changed.
Accounts
The current Mail, Contacts, Calendar settings are locked and you cannot add, modify, or
delete accounts.
Restrict purchases within apps: 6WTPQÒ+P#RR2WTEJCUGU9JGPGPCDNGFVJKUHGCVWTG
allows you to purchase additional content or functionality within apps downloaded
from the App Store.
Set content restrictions: Tap Ratings For, then select a country from the list. You can
then set restrictions using that country’s ratings system for the following categories
of content:
Music & Podcasts
Movies
TV Shows
Apps
In the United States for example, to allow only movies rated PG or below, tap Movies,
then select PG from the list.
Content that you restrict won’t appear on iPhone.
Note: Not all countries or regions have rating systems.
197
Chapter 25 Settings
Restrict multiplayer games: 6WTPQÒ/WNVKRNC[GT)COGU
9JGP/WNVKRNC[GT)COGUKUVWTPGFQÒ[QWECP¨VTGSWGUVCOCVEJUGPFQTTGEGKXG
invitations to play games, or add friends in Game Center.
Restrict adding friends: 6WTPQÒ#FFKPI(TKGPFU
9JGP#FFKPI(TKGPFUKUQÒ[QWECP¨VOCMGQTTGEGKXGHTKGPFTGSWGUVUKP)COG%GPVGT
If Multiplayer Games is turned on, you can continue to play with existing friends.
Date and Time
These settings apply to the time shown in the status bar at the top of the screen, and
in world clocks and calendars.
Set whether iPhone shows 24-hour time or 12-hour time: Choose General > Date
6KOGVJGPVWTP*QWT6KOGQPQTQÒ*QWT6KOGOC[PQVDGCXCKNCDNGKPCNN
countries or regions.)
Set whether iPhone updates the date and time automatically: Choose General >
&CVG6KOGVJGPVWTP5GV#WVQOCVKECNN[QPQTQÒ
If iPhone is set to update the time automatically, it gets the correct time over the
cellular network and updates it for the time zone you’re in.
Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re traveling, iPhone
may not be able to automatically set the local time.
Set the date and time manually: Choose General > Date & Time, then turn Set
#WVQOCVKECNN[QÒ6CR6KOG<QPGCPFGPVGTVJGPCOGQHCOCLQTEKV[KP[QWTVKOG\QPG
Tap the “Date & Time” button, then tap “Set Date & Time” and enter the date and time.
Keyboard
6WTPCWVQECRKVCNK\CVKQPQPQTQÒ%JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTP#WVQ
%CRKVCNK\CVKQPQPQTQÒ
By default, iPhone capitalizes words after you type sentence-ending punctuation or a
return character.
6WTPCWVQEQTTGEVKQPQPQTQÒ%JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTP#WVQ%QTTGEVKQP
QPQTQÒ
Normally, if the default keyboard for the language you select has a dictionary, iPhone
suggests corrections or completed words as you type.
6WTPURGNNEJGEMKPIQPQTQÒ%JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTP%JGEM5RGNNKPIQP
QTQÒ
Spell checking underlines misspelled words in text you type. Tap the underlined word
to see suggested corrections. Spell checking is on by default.
Set whether caps lock is enabled: %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTP'PCDNG%CRU
.QEMQPQTQÒ
If caps lock is enabled and you double-tap the Shift key on the keyboard, all letters
you type are uppercase. The Shift key turns blue when caps lock is on.
198 Chapter 25 Settings
6WTPVJG¥¦UJQTVEWVQPQTQÒ%JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTP¥¦5JQTVEWVQP
QTQÒ
The “.” shortcut lets you double-tap the space bar to enter a period followed by a space
when you’re typing. It’s on by default.
Add international keyboards:
1 %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU
The number of active keyboards appears before the right arrow.
2 6CR¥#FF0GY-G[DQCTF¦VJGPEJQQUGCMG[DQCTF
You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international
keyboards, see Appendix A, “+PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU,” on page 248.
Edit your keyboard list: %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFUVJGP
tap Edit and do one of the following:
To delete a keyboard, tap , then tap Delete.
To reorder the list, drag next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
Change a keyboard’s layout: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN
-G[DQCTFUCPFUGNGEVCMG[DQCTF;QWECPOCMGUGRCTCVGUGNGEVKQPUHQTDQVJVJGQP
screen software and external hardware keyboards for each language.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on
the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple
9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFEQPPGEVGFVQK2JQPG
The Edit User Dictionary setting appears when you have any of the following
keyboards turned on:
%JKPGUG5KORNK°GF2KP[KP
Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin)
Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin)
Japanese (Romaji)
,CRCPGUG6GP-G[
Add a word to the dictionary: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF 'FKV7UGT
&KEVKQPCT[6CRVCRVJG9QTF°GNFCPFGPVGTVJGYQTFVJGPVCRVJG;QOK2KP[KP
QT<JW[KP°GNFCPFGPVGTVJGKPRWV
You can have multiple inputs for each word, depending on the keyboards that are
turned on.
See Appendix A, “+PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU,” on page 248.
199
Chapter 25 Settings
International
7UG+PVGTPCVKQPCNUGVVKPIUVQUGVVJGNCPIWCIGHQTK2JQPGVWTPMG[DQCTFUHQTFKÒGTGPV
NCPIWCIGUQPQTQÒCPFUGVVJGFCVGVKOGCPFVGNGRJQPGPWODGTHQTOCVUHQT[QWT
country or region.
Set the language for iPhone: Choose General > International > Language, choose the
language you want to use, then tap Done.
Set the Voice Control language for iPhone: Choose General > International > Voice
Control, then choose a language.
Add international keyboards:
1 %JQQUG)GPGTCN +PVGTPCVKQPCN -G[DQCTFU
The number of active keyboards appears next to the right arrow.
2 6CR¥#FF0GY-G[DQCTF¦VJGPEJQQUGCMG[DQCTF
You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international
keyboards, see Appendix A, “+PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU,” on page 248.
Edit your keyboard list: %JQQUG)GPGTCN +PVGTPCVKQPCN -G[DQCTFUVJGPVCR'FKV
and do one of the following:
To delete a keyboard, tap , then tap Delete.
To reorder the list, drag next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
Change a keyboard layout: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN +PVGTPCVKQPCN -G[DQCTFU
and select a keyboard. You can make separate selections for both the on-screen
software and external hardware keyboards for each language.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on
the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the virtual layout of an
#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFEQPPGEVGFVQK2JQPG
Set the date, time, and telephone number formats: Choose General > International >
Region Format, and choose your region.
The Region Format also determines the language used for the days and months that
appear in native iPhone apps.
Set the calendar format: Choose General > International > Calendar, and choose
the format.
Accessibility
To turn on accessibility features, choose Accessibility and choose the features you
want. See Chapter 29, “Accessibility,” on page 229.
200 Chapter 25 Settings
2TQ°NGU
6JKUUGVVKPICRRGCTUKH[QWKPUVCNNQPGQTOQTGRTQ°NGUQPK2JQPG6CR2TQ°NGUVQUGG
KPHQTOCVKQPCDQWVVJGRTQ°NGU[QW¨XGKPUVCNNGF
Resetting iPhone
Reset all settings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset All Settings.
All your preferences and settings are reset. Information (such as contacts and
ECNGPFCTUCPFOGFKCUWEJCUUQPIUCPFXKFGQUCTGP¨VCÒGEVGF
Erase all content and settings: Connect iPhone to your computer or a power adapter.
Choose General > Reset and tap “Erase All Content and Settings.”
This resets all settings, and erases all your information and media by removing the
encryption key to the data (which is encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption).
Reset network settings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Network Settings.
When you reset network settings, your list of previously used networks and VPN
UGVVKPIUPQVKPUVCNNGFD[CEQP°IWTCVKQPRTQ°NGCTGTGOQXGF9K(KKUVWTPGFQÒCPF
then back on, disconnecting you from any network you’re on. The Wi-Fi and “Ask to
Join Networks” settings are left turned on.
6QTGOQXG820UGVVKPIUKPUVCNNGFD[CEQP°IWTCVKQPRTQ°NGEJQQUG5GVVKPIU 
)GPGTCN 2TQ°NGVJGPUGNGEVVJGRTQ°NGCPFVCR4GOQXG
Reset the keyboard dictionary: %JQQUG)GPGTCN 4GUGVCPFVCR4GUGV-G[DQCTF
Dictionary.
You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPhone suggests as you
type. Tap a word to reject the correction and add the word to the keyboard dictionary.
Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases all words you’ve added.
Reset the Home screen layout: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Home Screen
Layout.
Reset location warnings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Location Warnings.
Location warnings are requests made by apps (such as Camera, Compass, and Maps)
VQWUGNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUK2JQPGRTGUGPVUCNQECVKQPYCTPKPIHQTCPCRRVJG°TUVVKOG
the app makes a request to use location services. If you tap Cancel in response to the
request, the request isn’t presented again. To reset the location warnings so that you
get a request for each app again, tap Reset Location Warnings.
201
Chapter 25 Settings
Mail, Contacts, Calendars
7UG/CKN%QPVCEVU%CNGPFCTUUGVVKPIUVQUGVWRCEEQWPVUCPFVWTPQPURGEK°ECEEQWPV
services (such as mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes) for iPhone:
Microsoft Exchange (mail, contacts, and calendars)
MobileMe (mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, notes, and Find My iPhone)
Google (mail, calendars, and notes)
Yahoo! (mail, calendars, and notes)
AOL (mail and notes)
Other POP and IMAP mail systems
LDAP or CardDAV accounts for Contacts
CalDAV or iCalendar (.ics) accounts for Calendars
Accounts
6JG#EEQWPVUUGEVKQPNGVU[QWUGVWRCEEQWPVUQPK2JQPG6JGURGEK°EUGVVKPIUVJCV
appear depend on the type of account you’re setting up. Your service provider or
system administrator should be able to provide the information you need to enter.
For more information, see:
“ Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25
“ Adding Contacts” on page 213
“ Subscribing to Calendars” on page 116
Change an account’s settings: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account,
then make the changes you want.
Changes you make to an account’s settings on iPhone aren’t synced to your computer,
UQ[QWECPEQP°IWTG[QWTCEEQWPVUVQYQTMYKVJK2JQPGYKVJQWVCÒGEVKPIVJGCEEQWPV
settings on your computer.
Stop using an account service: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account,
VJGPVWTPCPCEEQWPVUGTXKEGUWEJCU/CKN%CNGPFCTUQT0QVGUQÒ
+HCPCEEQWPVUGTXKEGKUQÒK2JQPGFQGUP¨VFKURNC[QTU[PEKPHQTOCVKQPYKVJVJCV
account service until you turn it back on.
Adjust advanced settings: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account,
then do one of the following:
To set whether drafts, sent messages, and deleted messages are stored on iPhone or
TGOQVGN[QP[QWTGOCKNUGTXGT+/#2CEEQWPVUQPN[tap Advanced and choose Drafts
Mailbox, Sent Mailbox, or Deleted Mailbox.
If you store messages on iPhone, you can see them even when iPhone isn’t
connected to the Internet.
202 Chapter 25 Settings
To set how long before messages are removed permanently from Mail on iPhone, tap
Advanced and tap Remove, then choose a time: Never, or after one day, one week,
or one month.
To adjust email server settings, tap Host Name, User Name, or Password under
Incoming Mail Server or Outgoing Mail Server. Ask your network administrator or
Internet service provider for the correct settings.
To adjust SSL and password settings, tap Advanced. Ask your network administrator or
Internet service provider for the correct settings.
Delete an account from iPhone: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an
account, then scroll down and tap Delete Account.
Deleting an account means you can no longer access the account with your iPhone.
All email and the contacts, calendar, and bookmark information synced with the
account are removed from iPhone. However, deleting an account doesn’t remove the
account or its associated information from your computer.
Fetch New Data
6JKUUGVVKPINGVU[QWVWTP2WUJQPQTQÒHQT/QDKNG/G/KETQUQHV'ZEJCPIG;CJQQ
and any other push accounts on iPhone. Push accounts deliver new information to
iPhone whenever new information appears on the server (some delays may occur).
;QWOKIJVYCPVVQVWTP2WUJQÒVQUWURGPFFGNKXGT[QHGOCKNCPFQVJGTKPHQTOCVKQP
or to conserve battery life.
9JGP2WUJKUQÒCPFYKVJCEEQWPVUVJCVFQP¨VUWRRQTVRWUJFCVCECPUVKNNDG
fetched—that is, iPhone can check with the server and see if new information is
available. Use the Fetch New Data setting to determine how often data is requested.
For optimal battery life, don’t fetch too often.
Turn Push on: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data, then tap to turn
Push on.
Set the interval to fetch data: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data,
then choose how often you want to fetch data for all accounts.
To conserve battery life, fetch less frequently.
Setting Push to OFF (or setting Fetch to Manually on the Fetch New Data screen)
overrides individual account settings.
203
Chapter 25 Settings
Mail
Mail settings, except where noted, apply to all accounts you’ve set up on iPhone.
6QVWTPCNGTVUUQWPFUHQTPGYQTUGPVOCKNQPQTQÒWUGVJG5QWPFUUGVVKPIU
Set the number of messages shown on iPhone: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” >
Show, then choose a setting.
Choose to see the most recent 25, 50, 75, 100, or 200 messages. To download additional
messages when you’re in Mail, scroll to the bottom of your inbox and tap Load More
Messages.
Note: For Microsoft Exchange accounts, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” and choose
the Exchange account. Tap “Mail days to sync” and choose the number of days of mail
you want to sync with the server.
Set how many lines of each message are shown in the message list: Choose “Mail,
Contacts, Calendars” > Preview, then choose a setting.
;QWECPEJQQUGVQUGGWRVQ°XGNKPGUQHGCEJOGUUCIG6JCVYC[[QWECPUECPCNKUVQH
messages in a mailbox and get an idea of what each message is about.
Set a minimum font size for messages: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Minimum
Font Size, then choose Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large, or Giant.
Set whether iPhone shows To and Cc labels in message lists: Choose “Mail, Contacts,
%CNGPFCTU¦VJGPVWTP5JQY6Q%E.CDGNQPQTQÒ
If Show To/Cc Label is on, or next to each message in a list shows whether you
were sent the message directly, or as a copy.
5GVYJGVJGTK2JQPGEQP°TOUVJCV[QWYCPVVQFGNGVGCOGUUCIGChoose “Mail,
%QPVCEVU%CNGPFCTU¦CPFKPVJG/CKNUGVVKPIUVWTP#UM$GHQTG&GNGVKPIQPQTQÒ
Set whether iPhone automatically loads remote images: Choose “Mail, Contacts,
%CNGPFCTU¦VJGPVWTP.QCF4GOQVG+OCIGUQPQTQÒ
Set whether mail messages are organized by thread: Choose “Mail, Contacts,
%CNGPFCTU¦VJGPVWTP1TICPK\G$[6JTGCFQPQTQÒ
Set whether iPhone sends you a copy of every message you send: Choose “Mail,
%QPVCEVU%CNGPFCTU¦VJGPVWTP#NYC[U$EE/[UGNHQPQTQÒ
Add a signature to your messages: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Signature,
then type a signature.
You can set iPhone to add a signature—your favorite quote, or your name, title, and
phone number, for example—to the bottom of every message you send.
Set the default email account: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Default Account,
then choose an account.
This setting determines which of your accounts an email message is sent from when
you create a message from another iPhone app—for example, when you send a photo
from Photos or tap the email address of a business in Maps. To send the message from
CFKÒGTGPVCEEQWPVVCRVJG(TQO°GNFKPVJGOGUUCIGCPFEJQQUGCPQVJGTCEEQWPV
204 Chapter 25 Settings
Contacts
Set how contacts are sorted: Choose “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then under Contacts
tap Sort Order and do one of the following:
6QUQTVD[°TUVPCOG°TUVtap First, Last.
6QUQTVD[NCUVPCOG°TUVtap Last, First.
Set how contacts are displayed: Choose “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then under
Contacts tap Display Order and do one of the following:
6QUJQY°TUVPCOG°TUVtap First, Last.
6QUJQYNCUVPCOG°TUVtap Last, First.
Import contacts from a SIM card (GSM models): Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,”
then tap Import SIM Contacts.
The contact information on the SIM card is imported to iPhone. If Contacts is enabled
for MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, or a CardDAV account, you’re asked to choose
which account you want to add the SIM contacts to.
Calendars
Set alerts to sound when you receive a meeting invitation: Choose “Mail, Contacts,
Calendars,” and under Calendar, tap “New Invitation Alerts” to turn it on.
Set how far back in the past to show your calendar events on iPhone: Choose “Mail,
Contacts, Calendars” > Sync, then choose a period of time.
Turn on Calendar time zone support: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Time Zone
Support, then turn Time Zone Support on. Select a time zone for calendars by tapping
Time Zone and entering the name of a major city.
When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time
\QPGQHVJGEKV[[QWUGNGEVGF9JGP6KOG<QPG5WRRQTVKUQÒ%CNGPFCTFKURNC[UGXGPVU
in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time.
Set a default calendar: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” and under Calendar, tap
Default Calendar to choose the default calendar for new events. This setting appears
when more than one calendar is synced to iPhone.
Important: Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re traveling,
iPhone may not display events or sound alerts at the correct local time. To manually
set the correct time, see “Date and Time” on page 198.
Notes
The Default Account setting appears when you set up more than one account that
syncs notes.
Set which account a new note is assigned to: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” and
under Notes, tap Default Account and choose an account.
205
Chapter 25 Settings
Phone
7UG2JQPGUGVVKPIUVQHQTYCTFKPEQOKPIECNNUVWTPECNNYCKVKPIQPQTQÒEJCPIG[QWT
password, and other things. Some settings are available only on GSM models, as noted.
Additional fees may apply. Contact your carrier for pricing and availability.
FaceTime
Activate or deactivate FaceTime (iPhone 4): 6WTP(CEG6KOGQPQTQÒ+H(CEG6KOGKUQP
your phone number will be shared with people you call.
Call Forwarding
Forward your calls (GSM models):
1 Choose Phone > Call Forwarding and turn Call Forwarding on.
2 On the “Forward to” screen, enter the phone number you want calls forwarded to.
For more information about call forwarding, including how to forward calls on a CDMA
model, see “Call Forwarding” on page 70.
Call Waiting
Activate or deactivate call waiting (GSM models): Choose Phone > Call Waiting, then
VWTP%CNN9CKVKPIQPQTQÒ
For more information about call waiting, including how to activate or deactivate call
waiting on a CDMA model, see “Call Waiting” on page 71.
Show My Caller ID
Show or hide your caller ID (GSM models): Choose Phone > Show My Caller ID, then
VWTP5JQY/[%CNNGT+&QPQTQÒ
For more information about caller ID, including how to show or hide your caller ID on a
CDMA model, see “Caller ID” on page 71.
Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine
In some countries or regions, Teletype (TTY) machines are used by deaf or hearing-
impaired people to communicate by typing and reading text. You can use iPhone
with a TTY machine if you have the iPhone TTY Adapter cable, available for purchase
separately in many countries. Go to www.apple.com/store (may not be available in all
countries or regions) or check with your local Apple retailer.
Connect iPhone to a TTY machine: Choose Phone, then turn TTY on. Then connect
iPhone to your TTY machine using the iPhone TTY Adapter.
For information about using a TTY machine, see the documentation that came with
the machine.
For information about other accessibility features of iPhone, see Chapter 29,
“Accessibility,” on page 229.
206 Chapter 25 Settings
Calling from Abroad
5GVK2JQPGVQCFFVJGEQTTGEVRTG°ZYJGPFKCNKPIHTQOCPQVJGTEQWPVT[In Settings,
tap Phone, then turn International Assist on. This lets you make calls to your home
country using the numbers in your contacts and favorites lists, without having to add a
RTG°ZQT[QWTEQWPVT[EQFG+PVGTPCVKQPCN#UUKUVYQTMUHQT75VGNGRJQPGPWODGTUQPN[
For more information, see “Using iPhone Abroad” on page 73.
Changing Your Voicemail Password
A voicemail password helps prevent others from access your voicemail. You need to
enter the password only when you’re calling in to get your messages from another
phone. You won’t need to enter the password when using voicemail on iPhone.
Change your voicemail password: Choose Phone > Change Voicemail Password.
Locking Your SIM Card
You can lock your SIM card (GSM models) so it can’t be used without a Personal
+FGPVK°ECVKQP0WODGT2+0;QWOWUVGPVGTVJG2+0GCEJVKOG[QWVWTPK2JQPGQÒCPF
turn it back on again. Some carriers require a SIM PIN in order to use iPhone.
Important: If you enter the PIN incorrectly three times, you may need to enter a
2GTUQPCN7PNQEMKPI-G[27-VQGPCDNG[QWT5+/ECTFCICKP4GHGTVQVJG5+/ECTF
documentation or contact your carrier. Some cellular networks may not accept an
emergency call from iPhone if the SIM card is locked.
6WTPVJG5+/2+0QPQTQÒ
1 %JQQUG2JQPG 5+/2+0VJGPVWTP5+/2+0QPQTQÒ
2 'PVGT[QWT2+0VQEQP°TO7UGVJG2+0CUUKIPGFD[[QWTECTTKGTQT[QWTECTTKGT¨U
default PIN.
Change the PIN for your SIM card:
1 Choose Phone > SIM PIN.
2 Turn SIM PIN on, then tap Change PIN.
3 Enter your current PIN, then enter your new PIN.
4 'PVGT[QWTPGY2+0CICKPVQEQP°TOVJGPVCR&QPG
Accessing Your Carrier’s Services
Depending on your carrier, you may be able to access some of your carrier’s services
directly from iPhone. For example, you may be able to check your bill balance, call
directory assistance, or view how many minutes you have left.
Access your carrier’s services: Choose Phone. Then scroll down and tap the button for
your carrier’s services.
When you request information such as your bill balance, your carrier may provide the
KPHQTOCVKQPKPCVGZVOGUUCIG%QPVCEV[QWTECTTKGTVQ°PFQWVKHVJGTGCTGCP[EJCTIGU
for these services.
207
Chapter 25 Settings
Safari
Safari settings let you select your Internet search engine, set security options, and for
developers, turn on debugging.
General
Select a search engine: Choose Safari > Search Engine and select the search engine
you want to use.
;QWECPUGV5CHCTKVQCWVQOCVKECNN[°NNQWVYGDHQTOUWUKPIEQPVCEVKPHQTOCVKQPPCOGU
and passwords you previously entered, or both.
Enable AutoFill: Choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:
To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and
select the contact you want to use.
5CHCTKWUGUKPHQTOCVKQPHTQO%QPVCEVUVQ°NNKPEQPVCEV°GNFUQPYGDHQTOU
To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on.
When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you
XKUKVCPFCWVQOCVKECNN[°NNUKPVJGKPHQTOCVKQPYJGP[QWTGXKUKVVJGYGDUKVG
To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All.
Security
By default, Safari is set to show features of the web, such as some movies, animation,
and web apps. You may wish to change security settings to help protect iPhone from
possible security risks on the Internet.
Change security settings: Choose Safari, then do one of the following:
To be warned when visiting potentially fraudulent websites, turn Fraud Warning on.
Fraud warning protects you from potentially fraudulent Internet sites. When you visit
a suspicious site, Safari warns you about its suspect nature and doesn’t load the page.
To enable or disable JavaScript, VWTP,CXC5ETKRVQPQTQÒ
JavaScript lets web programmers control elements of the page—for example, a
page that uses JavaScript might display the current date and time or cause a linked
page to appear in a pop-up.
To block or allow pop-ups, VWTP$NQEM2QRWRUQPQTQÒ$NQEMKPIRQRWRUUVQRUQPN[
pop-ups that appear when you close a page or open a page by typing its address. It
doesn’t block pop-ups that open when you tap a link.
To set whether Safari accepts cookies, tap Accept Cookies and choose Never, “From
visited,” or Always.
A cookie is a piece of information that a website puts on iPhone so the website can
remember you when you visit again. That way, webpages can be customized for you
based on information you may have provided.
Some pages won’t work correctly unless iPhone is set to accept cookies.
208 Chapter 25 Settings
To clear a database, tap Databases, then tap Edit. Tap next to a database, then
tap Delete.
Some web apps use databases to store app information on iPhone.
To clear the history of webpages you’ve visited, tap Clear History.
To clear all cookies from Safari, tap Clear Cookies.
To clear the browser cache, tap Clear Cache.
The browser cache stores the content of pages so the pages open faster the next
time you visit them. If a page you open doesn’t show new content, clearing the
cache may help.
Developer
The debug console can help you resolve webpage errors. If it’s turned on, the console
appears when a webpage error occurs.
6WTPVJGFGDWIEQPUQNGQPQTQÒChoose Safari > Developer, and turn Debug
%QPUQNGQPQTQÒ
Messages
Use Messages settings to adjust settings for SMS and MMS messages.
Note: The MMS Messaging and Show Subject Field settings don’t appear if MMS isn’t
supported by your carrier.
Choose whether or not to see a preview of messages on the Home screen: Choose
/GUUCIGUCPFVWTP5JQY2TGXKGYQPQTQÒ
Set how many times to play the message alert (iOS 4.3): Choose Messages, then tap
Play Alert Tone and set the number of times the alert appears if you don’t respond.
6WTP//5OGUUCIKPIQPQTQÒChoose Messages and turn MMS Messaging on or
QÒ+H//5OGUUCIKPIKUQÒ[QWYQP¨VDGCDNGVQTGEGKXG//5°NGCVVCEJOGPVUUWEJCU
images or audio.
6WTP)TQWR/GUUCIKPIQPQTQÒChoose Messages and turn Group Messaging on or
QÒ)TQWROGUUCIKPIOC[PQVDGCXCKNCDNGKPCNNEQWPVTKGUQTTGIKQPU
Show a subject line for messages you send or receive: Choose Messages and turn
Show Subject Field on.
Show a character count for messages you send or receive: Choose Messages and
turn Character Count on. The character count includes all characters—including
spaces, punctuation, and returns—and appears as you type when your message
exceeds two lines.
209
Chapter 25 Settings
iPod
Use iPod Settings to adjust settings for music and video playback on your iPod.
Music
Music settings apply to songs, podcasts, and audiobooks.
6WTP5JCMGVQ5JWÔGQPQTQÒ%JQQUGK2QFVJGPVWTP5JCMGVQ5JWÔGQPQTQÒ
9JGP5JCMGVQ5JWÔGKUQP[QWECPUJCMGK2JQPGVQUJWÔGCPFKOOGFKCVGN[EJCPIG
the currently playing song.
Set iTunes to play songs at the same sound level: In iTunes, choose iTunes >
Preferences if you’re using a Mac, or Edit > Preferences if you’re using a PC. Then click
Playback and select Sound Check.
Set iPhone to use the iTunes volume settings (Sound Check): Choose iPod and turn
Sound Check on.
Use the equalizer to customize the sound on iPhone: Choose iPod > EQ and choose
a setting.
Set a volume limit for music and videos: Choose iPod > Volume Limit and drag the
slider to adjust the maximum volume.
Tap Lock Volume Limit to assign a code to prevent the setting from being changed.
Setting a volume limit only limits the volume for music (including podcasts and
audiobooks) and videos (including rented movies and TV shows), and only when
headphones, earphones, or speakers are connected to the headset jack on iPhone.
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Show song lyrics and podcast information: Choose iPod and turn Lyrics & Podcast
Info on.
Video
Video settings apply to video content, including rented movies and TV shows. You can
set where to resume playing videos that you previously started, turn closed captioning
QPQTQÒCPFUGVWRK2JQPGVQRNC[XKFGQUQP[QWT68
Set where to resume playing videos: Choose iPod > Start Playing, then select
whether you want videos that you previously started watching to resume playing from
VJGDGIKPPKPIQTYJGTG[QWNGHVQÒ
6WTPENQUGFECRVKQPKPIQPQTQÒ%JQQUGK2QFCPFVWTP%NQUGF%CRVKQPKPIQPQTQÒ
Note: Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning.
210 Chapter 25 Settings
TV Out
Use these settings to control how iPhone plays videos on your TV.
6WTPYKFGUETGGPQPQTQÒ%JQQUGK2QFCPFVWTP9KFGUETGGPQPQTQÒ
Set TV signal to NTSC or PAL: Choose iPod > TV Signal and select NTSC or PAL.
NTSC and PAL are TV broadcast standards. iPhone displays NTSC 480p/PAL 576p
when attached to a TV using a Component AV Cable, or NTSC 480i/PAL 576i using a
Composite AV Cable. Your TV might use NTSC or PAL, depending on where you bought
it. If you’re not sure which to use, check the documentation that came with your TV.
For more information about using iPhone to play videos on your TV, see “Watching
Videos on a TV” on page 102.
Photos
Slideshow
Use the Slideshow settings to specify how slideshows display your photos.
Set the length of time each slide is shown: Choose Photos > Play Each Slide For and
select the length of time.
5GVCVTCPUKVKQPGÒGEV%JQQUG2JQVQU 6TCPUKVKQPCPFUGNGEVCVTCPUKVKQPGÒGEV
Set whether to repeat slideshows: %JQQUG2JQVQUCPFVWTP4GRGCVQPQTQÒ
Set photos to appear randomly or in order: %JQQUG2JQVQUCPFVWTP5JWÔGQPQTQÒ
HDR
The HDR setting on iPhone 4 lets you choose whether to save the normal-exposure
photo in addition to the HDR version of a photo when HDR is turned on. See “Taking
Photos and Recording Videos” on page 126.
Choose whether to save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version of
photos (iPhone 4): +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG2JQVQUVJGPVWTP-GGR0QTOCN2JQVQQPQTQÒ
+HVJGUGVVKPIKUQÒQPN[VJG*&4XGTUKQPQHCRJQVQKUUCXGF
If you save both versions, appears in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo
when the controls are visible.
Notes
Use Notes settings to change the font used to display your notes, and to set the
default account for notes you add on iPhone.
Change the font: Choose Notes, then select the font you want to use.
Set the default account for new notes: Choose Notes and tap Default Account. Then
select an account, or tap On My iPhone if you don’t want notes you add on iPhone to
be synced with an account.
211
Chapter 25 Settings
Store
Use Store settings to sign in to an Apple account, create a new Apple account, or edit
an existing one. If you have more than one Apple account, you can use Store settings
to sign out from one and in to another.
By default, the Apple account that appears in Store settings is the one you’re signed in
to when you sync iPhone with your computer.
Sign in to an Apple account: Choose Store, tap Sign In, then tap Use Existing Apple ID
and enter your Apple ID and password.
View and edit your account information: Choose Store, tap your Apple ID, then
tap View Apple ID. Tap an item to edit it. To change your account password, tap the
#RRNG+&°GNF
5KIPKPWUKPICFKÒGTGPV#RRNG+&Choose Store, tap Sign Out, then tap Sign In.
Create a new Apple ID: Choose Store, tap Sign In, then tap Create New Apple ID and
follow the onscreen instructions.
Nike + iPod
Use Nike + iPod settings to activate and customize the Nike + iPod app. See
Chapter 27, “Nike + iPod,” on page 219.
212 Chapter 25 Settings
Contacts 26
About Contacts
Contacts makes it easy to call, email, or text your friends and associates. You can add
contacts directly on iPhone, or sync contacts from applications on your computer.
If you have a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account with Contacts enabled, or
a supported CardDAV account, you can sync your contacts over the air without
connecting iPhone to your computer.
You can open Contacts from the Home screen, or from the Phone app.
Adding Contacts
You can add contacts to iPhone in the following ways:
In iTunes, sync contacts from Google or Yahoo!, or sync with applications on your
computer (see “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 54)
Set up a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account on iPhone, with Contacts
enabled (see “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 26 or “Setting Up Microsoft
Exchange Accounts” on page 27)
+PUVCNNCRTQ°NGVJCVUGVUWRCP'ZEJCPIGCEEQWPVYKVJ%QPVCEVUGPCDNGFIQVQ
www.apple.com/iphone/business)
Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account on iPhone
Enter contacts directly on iPhone
Import contacts from a SIM card (GSM models)
The number of contacts you can add is limited only by the amount of memory
on iPhone.
213
Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then tap Add Account.
2 Tap Other, then tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account.
3 Enter your account information and tap Next to verify the account.
4 Tap Save.
When you set up an LDAP account, you can view and search for contacts on your
company or organization’s LDAP server. The server appears as a new group in Contacts.
Since LDAP contacts aren’t downloaded to iPhone, you must have an Internet
EQPPGEVKQPVQXKGYVJGO%JGEMYKVJ[QWTU[UVGOCFOKPKUVTCVQTHQTURGEK°ECEEQWPV
settings and other requirements (such as VPN).
When you set up a CardDAV account, your account contacts are synced with iPhone
over the air. If it’s supported, you can also search for contacts on your company or
organization’s CardDAV server.
Import contacts from another phone’s SIM card (GSM models only): In Settings, tap
“Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” then tap Import SIM Contacts.
The contact information on the SIM card is imported to iPhone. If you have Contacts
enabled for both MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange, you’re asked to choose which
account you want to add the SIM contacts to.
Important: iPhone doesn’t store contacts on its SIM card.
Searching Contacts
;QWECPUGCTEJ°TUVNCUVCPFEQORCP[PCOGUKP[QWTEQPVCEVUQPK2JQPG+H[QWJCXG
a Microsoft Exchange account set up on iPhone, you may also be able to search your
enterprise Global Address List (GAL) for contacts in your organization. If you have
an LDAP account on iPhone, you can search contacts on your organization’s LDAP
server. If you have a CardDAV account, you can search contacts synced to iPhone, or
searchable contacts on a supported CardDAV server.
;QWECPUGCTEJVJG°TUVNCUVCPFEQORCP[PCOG°GNFU#U[QWV[RGKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNF
contacts with matching information appear immediately.
Search contacts: +P%QPVCEVUVCRVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHCP[NKUVQHEQPVCEVU
and enter your search. (To scroll quickly to the top of the list, tap the status bar.)
Search a GAL: Tap Groups, tap Directories at the bottom of the list, then enter
your search.
You can’t edit GAL contacts or save them to iPhone.
Search an LDAP server: Tap Groups, tap the LDAP server name, then enter your search.
You can’t edit LDAP contacts or save them to iPhone.
214 Chapter 26 Contacts
Search a CardDAV server: Tap Groups, tap the searchable CardDAV group at the
bottom of the list, then enter your search.
You can’t edit searchable CardDAV contacts from the server, but you can edit synced
CardDAV contacts on iPhone.
Contacts are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 43.
Managing Contacts on iPhone
Add a contact on iPhone: Tap Contacts and tap .
Delete a contact In Contacts, choose a contact, than tap Edit. Scroll down
and tap Delete Contact.
Add a contact from the numeric
keypad
6CR-G[RCFGPVGTCPWODGTVJGPVCR . Tap Create New
Contact and enter the caller’s information, or tap “Add to
Existing Contact” and choose a contact.
Enter a soft (two-second) pause in
a number
Tap , then tap Pause. One or more pauses may be
required by a phone system before dialing an extension,
for example. Pauses appear as commas when the number
is saved.
Enter a hard pause in a number Tap , then tap Wait. A hard pause appears as a
semicolon when the number is saved. When dialing, iPhone
pauses when it reaches the semicolon and waits until you
tap the Dial button to continue.
Add a recent caller’s phone number
to your contacts
Tap Recents and tap next to the number. Then tap
Create New Contact, or tap “Add to Existing Contact” and
choose a contact.
Edit contact information: Choose a contact, then tap Edit.
Add information:(KNNKPCDNCPM°GNF
Add an address: Tap Add New Address.
#FFC°GNFVJCV¨UPQVUJQYKPI Tap Add Field.
Change the ringtone for the contact:6CRVJGTKPIVQPG°GNFVJGPEJQQUGCTKPIVQPG
6QWUGVJGFGHCWNVTKPIVQPGURGEK°GFKPVJG5QWPFUUGVVKPIUEJQQUG&GHCWNV
Delete an item: Tap , then tap Delete.
;QWECPEJCPIG°GNFNCDGNUD[VCRRKPIVJGNCDGNCPFEJQQUKPICFKÒGTGPVQPG6Q
create a custom label, scroll to the bottom of the list and tap Add Custom Label.
If you sync contacts from your computer and also over the air, you can link contacts to
ETGCVGCUKPINGWPK°GFEQPVCEV
Link a contact: In edit mode, tap Link Contact, then choose a contact.
See “7PK°GF%QPVCEVU” on page 217.
215
Chapter 26 Contacts
Assign a photo to a contact:
1 Tap Contacts, then choose a contact.
2 Tap Edit and tap Add Photo, or tap the existing photo.
3 Tap Take Photo and take a photo with the camera. Or tap Choose Existing Photo and
choose a photo.
4 Drag and scale the photo as desired.
5 Tap Use Photo (new photo) or Choose (existing photo).
Using Contact Information
You can use the information on a contact’s Info screen to:
Call the contact
Create an email message in Mail, addressed to the contact
Open the contact’s home page in Safari
Find the location of the contact’s address in Maps, and get directions
Send a text message to the contact
Share the contact information with others
Add a phone number for the contact to your favorites list
Make a FaceTime video call
Use a contact’s info screen: Tap Contacts and choose a contact. Then tap an item.
=PZP[[OL^LIZP[L
*HSS
:LUKHULTHPS
:LUKH[L_[TLZZHNL
(KKHWOVUL
U\TILY[V`V\Y
MH]VYP[LZSPZ[
:LLHTHWHUK
NL[KPYLJ[PVUZ
4HRLH
-HJL;PTL
]PKLVJHSS
A star next to a phone number means the number is in your favorites list. appears
on the FaceTime button if you’ve ever had a FaceTime call with the contact.
See your own phone number: Tap Contacts and scroll to the top of the list. (Not
available in all countries or regions.)
216 Chapter 26 Contacts
7PK°GF%QPVCEVU
When you sync contacts with multiple accounts, you might have entries for the same
person in more than one account. To help keep redundant contacts from appearing
KPVJG#NN%QPVCEVUNKUVQPK2JQPGEQPVCEVUHTQOFKÒGTGPVCEEQWPVUVJCVJCXGVJGUCOG
°TUVCPFNCUVPCOGUCTGNKPMGFCPFFKURNC[GFCUCUKPINGWPK°GFEQPVCEV (unless they
JCXGFKÒGTGPVOKFFNGPCOGU9JGP[QWXKGYCWPK°GFEQPVCEVVJGVKVNG7PK°GF+PHQ
CRRGCTUCVVJGVQRQHVJGUETGGP7PK°GFEQPVCEVUCRRGCTQPN[KPVJG#NN%QPVCEVUNKUV
6JGUQWTEGCEEQWPVUQHCWPK°GFEQPVCEVCRRGCTCVVJGDQVVQOQHVJGUETGGPWPFGT
Linked Cards.
View contact information from a source account: Tap one of the source accounts.
Unlink a contact: Tap Edit, tap , then tap Unlink.
Link a contact: Tap Edit, then tap and choose a contact.
217
Chapter 26 Contacts
+H[QWNKPMEQPVCEVUYKVJFKÒGTGPV°TUVQTNCUVPCOGUVJGPCOGUQPVJGKPFKXKFWCN
EQPVCEVUYQP¨VEJCPIGDWVQPN[QPGPCOGCRRGCTUQPVJGWPK°GFECTF6QEJQQUG
YJKEJPCOGCRRGCTUYJGPXKGYKPIVJGWPK°GFECTFVCRVJGNKPMGFECTFYKVJVJG
PCOG[QWRTGHGTVJGPVCR7UG6JKU0COG(QT7PK°GF%CTF
.KPMGFEQPVCEVUCTGP¨VOGTIGF7PNGUU[QWGFKVCWPK°GFEQPVCEVVJGEQPVCEVKP
the source account remains separate and unchanged. If you change information
KPCWPK°GFEQPVCEVVJGEJCPIGUCTGEQRKGFVQGCEJUQWTEGCEEQWPVKPYJKEJVJCV
KPHQTOCVKQPCNTGCF[GZKUVU+H[QWCFFKPHQTOCVKQPVQCWPK°GFEQPVCEVVJCVKPHQTOCVKQP
is added to the contact in each source account.
Linked contact information also appears at the bottom of an individual contact’s Info
UETGGPYJGPKV¨UXKGYGFKPCURGEK°EUQWTEGCEEQWPVVJCVKUPQVKPVJG#NN%QPVCEVU
NKUVYJKEJNGVU[QWUGGVJG7PK°GF+PHQUETGGPCPFVJGNKPMGFEQPVCEVHTQOGCEJQHVJG
other source accounts.
218 Chapter 26 Contacts
Nike + iPod 27
Activating Nike + iPod
When turned on in Settings, the Nike + iPod app appears on the Home screen. With a
Nike + iPod Sensor (sold separately), the Nike + iPod app provides audible feedback on
your speed, distance, time elapsed, and calories burned during a run or walk. You can
send your workout information to nikeplus.com, where you can track your progress,
set goals, and participate in challenges.
6WTP0KMGK2QFQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose Nike + iPod and turn Nike + iPod on or
QÒ9JGP0KMGK2QFKUVWTPGFQPKVUCRRKEQPCRRGCTUQPVJG*QOGUETGGP
See the Nike + iPod documentation for information about setting up and using
Nike + iPod.
219
Linking a Sensor
6JG°TUVVKOG[QWUVCTVCYQTMQWV[QW¨TGRTQORVGFVQCEVKXCVG[QWTUGPUQTYJKEJ
automatically links the sensor with iPhone. You can also use Nike + iPod settings to link
a sensor with iPhone.
0KMGK2QFECPNKPMVQQPN[QPGUGPUQTCVCVKOG6QWUGCFKÒGTGPVUGPUQTWUG
Nike + iPod settings to link the new sensor.
Link a sensor to iPhone:
1 Put the Nike + iPod sensor in your shoe.
2 In Settings on iPhone, choose Nike + iPod > Sensor.
3 Tap Link New, then walk around as instructed.
4 Tap Done when the sensor is linked.
Working Out with Nike + iPod
After activating Nike + iPod and inserting the Nike + iPod Sensor in your Nike+ ready
shoe, you can use Nike + iPod for your workouts.
Work out using Nike + iPod:
1 In Nike + iPod on iPhone, tap Workouts, then choose a type of workout.
2 Depending on the workout, you may need to set a time, distance, or calorie goal.
3 Choose a playlist or other audio selection, then start your workout.
4 9JGP[QW°PKUJ[QWTYQTMQWVVCR'PF9QTMQWV
To turn on spoken feedback or set other options, see “Nike + iPod Settings” on
page 222.
220 Chapter 27 Nike + iPod
Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com
6JG°TUVVKOG[QWEQPPGEVK2JQPGVQK6WPGUCHVGTCYQTMQWV[QW¨TGCUMGFKH[QWYCPV
to automatically send your workouts to Nike+ when you sync iPhone. Click Send to
send your current workout to nikeplus.com and set iTunes to automatically send future
workouts when you sync iPhone with iTunes.
If you click Don’t Send, you can set iTunes to do this later.
Set iTunes to automatically send workouts to nikeplus.com when you sync iPhone
with iTunes:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet.
2 In iTunes, click Nike + iPod at the top of the screen, then select “Automatically send
workout data to nikeplus.com.”
3 Click “Visit nikeplus.com” or click Visit in the dialog that appears.
4 Click Save Your Runs and log in, or register if you haven’t already done so.
Send workout data wirelessly to nikeplus.com from iPhone:
1 In Nike + iPod on iPhone, tap History.
Make sure iPhone is connected to the Internet.
2 Tap “Send to Nike+.”
3 Enter your email address and nikeplus.com account password, then tap “Login to
Nike +.”
If you don’t already have a nikeplus.com account, tap Join Nike+ to set one up.
To see your workouts on nikeplus.com, log in to your account and follow the
onscreen instructions.
221
Chapter 27 Nike + iPod
Calibrating Nike + iPod
You calibrate Nike + iPod using a workout you just completed. You can only calibrate
workouts of a quarter mile or more.
Calibrate iPhone:
1 Run or walk a known distance, then tap End Workout.
2 Tap Calibrate, then enter the distance and tap Done.
Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration: In Settings, choose Nike + iPod, then tap
Reset Calibration.
Nike + iPod Settings
In Settings, choose Nike + iPod to activate and adjust settings for the Nike + iPod app.
Choose a PowerSong: Choose PowerSong and select a song from your music library.
6WTPURQMGPHGGFDCEMQPQTQÒChoose Spoken Feedback and select a male or
HGOCNGXQKEGVQCEEQORCP[[QWTYQTMQWVQT1ÒVQVWTPQÒURQMGPHGGFDCEM
Set a distance preference: %JQQUG&KUVCPEGVJGPUGNGEV/KNGUQT-KNQOGVGTUVQ
measure your workout distance.
Set your weight: %JQQUG9GKIJVVJGP±KEMVQGPVGT[QWTYGKIJV
Set the screen orientation: Choose Lock Screen, then select a screen orientation
preference.
Set up the Nike + iPod Sensor: Choose Sensor, then follow the onscreen instructions
to set up your sensor (sold separately).
You can use a Nike+ compatible remote (sold separately) to control Nike + iPod
YKTGNGUUN[$GHQTGWUKPICTGOQVGHQTVJG°TUVVKOG[QWOWUVUGVKVWRQPK2JQPG
Set up the Nike + iPod remote: Choose Remote, then follow the onscreen instructions
to set up your remote (third-party product sold separately).
Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration: Tap Reset Calibration.
222 Chapter 27 Nike + iPod
iBooks 28
About iBooks
iBooks is a great way to read and buy books. Download the free iBooks app from
the App Store, and then get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in
iBookstore. Once you download a book, it’s displayed on your bookshelf.
Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Then tap a book or PDF to
start reading. iBooks remembers your location, so you can easily return to where you
NGHVQÒ#YKFGTCPIGQHFKURNC[QRVKQPUOCMGUVJGDQQMUGCU[VQTGCF
Note: The iBooks app and the iBookstore may not be available in all languages or
locations.
(]HPSHISLVU[OLP)VVRZ[VYL;P[SLH]HPSHIPSP[`PZ
Z\IQLJ[[VJOHUNL
To download the iBooks app and use the iBookstore, you need an Internet connection
and an Apple account. If you don’t have an Apple account, or if you want to make
purchases from another Apple account, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 212.
223
Syncing Books and PDFs
Use iTunes to sync your books and PDFs between iPhone and your computer. When
iPhone is connected to your computer, the Books pane lets you select which items
to sync.
You can sync books that you download or purchase from the iBookstore. You can also
add DRM-free ePub books and PDFs to your iTunes library. There are several websites
VJCVQÒGTDQQMUKPG2WDCPF2&(HQTOCV
Sync an ePub book or PDF to iPhone: Download the book or PDF using your
EQORWVGT6JGPKPK6WPGUEJQQUG(KNG #FFVQ.KDTCT[CPFUGNGEVVJG°NG%QPPGEV
iPhone to your computer, select the book or PDF in the Books pane in iTunes, and then
sync iPhone.
If a PDF doesn’t appear in the Books pane, you need to change its type in iTunes.
5GCTEJ[QWTK6WPGUNKDTCT[VQ°PFVJG2&(UGNGEVKVVJGPEJQQUG(KNG )GV+PHQ+PVJG
1RVKQPUUGEVKQPQHVJG°NGKPHQTOCVKQPYKPFQYEJQQUG$QQMHTQOVJG/GFKC-KPF
RQRWROGPWVJGPENKEM1-
Using the iBookstore
In the iBooks app, tap Store to open the iBookstore. From there, you can browse
HGCVWTGFDQQMUQTDGUVUGNNGTUCPFDTQYUGHQTDQQMUD[CWVJQTQTVQRKE9JGP[QW°PF
a book you like, you can purchase and download it.
Note: Some features of the iBookstore may not be available in all locations.
Get more information: In the iBookstore, you can read a summary of the book, read
or write a review, and download a sample of the book before buying it.
Purchase a book: Find a book you want, tap the price, then tap Buy Now. Sign in to
[QWT#RRNGCEEQWPVVJGPVCR1-5QOGDQQMUOC[DGHTGGHQTFQYPNQCFKPI
The purchase is charged to your Apple account. If you make additional purchases
YKVJKPVJGPGZV°HVGGPOKPWVGU[QWFQP¨VJCXGVQGPVGT[QWTRCUUYQTFCICKP
If you’ve already purchased a book and want to download it again, tap Purchases in
VJGK$QQMUVQTGCPF°PFVJGDQQMKPVJGNKUV6JGPVCR4GFQYPNQCF
Books that you purchase are synced to your iTunes library the next time you sync
iPhone with your computer. This provides a backup in case you delete the book
from iPhone.
224 Chapter 28 iBooks
Reading Books
Reading a book is easy. Go to the bookshelf and tap the book you want to read. If you
don’t see the book you’re looking for, tap the name of the current collection at the top
of the screen to go to other collections.
Turn pages: 6CRPGCTVJGTKIJVQTNGHVOCTIKPQHCRCIGQT±KEMNGHVQTTKIJV6QEJCPIG
the direction the page turns when you tap the left margin, go to Settings > iBooks.
)QVQCURGEK°ERCIGTap near the center of the current page to show the controls.
Drag the page navigation control at the bottom of the screen to the desired page,
then let go.
Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the
controls, then tap . Tap an entry to jump to that location, or tap Resume to return to
the current page.
Add or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have
multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You don’t need to set a bookmark
YJGP[QWENQUGCDQQMDGECWUGK$QQMUTGOGODGTUYJGTG[QWNGHVQÒCPFTGVWTPU
there when you open the book again.
Add, remove, or edit a highlight: Touch and hold any word until it’s selected. Use the
grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Highlight. To remove a highlight, tap the
highlighted text, then tap Remove Highlight. To change the color of a highlight, tap
the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu.
Add, remove, or edit a note: Touch and hold any word until it’s selected. Use the grab
points to adjust the selection, then tap Note. Type some text, then tap Done. To view
a note, tap the indicator in the margin near the highlighted text. To remove a note,
tap the highlighted text, then tap Delete Note. To change the color of a note, tap the
highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu.
See all your bookmarks, highlights and notes: To see the bookmarks, highlights, and
notes you’ve added, tap , then tap Bookmarks. To view a note, tap its indicator.
225
Chapter 28 iBooks
Enlarge an image: Double-tap the image.
To read a book while lying down, use the portrait orientation lock to prevent
iPhone from rotating the screen when you rotate iPhone. See “Viewing in Portrait or
Landscape Orientation” on page 32.
Reading PDFs
You can use iBooks to read PDFs. Go to the bookshelf and tap Collections, select a
collection, then tap the PDF you want to read.
Turn pages: Flick left or right.
Enlarge a page: Pinch to zoom in on the page, then scroll to see the portion you want.
)QVQCURGEK°ERCIGTap near the center of the current page to show the controls.
Then, in the page navigation controls at the bottom of the page, drag until the desired
page number appears, or tap a thumbnail to jump to that page.
Add or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have
multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it.
You don’t need to set a bookmark when you close a PDF, because iBooks remembers
YJGTG[QWNGHVQÒCPFTGVWTPUVJGTGYJGP[QWQRGPKVCICKP
Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the
controls, then tap . Tap an entry to jump to that location, or tap Resume to return to
VJGEWTTGPVRCIG+HVJGCWVJQTJCUP¨VFG°PGFCVCDNGQHEQPVGPVU[QWECPVCRCRCIG
icon instead to go to that page.
Changing a Book’s Appearance
To change the appearance of a book, access the controls by tapping near the center
of a page.
Change the font or type size: Tap , then in the list that appears, tap or to
reduce or enlarge the type size. To change the font, tap Fonts, then select one from the
list. Changing the font and size also changes text formatting.
Change the brightness: Tap , then adjust the brightness.
Change the page and type color: Tap , then turn the Sepia option on to change
the color of the page and type. This setting applies to all books.
;QWECPEJCPIGVJGYC[VJCVK$QQMULWUVK°GUVJGVGZVQHRCTCITCRJUKP5GVVKPIU K$QQMU
226 Chapter 28 iBooks
Searching Books and PDFs
You can search for the title or author of a book to quickly locate it on the bookshelf.
;QWECPCNUQUGCTEJVJGEQPVGPVUQHCDQQMVQ°PFCNNVJGTGHGTGPEGUVQCYQTFQT
RJTCUG[QW¨TGKPVGTGUVGFKP;QWECPCNUQUGPFCUGCTEJVQ9KMKRGFKCQT)QQINGVQ°PF
other related resources.
Search for a book: Go to the bookshelf. If necessary, change to the collection that
you want to search. Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the
magnifying glass. Enter a word that’s in the title of a book, or the author’s name, then
tap Search. Matching books appear on the bookshelf.
Search in a book: Open a book and tap near the center of the page to show the
controls. Tap the magnifying glass, then enter a search phrase and tap Search. Tap a
search result to go to that page in the book.
To send your search to Google or Wikipedia, tap Search Google or Search Wikipedia.
Safari opens and displays the result.
To quickly search for a word in a book, touch and hold the word, then tap Search.
.QQMKPIWRVJG&G°PKVKQPQHC9QTF
;QWECPNQQMWRVJGFG°PKVKQPQHCYQTFWUKPIVJGFKEVKQPCT[
Look up a word: Select a word in a book, then tap Dictionary in the menu that
appears. Dictionaries may not be available for all languages.
Having a Book Read to You
If you have a visual impairment, you can use VoiceOver to read a book aloud. See
“VoiceOver” on page 230.
Some books may not be compatible with VoiceOver.
Printing or Emailing a PDF
You can use iBooks to send a copy of a PDF via email, or to print all or a portion of the
PDF to a supported printer.
Email a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap and choose Email Document. A new message
CRRGCTUYKVJVJG2&(CVVCEJGF9JGP[QW°PKUJCFFTGUUKPICPFYTKVKPI[QWTOGUUCIG
tap Send.
Print a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap and choose Print. Select a printer and the page
range and number of copies, then tap Print. For more information, see “Printing” on
page 41.
You can only email or print PDFs. These options aren’t available for ePub books.
227
Chapter 28 iBooks
Organizing the Bookshelf
Use the bookshelf to browse your books and PDFs. You can also organize items into
collections.
Sort the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap the status bar to scroll to the top of
the screen, then tap and select a sort method from the choices at the bottom of
the screen.
Rearrange items on the bookshelf: Touch and hold a book or PDF, then drag it to a
new location on the bookshelf.
Delete an item from the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book
or PDF that you want to delete so that a checkmark appears, then tap Delete. When
[QW°PKUJFGNGVKPIVCR&QPG+H[QWFGNGVGCDQQM[QWRWTEJCUGF[QWECPFQYPNQCF
it again from Purchases in the iBookstore. If you’ve synced your device with your
computer, the book also remains in your iTunes Library.
Create, rename, or delete a collection: Tap the name of the current collection you’re
viewing, such as Books or PDFs, to display the collections list. Tap New to add a new
collection. To delete a collection, tap Edit, then tap and tap Delete. You can’t edit or
remove the built-in Books and PDFs collections. To edit the name of a collection, tap its
PCOG9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG
Move a book or PDF to a collection: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book
or PDF that you want to move so that a checkmark appears, then tap Move and select
a collection. Items can be in only one collection at a time. When you add a book or
2&(VQ[QWTDQQMUJGNHHQTVJG°TUVVKOGKV¨URWVKPVQVJG$QQMUQT2&(EQNNGEVKQP(TQO
VJGTG[QWECPOQXGKVVQCFKÒGTGPVEQNNGEVKQP;QWOKIJVYCPVVQETGCVGEQNNGEVKQPUHQT
work and school, for example, or for reference and leisure reading.
View a collection: Tap the name of the current collection at the top of the screen,
then pick a new one from the list that appears.
Bookmark and Note Syncing
iBooks saves your bookmarks, notes, and current page information in your Apple
account, so they’re always up to date and you can read a book seamlessly across
multiple devices. For PDFs, the bookmarks and current page information are synced.
6WTPDQQMOCTMU[PEKPIQPQTQÒGo to Settings > iBooks, then turn Sync Bookmarks
QPQTQÒ
You must have an Internet connection to sync your settings. iBooks syncs information
for all of your books when you open or quit the app. Information for individual books
is also synced when you open or close the book.
228 Chapter 28 iBooks
Accessibility 29
Universal Access Features
In addition to the many features that make iPhone easy to use for everyone,
accessibility features make it easier for users with visual, auditory, or other physical
disabilities to use iPhone. These accessibility features include:
VoiceOver
Zoom
Large Text
White on Black
Mono Audio
Speak Auto-text
Support for braille displays
With the exception of VoiceOver, these accessibility features work with all iPhone apps,
including third-party apps you download from the App Store. VoiceOver works with all
apps that come preinstalled on iPhone, and with many third-party apps.
For more information about iPhone accessibility features, go to
www.apple.com/accessibility.
'CEJCEEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGECPDGVWTPGFQPQTQÒKP#EEGUUKDKNKV[UGVVKPIUQPK2JQPG
;QWECPCNUQVWTPCEEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGUQPQTQÒKPK6WPGUYJGPK2JQPGKUEQPPGEVGF
to your computer.
229
6WTPCEEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGUQPQTQÒKPK6WPGU
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
3 +PVJG5WOOCT[RCPGENKEM%QP°IWTG7PKXGTUCN#EEGUUKPVJG1RVKQPUUGEVKQP
4 5GNGEVVJGCEEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGUVJCV[QWYCPVVQWUGCPFENKEM1-
.CTIG6GZVECPQPN[DGVWTPGFQPQTQÒWUKPIK2JQPGUGVVKPIU5GG¥Large Text” on
page 243.
;QWECPVWTPENQUGFECRVKQPKPIQPQTQÒKPK2QFUGVVKPIU5GG¥Videos” on page 100.
VoiceOver
VoiceOver describes aloud what appears onscreen, so that you can use iPhone without
UGGKPIKV8QKEG1XGTURGCMUKPVJGNCPIWCIGURGEK°GFKP+PVGTPCVKQPCNUGVVKPIUYJKEJ
OC[DGKP±WGPEGFD[VJG4GIKQP.QECNGUGVVKPI
Note: VoiceOver is available in many languages, but not all.
VoiceOver tells you about each element on the screen as it’s selected. When an
GNGOGPVKUUGNGEVGFKV¨UGPENQUGFD[CDNCEMTGEVCPINGHQTVJGDGPG°VQHVJQUGYJQECP
see the screen) and VoiceOver speaks the name or describes the item. The enclosing
rectangle is referred to as the VoiceOver cursor. If text is selected, VoiceOver reads the
text. If a control (such as a button or switch) is selected and Speak Hints is turned on,
VoiceOver may tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for you—for
example, “double-tap to open.”
When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound and then selects and speaks
VJG°TUVGNGOGPVQHVJGUETGGPV[RKECNN[VJGKVGOKPVJGWRRGTNGHVEQTPGT8QKEG1XGT
also lets you know when the screen changes to landscape or portrait, and when it is
locked or unlocked.
230 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Setting Up VoiceOver
Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures used to control iPhone. Once VoiceOver
is turned on, you have to use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPhone—even to turn
8QKEG1XGTQÒCICKPVQTGUWOGUVCPFCTFQRGTCVKQP
6WTP8QKEG1XGTQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver and
VCRVJG8QKEG1XGT1P1ÒUYKVEJ
;QWECPCNUQUGV6TKRNGENKEM*QOGVQVWTP8QKEG1XGTQPQTQÒ5GG¥Triple-Click
Home” on page 245.
Note: You can’t use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time.
6WTPURQMGPJKPVUQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver,
CPFVCRVJG5RGCM*KPVU1P1ÒUYKVEJ9JGP5RGCM*KPVUKUVWTPGFQP8QKEG1XGTOC[
tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for you—for example, “double-
tap to open.” Speak Hints is turned on by default.
Set the VoiceOver speaking rate: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver, and adjust the Speaking Rate slider.
Add speaking rate to the rotor: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap to
turn on “Include in Rotor.”
You can choose the kind of feedback you get when you type. You can set VoiceOver to
speak characters, words, both, or nothing. If you choose to hear both characters and
words, VoiceOver speaks each character as you type it, then speaks the whole word
YJGP[QW°PKUJKVD[GPVGTKPICURCEGQTRWPEVWCVKQP
Choose typing feedback: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver >
Typing Feedback. You can choose Characters, Words, Characters and Words, or Nothing
HQTUQHVYCTGMG[DQCTFUCPFHQTCP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFUGG¥Using an Apple
9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF” on page 40).
Use phonetics In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then
tap the Use Phonetics switch to turn it on.
Use this feature when you type or read character-by-
character, to help make clear which characters were spoken.
9JGP7UG2JQPGVKEUKUVWTPGFQP8QKEGQXGT°TUVURGCMUVJG
character, then speaks a word beginning with the character.
For example, if you type the character “f,” VoiceOver speaks
“f,” and then a moment later, “foxtrot.”
Use pitch change In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then
tap the Use Pitch Change switch to turn it on.
VoiceOver uses a higher pitch when entering a letter, and
a lower pitch when deleting a letter. VoiceOver also uses a
JKIJGTRKVEJYJGPURGCMKPIVJG°TUVKVGOQHCITQWRUWEJ
as a list or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the last
item of a group.
231
Chapter 29 Accessibility
$[FGHCWNV8QKEG1XGTWUGUVJGNCPIWCIGVJCV¨UUGVHQTK2JQPG;QWECPUGVCFKÒGTGPV
language for VoiceOver.
Set the language for iPhone: In Settings, choose General > International > Language,
VJGPUGNGEVCNCPIWCIGCPFVCR1-5QOGNCPIWCIGUOC[DGKP±WGPEGFD[VJG4GIKQP
Local setting. In Settings, choose General > International > Region Format and select
the format.
Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice
Control, then choose the language.
If you change the language for iPhone, you may need to reset the language for
VoiceOver.
Set the rotor options for web browsing: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver > Web Rotor. Tap to select or deselect options. To change the position of an
item in the list, touch next to the item, then drag up or down.
Select the languages available in the Language rotor: In Settings, choose General
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Language Rotor and tap to select the language or
languages you want to appear in the Language rotor. To change the position of a
language in the list, touch next to the language and drag up or down.
The Language rotor is always available when you’ve selected more than one language.
VoiceOver Gestures
9JGP8QKEG1XGTKUVWTPGFQPVJGUVCPFCTFVQWEJUETGGPIGUVWTGUJCXGFKÒGTGPVGÒGEVU
These and some additional gestures let you move around the screen and control
individual elements when they’re selected. VoiceOver gestures include two- and
VJTGG°PIGTUIGUVWTGUVQVCRQT±KEM(QTDGUVTGUWNVUYJGPWUKPIVYQCPFVJTGG°PIGT
IGUVWTGUTGNCZCPFNGV[QWT°PIGTUVQWEJVJGUETGGPYKVJUQOGURCEGDGVYGGPVJGO
You can use standard gestures when VoiceOver is turned on, by double-tapping
CPFJQNFKPI[QWT°PIGTQPVJGUETGGP#UGTKGUQHVQPGUKPFKECVGUVJCVPQTOCN
IGUVWTGUCTGKPHQTEG6JG[TGOCKPKPGÒGEVWPVKN[QWNKHV[QWT°PIGT6JGP8QKEG1XGT
gestures resume.
;QWECPWUGFKÒGTGPVVGEJPKSWGUVQGPVGT8QKEG1XGTIGUVWTGU(QTGZCORNG[QWECP
GPVGTCVYQ°PIGTVCRWUKPIVYQ°PIGTUHTQOQPGJCPFQTQPG°PIGTHTQOGCEJJCPF
;QWECPCNUQWUG[QWTVJWODU/CP[°PFVJG¥URNKVVCR¦IGUVWTGGURGEKCNN[GÒGEVKXG
instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can touch and hold an item with
QPG°PIGTVJGPVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGT°PIGT6T[FKÒGTGPVVGEJPKSWGUVQFKUEQXGT
which works best for you.
If your gestures don’t work, try quicker movements, especially for double-tapping and
±KEMKPIIGUVWTGU6Q±KEMVT[SWKEMN[DTWUJKPIVJGUETGGPYKVJ[QWT°PIGTQT°PIGTU
When VoiceOver is turned on, the VoiceOver Practice button appears, which gives you
a chance to practice VoiceOver gestures before proceeding.
232 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Practice gestures: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap
8QKEG1XGT2TCEVKEG9JGP[QW°PKUJRTCEVKEKPIVCR&QPG
If you don’t see the VoiceOver Practice button, make sure VoiceOver is turned on.
Here’s a summary of key VoiceOver gestures:
Navigating and Reading
Tap: Speak item.
Flick right or left: Select the next or previous item.
Flick up or down: Depends on the Rotor Control setting. See “Rotor Control” on
page 234.
6YQ°PIGTVCR Stop speaking the current item.
6YQ°PIGT±KEMWR Read all from the top of the screen.
6YQ°PIGT±KEMFQYP Read all from the current position.
6YQ°PIGT¥UETWD¦/QXGVYQ°PIGTUDCEMCPFHQTVJVJTGGVKOGUSWKEMN[OCMKPIC
“z”) to dismiss an alert or go back to the previous screen.
6JTGG°PIGT±KEMWRQTFQYP Scroll one page at a time.
6JTGG°PIGT±KEMTKIJVQTNGHV Go to the next or previous page (such as the Home
screen, Stocks, or Safari).
6JTGG°PIGTVCR Speak the scroll status (which page or rows are visible).
(QWT°PIGTVCRCVVQRQHUETGGP5GNGEVVJG°TUVKVGOQPVJGRCIG
(QWT°PIGTVCRCVDQVVQOQHUETGGP Select the last item on the page.
(QWT°PIGT±KEMWR5GNGEVVJG°TUVGNGOGPVQPVJGUETGGP
(QWT°PIGT±KEMFQYP Select the last element on the screen.
Activating
Double-tap: Activate the selected item.
Triple-tap: Double-tap an item.
Split-tap: An alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping is to touch an item
YKVJQPG°PIGTVJGPVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGTVQCEVKXCVGCPKVGO
6QWEJCPKVGOYKVJQPG°PIGTVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGT°PIGT¥URNKVVCRRKPI¦
Activate the item.
&QWDNGVCRCPFJQNFUGEQPFUVCPFCTFIGUVWTG Use a standard gesture.
The double-tap and hold gesture tells iPhone to interpret the subsequent gesture as
UVCPFCTF(QTGZCORNG[QWECPFQWDNGVCRCPFJQNFVJGPYKVJQWVNKHVKPI[QWT°PIGT
FTCI[QWT°PIGTVQUNKFGCUYKVEJ
6YQ°PIGTFQWDNGVCR Answer or end a call. Play or pause in iPod, YouTube, Voice
Memos, or Photos. Take a photo (Camera). Start or pause recording in Camera or
Voice Memos. Start or stop the stopwatch.
233
Chapter 29 Accessibility
6JTGG°PIGTFQWDNGVCR Mute or unmute VoiceOver.
6JTGG°PIGTVTKRNGVCR6WTPVJGUETGGPEWTVCKPQPQTQÒ
Rotor Control
The rotor control is a virtual dial that you can use to change the results of up and
FQYP±KEMIGUVWTGUYJGP8QKEG1XGTKUVWTPGFQP
Operate the rotor: 4QVCVGVYQ°PIGTUQPVJGK2JQPGUETGGPVQ¥VWTP¦VJGFKCNVQ
choose between options.
The current setting appears on the screen and is spoken aloud.
6JGGÒGEVQHVJGTQVQTFGRGPFUQPYJCV[QW¨TGFQKPI(QTGZCORNGKH[QW¨TGTGCFKPI
text in an email you received, you can use the rotor to switch between hearing text
URQMGPYQTFD[YQTFQTEJCTCEVGTD[EJCTCEVGTYJGP[QW±KEMWRQTFQYP+H[QW¨TG
browsing a webpage, you can use the rotor setting to hear all the text (either word-by-
word or character-by-character), or to jump from one element to another of a certain
type, such as headers or links.
The following lists show the available rotor options, depending on the context of what
you’re doing.
Reading text
Select and hear text by:
Character
Word
Line
Browsing a webpage
Select and hear text by:
Character
Word
Line
Heading
Link
Visited link
Non-visited link
In-page link
234 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Form control
Table
Row (when navigating a table)
List
Landmark
Image
Static text
Zoom in or out
Entering text
Move insertion point and hear text by:
Character
Word
Line
Select edit function
Select language
Using a control (such as the spinner for setting the time in Clock)
Select and hear values by:
Character
Word
Line
Adjust the value of the control object
Speaking (available only with the Apple Wireless Keyboard)
Adjust VoiceOver speaking by:
Volume
Rate
Typing echo
Use pitch change
Use Phonetics
See “%QPVTQNNKPI8QKEG1XGT7UKPICP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF” on page 239.
You can select which rotor options appear for web browsing, and arrange their order.
See “Setting Up VoiceOver” on page 231.
235
Chapter 29 Accessibility
Using VoiceOver
Select items on the screen: &TCI[QWT°PIGTQXGTVJGUETGGP8QKEG1XGTKFGPVK°GU
each element as you touch it. You can move systematically from one element to the
PGZVD[±KEMKPINGHVQTTKIJVYKVJCUKPING°PIGT'NGOGPVUCTGUGNGEVGFHTQONGHVVQ
TKIJVVQRVQDQVVQO(NKEMTKIJVVQIQVQVJGPGZVGNGOGPVQT±KEMNGHVVQIQVQVJG
previous element.
7UGHQWT°PIGTIGUVWTGUVQUGNGEVVJG°TUVQTNCUVGNGOGPVQPCUETGGP
5GNGEVVJG°TUVGNGOGPVQPCUETGGP(NKEMWRYKVJHQWT°PIGTU
Select the last element on a screen: (NKEMFQYPYKVJHQWT°PIGTU
“Tap” a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Double-tap anywhere on
the screen.
“Double-tap” a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Triple-tap anywhere on
the screen.
Speak the text of an element, character-by-character or word-by-word: With
VJGGNGOGPVUGNGEVGF±KEMWRQTFQYPYKVJQPG°PIGT(NKEMFQYPVQTGCFVJGPGZV
EJCTCEVGTQT±KEMWRVQTGCFVJGRTGXKQWUEJCTCEVGT7UGRJQPGVKEUVQJCXG8QKEG1XGT
also speak a word beginning with the character being spoken. See “Setting Up
VoiceOver” on page 231.
Twist the rotor control to have VoiceOver read word-by-word.
Adjust a slider: 9KVJCUKPING°PIGT±KEMWRVQKPETGCUGVJGUGVVKPIQTFQYPVQ
decrease the setting. VoiceOver announces the setting as you adjust it.
Scroll a list or area of the screen (NKEMWRQTFQYPYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU(NKEMFQYPVQRCIG
FQYPVJTQWIJVJGNKUVQTUETGGPQT±KEMWRVQRCIGWR
When paging through a list, VoiceOver speaks the range of
items displayed (for example, “showing rows 5 through 10”).
You can also scroll continuously through a list, instead of
paging through it. Double-tap and hold. When you hear a
UGTKGUQHVQPGU[QWECPOQXG[QWT°PIGTWRQTFQYPVQUETQNN
VJGNKUV%QPVKPWQWUUETQNNKPIUVQRUYJGP[QWNKHV[QWT°PIGT
Use a list index Some lists have an alphabetical index along the right side.
6JGKPFGZECP¨VDGUGNGEVGFD[±KEMKPIDGVYGGPGNGOGPVU
you must touch the index directly to select it. With the
KPFGZUGNGEVGF±KEMWRQTFQYPVQOQXGCNQPIVJGKPFGZ
;QWECPCNUQFQWDNGVCRVJGPUNKFG[QWT°PIGTWRQTFQYP
Reorder a list Some lists, such as Favorites in Phone, and Web Rotor and
Language Rotor in Accessibility settings can be reordered.
Select on the right side of an item, double-tap and hold
until you hear a sound, then drag up or down. VoiceOver
speaks the item you’ve moved above or below, depending
on the direction you’re dragging.
Unlock iPhone: Select the Unlock switch, then double-tap the screen.
236 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Rearrange the Home screen: On the Home screen, select the icon you want to move.
Double-tap and hold the icon, then drag it. VoiceOver speaks the row and column
position as you drag the icon. Release the icon when it’s in the location you want. You
can drag additional icons. Drag an item to the left or right edge of the screen to move
KVVQCFKÒGTGPVRCIGQHVJG*QOGUETGGP9JGP[QW°PKUJRTGUUVJG*QOG button.
Mute VoiceOver &QWDNGVCRYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU&QWDNGVCRCICKPYKVJVJTGG
°PIGTUVQVWTPURGCMKPIDCEMQP6QVWTPQÒQPN[8QKEG1XGT
sounds, set the Ring/Silent switch to Silent.
If an external keyboard is connected, you can also press the
Control key on the keyboard to mute or unmute VoiceOver.
Stop speaking an item 6CRQPEGYKVJVYQ°PIGTU6CRCICKPYKVJVYQ°PIGTUVQ
resume speaking. Speaking automatically resumes when
you select another item.
6WTPVJGUETGGPEWTVCKPQPQTQÒ 6TKRNGVCRYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU9JGPUETGGPEWTVCKPKUQP
the screen contents are active even though the display is
VWTPGFQÒ
Speak the entire screen from the top (NKEMWRYKVJVYQ°PIGTU
Speak from the current item to the
bottom of the screen
(NKEMFQYPYKVJVYQ°PIGTU
You can hear iPhone status information by touching the top of the screen. This
information can include the time, battery life, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more.
Making Phone Calls with VoiceOver
&QWDNGVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJVYQ°PIGTUVQCPUYGTQTGPFCECNN9JGPCRJQPGECNN
is established with VoiceOver on, the screen displays the numeric keypad by default,
instead of showing call options. This makes it easier to use the keypad to respond to a
menu of options when you reach an automated system.
Display call options: 5GNGEVVJG*KFG-G[RCFDWVVQPKPVJGNQYGTTKIJVEQTPGTCPF
double-tap.
Display the numeric keypad again: 5GNGEVVJG-G[RCFDWVVQPPGCTVJGEGPVGTQHVJG
screen and double-tap.
Entering and Editing Text
9JGP[QWGPVGTCPGFKVCDNGVGZV°GNF[QWECPWUGVJGQPUETGGPMG[DQCTFQTCP
external keyboard connected to iPhone to enter text.
There are two ways to enter text in VoiceOver—standard typing and “touch” typing.
With standard typing, you select a key, then double-tap the screen to enter the
character. With touch typing, you touch to select a key and the character is entered
CWVQOCVKECNN[YJGP[QWNKHV[QWT°PIGT6QWEJV[RKPIECPDGSWKEMGTDWVOC[TGSWKTG
more practice than standard typing.
237
Chapter 29 Accessibility
VoiceOver also lets you use the editing features of iPhone to cut, copy, or paste in a
VGZV°GNF
Enter text:
1 5GNGEVCVGZV°GNFVQDTKPIWRVJGQPUETGGPMG[DQCTF
You may need to double-tap to bring up the keyboard, if it doesn’t appear
CWVQOCVKECNN[8QKEG1XGTYKNNVGNN[QWKHVJGVGZV°GNF¥KUGFKVKPI¦QTKH[QWPGGFVQ
“double-tap to edit.”
+HVJG°GNFCNTGCF[EQPVCKPUVGZVVJGKPUGTVKQPRQKPVKURNCEGFGKVJGTCVVJGDGIKPPKPI
or at the end of the text. Double-tap to move the insertion point to the opposite end.
VoiceOver tells you the position of the insertion point.
2 Use the keyboard to type characters:
Standard typing: 5GNGEVCMG[QPVJGMG[DQCTFD[±KEMKPINGHVQTTKIJVVJGPFQWDNG
VCRVQGPVGTVJGEJCTCEVGT1TOQXG[QW°PIGTCTQWPFVJGMG[DQCTFVQUGNGEVCMG[
CPFYJKNGEQPVKPWKPIVQVQWEJVJGMG[YKVJQPG°PIGTVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGT
°PIGTVQGPVGTVJGEJCTCEVGT8QKEG1XGTURGCMUVJGMG[YJGPKV¨UUGNGEVGFCPFCICKP
when the character is entered.
Touch typing: 6QWEJCMG[QPVJGMG[DQCTFVQUGNGEVKVVJGPNKHV[QWT°PIGTVQGPVGT
VJGEJCTCEVGT+H[QWVQWEJVJGYTQPIMG[OQXG[QWT°PIGTQPVJGMG[DQCTFWPVKN
you select the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you
VQWEJKVDWVFQGUP¨VGPVGTCEJCTCEVGTWPVKN[QWNKHV[QWT°PIGT
Note: Touch typing works only for the keys that actually enter text. Use standard
typing for other keys such as Shift, Delete, and Return.
VoiceOver tells you when it thinks you’ve misspelled a word.
Choose standard or touch typing: With VoiceOver turned on and a key selected on
VJGMG[DQCTFWUGVJGTQVQTVQUGNGEV6[RKPI/QFGVJGP±KEMWRQTFQYP
Move the insertion point: Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the
insertion point by character, by word, or by line. By default, VoiceOver moves the
insertion point character-by-character.
Flick up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text.
VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character
that the insertion point moves across.
When moving the insertion point by word, VoiceOver speaks each word as you
move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the end of
the traversed word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. When moving
backward, the insertion point is placed the end of the word preceding the traversed
word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. To move the insertion point
past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence, use the rotor to switch back to
character mode.
238 Chapter 29 Accessibility
When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move
across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the
next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point
is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion
point is placed at the beginning of the line that’s spoken.
Delete a character: Select the , then double-tap or split-tap. You must do this
even when touch typing. To delete multiple characters, touch and hold the Delete
MG[VJGPVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGT°PIGTQPEGHQTGCEJEJCTCEVGT[QWTYCPVVQ
delete. VoiceOver speaks the character as it’s deleted. If Use Pitch Change is turned on,
VoiceOver speaks deleted characters in a lower pitch.
Select text: 5GVVJGTQVQTVQ'FKV±KEMWRQTFQYPVQEJQQUG5GNGEVQT5GNGEV#NNVJGP
double tap. If you chose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected
when you double-tap. If you chose Select All, the entire text is selected.
Pinch apart or together to increase or decrease the selection.
Cut, copy, or paste: /CMGUWTGVJGTQVQTKUUGVVQGFKV9KVJVGZVUGNGEVGF±KEMWRQT
down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap.
Undo: 5JCMGK2JQPG±KEMNGHVQTTKIJVVQEJQQUGVJGCEVKQPVQWPFQVJGPFQWDNGVCR
Enter an accented character: In standard typing mode, select the plain character,
then double-tap and hold until you hear a sound indicating alternate characters have
CRRGCTGF&TCINGHVQTTKIJVVQUGNGEVCPFJGCTVJGEJQKEGU4GNGCUG[QWT°PIGTVQGPVGT
the current selection.
Change the language you’re typing in: 5GVVJGTQVQTVQ.CPIWCIGVJGP±KEMWRQT
FQYP%JQQUG¥FGHCWNVNCPIWCIG¦VQWUGVJGNCPIWCIGURGEK°GFKP+PVGTPCVKQPCNUGVVKPIU
Note: The Language rotor appears only if you select more than one language in the
VoiceOver Language Rotor setting. See “Setting Up VoiceOver” on page 231.
Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard
;QWECPEQPVTQN8QKEG1XGTWUKPICP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFRCKTGFYKVJK2JQPG5GG
“7UKPICP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF” on page 40.
The VoiceOver keyboard commands let you navigate the screen, select items, read
screen contents, adjust the rotor, and perform other VoiceOver actions. All the
keyboard commands (except one) include Control-Option, abbreviated in the table
below as “VO.”
VoiceOver Help speaks keys or keyboard commands as you type them. You can use
VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with key
combinations.
239
Chapter 29 Accessibility
VoiceOver Keyboard Commands
VO = Control-Option
Read all, starting from the current position VO–A
Read from the top VO–B
Move to the status bar VO–M
Press the Home button VO–H
Select the next or previous item VO–Right Arrow or VO–Left Arrow
Tap an item VO–Space bar
&QWDNGVCRYKVJVYQ°PIGTU VO–”-”
Choose the next or previous rotor item VO–Up Arrow or VO–Down Arrow
Choose the next or previous speech rotor item VO–Command–Left Arrow or VO–Command–
Right Arrow
Adjust speech rotor item VO–Command–Up Arrow or VO–Command–
Down Arrow
Mute or unmute VoiceOver VO–S
6WTPVJGUETGGPEWTVCKPQPQTQÒ VO–Shift-S
Turn on VoiceOver help 81£-
4GVWTPVQVJGRTGXKQWUUETGGPQTVWTPQÒ
VoiceOver help
Escape
Quick Nav
6WTPQP3WKEM0CXVQEQPVTQN8QKEG1XGTWUKPIVJGCTTQYMG[U3WKEM0CXKUQÒD[FGHCWNV
6WTP3WKEM0CXQPQTQÒ Left Arrow–Right Arrow
Select the next or previous item Right Arrow or Left Arrow
5GNGEVVJGPGZVQTRTGXKQWUKVGOURGEK°GFD[
the rotor setting
Up Arrow or Down Arrow
5GNGEVVJG°TUVQTNCUVKVGO Control–Up Arrow or Control–Down Arrow
"Tap” an item Up Arrow–Down Arrow
Scroll up, down, left, or right Option–Up Arrow, Option–Down Arrow, Option–
Left Arrow, or Option–Right Arrow
Change the rotor Up Arrow–Left Arrow or Up Arrow–Right Arrow
;QWECPCNUQWUGVJGPWODGTMG[UQPVJG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFVQFKCNCRJQPG
number in Phone or enter numbers in Calculator.
240 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Using Safari
When you search the web in Safari with VoiceOver on, the Search Results rotor items
lets you hear the list of suggested search phrases.
Search the web:
1 5GNGEVVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVJGPGPVGT[QWTUGCTEJ
2 Select Search Results using the rotor.
3 Flick right or left to move down or up the list and hear the suggested search phrases.
4 Double-tap the screen to search the web using the current search phrase.
Using Maps
With VoiceOver, you can zoom in or out, select pins, and get information about locations.
Zoom in or out: 7UGVJGTQVQTVQEJQQUG\QQOOQFGVJGP±KEMWRQTFQYPVQ\QQO
in or out.
Select a pin: 6QWEJCRKPQT±KEMNGHVQTTKIJVVQOQXGHTQOQPGKVGOVQCPQVJGT
Get information about a location: With a pin selected, double-tap to display the
KPHQTOCVKQP±CI(NKEMNGHVQTTKIJVVQUGNGEVVJG±CIVJGPFQWDNGVCRVQFKURNC[VJG
information page.
Editing Videos and Voice Memos
You can use VoiceOver gestures to trim Camera videos and Voice Memo recordings.
Trim a voice memo: On the Voice Memos screen, select the button to the right of the
memo you want to trim, then double-tap. Then select Trim Memo and double-tap.
5GNGEVVJGDGIKPPKPIQTGPFQHVJGVTKOVQQN(NKEMWRVQFTCIVQVJGTKIJVQT±KEMFQYP
to drag to the left. VoiceOver announces the amount of time the current position will
trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim Voice Memo and double-tap.
Trim a video: While viewing a video, double-tap the screen to display the video
EQPVTQNU5GNGEVVJGDGIKPPKPIQTGPFQHVJGVTKOVQQN6JGP±KEMWRVQFTCIVQVJGTKIJV
QT±KEMFQYPVQFTCIVQVJGNGHV8QKEG1XGTCPPQWPEGUVJGCOQWPVQHVKOGVJGEWTTGPV
position will trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim and double-tap.
241
Chapter 29 Accessibility
Using a Braille Display with VoiceOver
Setting Up a Braille Display
You can use a refreshable Bluetooth braille display to read VoiceOver output in braille.
In addition, braille displays with input keys and other controls can be used to control
iPhone when VoiceOver is turned on. iPhone works with many wireless braille displays.
For a list of supported displays, go to www.apple.com/accessibility.
Set up a braille display:
1 Turn on the braille display.
2 On iPhone, turn on Bluetooth.
In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then tap the Bluetooth switch.
3 In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the
braille display.
6WTPEQPVTCEVGFDTCKNNGQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver > Braille, then tap the Contracted Braille switch.
Choosing a Language
The braille display uses the language that’s set for Voice Control. By default, this is the
language set for iPhone in Settings > International > Language. You can use the
8QKEG1XGTNCPIWCIGUGVVKPIVQUGVCFKÒGTGPVNCPIWCIGHQT8QKEG1XGTCPFDTCKNNGFKURNC[U
Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice
Control, then choose the language.
If you change the language for iPhone, you may need to reset the language for
VoiceOver and your braille display.
Controlling VoiceOver with Your Braille Display
You can set the leftmost or rightmost cell of your braille display to provide system
status and other information:
Announcement History contains an unread message
The current Announcement History message hasn’t been read
VoiceOver speech is muted
The iPhone battery is low (less than 20% charge)
iPhone is in landscape orientation
6JGUETGGPFKURNC[KUVWTPGFQÒ
The current line contains additional text to the left
The current line contains additional text to the right
Set the leftmost or rightmost cell to display status information: In Settings, choose
General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Status Cell, then tap Left or Right.
See an expanded description of the status cell: On your braille display, press the
status cell’s router button.
242 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Zoom
/CP[K2JQPGCRRUNGV[QW\QQOKPQTQWVQPURGEK°EGNGOGPVU(QTGZCORNG[QWECP
double-tap or use the pinch gesture to expand webpage columns in Safari.
Zoom is also a special accessibility feature that lets you magnify the entire screen of
any app you’re using, to help you see what’s on the display.
6WTP<QQOQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose General > Accessibility > Zoom and tap the
<QQO1P1ÒUYKVEJ
Note: You can’t use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time.
Zoom in or out: &QWDNGVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU$[FGHCWNVVJGUETGGPKU
OCIPK°GFRGTEGPV+H[QWOCPWCNN[EJCPIGVJGOCIPK°ECVKQPD[WUKPIVJGVCR
CPFFTCIIGUVWTGFGUETKDGFDGNQYK2JQPGCWVQOCVKECNN[TGVWTPUVQVJCVOCIPK°ECVKQP
YJGP[QW\QQOKPD[FQWDNGVCRRKPIYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU
+PETGCUGOCIPK°ECVKQP9KVJVJTGG°PIGTUVCRCPFFTCIVQYCTFVJGVQRQHVJG
UETGGPVQKPETGCUGOCIPK°ECVKQPQTVQYCTFVJGDQVVQOQHVJGUETGGPVQFGETGCUG
OCIPK°ECVKQP6JGVCRCPFFTCIIGUVWTGKUUKOKNCTVQCFQWDNGVCRGZEGRV[QWFQP¨V
NKHV[QWT°PIGTUQPVJGUGEQPFVCR¤KPUVGCFFTCI[QWT°PIGTUQPVJGUETGGP1PEG[QW
UVCTVFTCIIKPI[QWECPFTCIYKVJCUKPING°PIGT
Move around the screen: 9JGP\QQOGFKPFTCIQT±KEMVJGUETGGPYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU
1PEG[QWUVCTVFTCIIKPI[QWECPFTCIYKVJCUKPING°PIGTUQVJCV[QWECPUGGOQTG
QHVJGUETGGP*QNFCUKPING°PIGTPGCTVJGGFIGQHVJGFKURNC[VQRCPVQVJCVUKFGQH
VJGUETGGPKOCIG/QXG[QWT°PIGTENQUGTVQVJGGFIGVQRCPOQTGSWKEMN[9JGP[QW
open a new screen, Zoom always goes to the top-middle of the screen.
9JKNGWUKPI<QQOYKVJCP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFUGG¥Using an Apple Wireless
-G[DQCTF” on page 40), the screen image follows the insertion point, keeping it in the
center of the display.
Large Text
Large Text lets you make the text larger in alerts, and in Calendar, Contacts, Mail,
Messages, and Notes. You can choose 20-point, 24-point, 32-point, 40-point, 48-point,
or 56-point text.
Set the text size: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, tap Large Text, then tap
the text size you want.
243
Chapter 29 Accessibility
White on Black
Use White on Black to invert the colors on the iPhone screen, which may make it
easier to read the screen. When White on Black is turned on, the screen looks like a
photographic negative.
Invert the screen’s colors: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the
“White on Black” switch.
Mono Audio
Mono Audio combines the sound of the left and right channels into a mono signal
played on both sides. This enables users with hearing impairment in one ear to hear
the entire sound signal with the other ear.
6WTP/QPQ#WFKQQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the
Mono Audio switch.
Speak Auto-text
Speak Auto-text speaks the text corrections and suggestions iPhone makes when
you’re typing.
6WTP5RGCM#WVQVGZVQPQTQÒIn Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap
the Speak Auto-text switch.
Speak Auto-text also works with VoiceOver or Zoom.
244 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Triple-Click Home
Triple-click Home provides an easy way to turn some of the Accessibility features on
QTQÒYJGP[QWRTGUUVJG*QOG button quickly three times. You can set Triple-click
*QOGVQVWTP8QKEG1XGTQPQTQÒVWTP9JKVGQP$NCEMQPQTQÒQTRTGUGPVVJGQRVKQPUVQ
6WTP8QKEG1XGTQPQTQÒ
6WTP9JKVGQP$NCEMQPQTQÒ
6WTP<QQOQPQTQÒ
6TKRNGENKEM*QOGKUVWTPGFQÒD[FGHCWNV
Set the Triple-click Home function: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
Triple-click Home and choose the function you want.
Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features
Many iPhone features help make iPhone accessible to all users, including those with
visual or auditory impairments.
Closed Captioning
You can turn on closed captioning for videos in iPod settings. See “Video” on page 210.
Note: Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning.
Voice Control
Voice Control lets you make phone calls and control iPod music playback using voice
commands. See “Voice Dialing” on page 61, and “Using Voice Control with iPod” on
page 95.
Large Phone Keypad
Make phone calls simply by tapping entries in your contacts and favorites lists. When
you need to dial a number, iPhone’s large numeric keypad makes it easy. See “Phone
Calls” on page 60.
Widescreen Keyboards
Several apps let you rotate iPhone when you’re typing, so you can use a larger keyboard:
Mail
Safari
Messages
Notes
Contacts
245
Chapter 29 Accessibility
Visual Voicemail
The play and pause controls in visual voicemail let you control the playback of
messages. Drag the playhead on the scrubber bar to repeat a portion of the message
that’s hard to understand. See “Checking Voicemail” on page 68.
Assignable Ringtones
You can assign distinctive ringtones to individuals in your contacts list for audible
caller ID. You can purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store on iPhone. See “Purchasing
Ringtones” on page 169.
Instant Messaging (IM) Chat
The App Store features many Internet Messaging (IM) apps, such as AIM, BeejiveIM,
ICQ, and Yahoo! Messenger, that are optimized for iPhone.
Minimum Font Size for Mail Messages
To increase readability, set a minimum font size for Mail message text to Large, Extra
Large, or Giant. See “Mail” on page 204.
TTY Support (Available in Some Areas)
Use iPhone in TTY mode with the iPhone TTY Adapter (available separately) to use
a Teletype (TTY) machine. See “Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine” on
page 206.
Universal Access in Mac OS X
Take advantage of the Universal Access features in Mac OS X when you use iTunes
to sync information and content from your iTunes library to iPhone. In the Finder,
choose Help > Mac Help, then search for “universal access.”
For more information about iPhone and Mac OS X accessibility features, go to
www.apple.com/accessibility.
246 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Hearing Aid Compatibility
The FCC has adopted hearing aid compatibility (HAC) rules for digital wireless phones.
These rules require certain phones to be tested and rated under the American National
Standard Institute (ANSI) C63.19 hearing aid compatibility standards. The ANSI standard
for hearing aid compatibility contains two types of ratings: an “M” rating for reduced
radio frequency interference to enable acoustic coupling with hearing aids that don’t
operate in telecoil mode, and a “T” rating for inductive coupling with hearing aids
operating in telecoil mode. These ratings are given on a scale from one to four, where
four is the most compatible. A phone is considered hearing aid compatible under FCC
rules if it is rated M3 or M4 for acoustic coupling and T3 or T4 for inductive coupling.
For current iPhone hearing aid compatibility ratings, go to
www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html.
Hearing aid compatibility ratings aren’t a guarantee that a particular hearing aid works
with a particular phone. Some hearing aids may work well with phones that don’t
meet particular ratings. To ensure interoperability between a hearing aid and a phone,
use them together before purchasing them.
This phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the
wireless technologies that it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless
technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use with hearing
CKFU+VKUKORQTVCPVVQVT[VJGFKÒGTGPVHGCVWTGUQHVJKURJQPGVJQTQWIJN[CPFKP
FKÒGTGPVNQECVKQPUWUKPI[QWTJGCTKPICKFQTEQEJNGCTKORNCPVVQFGVGTOKPGKH[QWJGCT
any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of this phone
for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or
exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer.
247
Chapter 29 Accessibility
International Keyboards A
Appendix
+PVGTPCVKQPCNMG[DQCTFUCNNQY[QWVQGPVGTVGZVKPOCP[FKÒGTGPVNCPIWCIGUKPENWFKPI
Asian languages and languages that are written from right to left.
#FFKPI-G[DQCTFU
;QWGPVGTFKÒGTGPVNCPIWCIGUQPK2JQPGD[WUKPIFKÒGTGPVMG[DQCTFU$[FGHCWNVQPN[
the keyboard for the language you set for iPhone (in International settings) is available.
6QOCMGMG[DQCTFUHQTQVJGTNCPIWCIGUCXCKNCDNGWUG-G[DQCTFUGVVKPIU
Add a keyboard:
1 +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU
The number before the arrow shows the number of keyboards currently enabled.
2 6CR#FF0GY-G[DQCTFVJGPEJQQUGCMG[DQCTFHTQOVJGNKUV
Repeat to add more keyboards. Some languages have multiple keyboards available.
For a list of supported iPhone keyboards, go to www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html.
Edit your keyboard list: %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFUVJGP
tap Edit and do one of the following:
To delete a keyboard, tap , then tap Delete.
To reorder the list, drag next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
248
5YKVEJKPI-G[DQCTFU
6QGPVGTVGZVKPCFKÒGTGPVNCPIWCIGUYKVEJMG[DQCTFU
Switch keyboards while typing: Tap . When you tap the symbol, the name of the
PGYN[CEVKXCVGFMG[DQCTFCRRGCTUDTKG±[
You can also touch and hold to display a list of available keyboards. To choose a
MG[DQCTFHTQOVJGNKUVUNKFG[QWT°PIGTVQVJGPCOGQHVJGMG[DQCTFVJGPTGNGCUG
;HWVY[V\JOHUK
OVSK[VZ^P[JO
RL`IVHYKZ
Many keyboards provide letters, numbers, and symbols that aren’t visible on
the keyboard.
Type letters, numbers, or symbols that aren’t on the keyboard: Touch and hold the
related letter, number, or symbol, then slide to choose a variation. On a Thai keyboard,
for example, you can choose native numbers by touching and holding the related
Arabic number.
Chinese
;QWECPWUGMG[DQCTFUVQGPVGT%JKPGUGWUKPIUGXGTCNFKÒGTGPVKPRWVOGVJQFU
KPENWFKPI2KP[KP%CPILKG9WDK*WCCPF<JW[KP;QWECPCNUQWUG[QWT°PIGTVQYTKVG
Chinese characters on the screen.
'PVGTKPI5KORNK°GFQT6TCFKVKQPCN%JKPGUG2KP[KP
Use the QWERTY keyboard to enter Pinyin for Chinese characters. As you type,
suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue
entering Pinyin to see more options.
If you keep entering Pinyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear.
Entering Chinese Cangjie
Use the keyboard to build Chinese characters from the component Cangjie keys.
As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a character to choose it, or
EQPVKPWGV[RKPIWRVQ°XGVQVCNEQORQPGPVUVQUGGOQTGEJCTCEVGTQRVKQPU
249
Appendix A +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU
'PVGTKPI5KORNK°GF%JKPGUG5VTQMG9WDK*WC
7UGVJGMG[RCFVQDWKNF%JKPGUGEJCTCEVGTUWUKPIWRVQ°XGUVTQMGUKPVJGEQTTGEV
writing sequence: from left to right, top to bottom, outside to inside, and from inside
to the closing stroke (for example, the Chinese character 圈 (circle) should begin with
the vertical stroke 丨).
As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear (the most commonly used
EJCTCEVGTUCRRGCT°TUV6CRCEJCTCEVGTVQEJQQUGKV
If you’re not sure of the correct stroke, enter an asterisk (*). To see more character
options, type another stroke, or scroll through the character list.
Tap the match (匹配) key to show only characters that match exactly what you
typed. For example, if you type 一一 (one one) and tap the match (匹配) key, the less
commonly used 二 (two) appears as an exact match.
Entering Traditional Chinese Zhuyin
Use the keyboard to enter Zhuyin letters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters
appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Zhuyin letters to see more
options. After you type an initial letter, the keyboard changes to show more letters.
If you keep entering Zhuyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear.
'PVGTKPI*CPFYTKVVGP5KORNK°GFQT6TCFKVKQPCN%JKPGUG
9TKVG%JKPGUGEJCTCEVGTUFKTGEVN[QPVJGUETGGPYKVJ[QWT°PIGT#U[QWYTKVGEJCTCEVGT
strokes, iPhone recognizes them and shows matching characters in a list, with the
closest match at the top. When you choose a character, its likely follow-on characters
appear in the list as additional choices.
You can get some complex characters by writing two or more component characters.
For example, enter 魚°UJVJGP巤 (bristle), to get 鱲RCTVKCNPCOGQH*QPI-QPI
International Airport), which appears in the character list with an arrow next to it. Tap
the character to replace the characters you entered.
9KVJ5KORNK°GF%JKPGUGJCPFYTKVKPI4QOCPEJCTCEVGTUCTGCNUQTGEQIPK\GF
%QPXGTVKPI$GVYGGP5KORNK°GFCPF6TCFKVKQPCN%JKPGUG
Select the character or characters you want to convert, then tap Replace. See
“Editing—Cut, Copy, and Paste” on page 39.
250 Appendix A +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU
Drawing Chinese Characters
9JGP5KORNK°GFQT6TCFKVKQPCN%JKPGUGJCPFYTKVKPIHQTOCVUCTGVWTPGFQP[QWECP
GPVGT%JKPGUGEJCTCEVGTUYKVJ[QWT°PIGTCUUJQYP
;V\JOWHK
Japanese
;QWECPGPVGT,CRCPGUGWUKPIVJG-CPC39'46;QT'OQLKMG[DQCTFU;QWECPCNUQ
enter facemarks.
Entering Japanese Kana
7UGVJG-CPCMG[RCFVQUGNGEVU[NNCDNGU(QTOQTGU[NNCDNGQRVKQPUVCRVJGCTTQYMG[
and select another syllable or word from the window.
Entering Japanese QWERTY
Use the QWERTY keyboard to input code for Japanese syllables. As you type,
suggested syllables appear. Tap the syllable to choose it.
Entering Emoji Picture Characters
Use the Emoji keyboard. Available only on iPhone models purchased and used in Japan.
Entering Facemarks
7UKPIVJG,CRCPGUG-CPCMG[DQCTFVCRVJG¥@A@¦MG[
Using the Japanese Romaji keyboard (QWERTY-Japanese layout), tap the Number
MG[VJGPVCRVJG¥@A@¦MG[
7UKPIVJG%JKPGUG5KORNK°GFQT6TCFKVKQPCN2KP[KPQT6TCFKVKQPCN<JW[KPMG[DQCTFU
tap the Symbols MG[VJGPVCRVJG¥@A@¦MG[
251
Appendix A +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU
-QTGCP
7UGVJG5GV-QTGCPMG[DQCTFVQV[RG*CPIWNNGVVGTU6QV[RGFQWDNGEQPUQPCPVUQT
compound vowels, touch and hold the letter, then slide to choose the double letter.
Vietnamese
Touch and hold a character to see the available diacritical marks, then slide to choose
the one you want.
You can also type the following key sequences to enter characters with diacritical marks:
aa—âCEKTEWO±GZ
aw —ă (a caron)
ee—êGEKTEWO±GZ
oo—ôQEKTEWO±GZ
ow —ơ (o hook)
w—ư (u hook)
dd—đ (d dash)
as—á (a acute)
af—à (a grave)
ar—ả (a question mark)
ax—ã (a rising accent)
aj—ạ (a drop tone)
252 Appendix A +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU
Creating Dictionaries
When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a dictionary
of word and input pairs. When you type a word from the dictionary while using a
supported keyboard, the associated input is substituted for the word. The dictionary is
available for the following keyboards:
%JKPGUG5KORNK°GF2KP[KP
Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin)
Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin)
Japanese (Romaji)
,CRCPGUG6GP-G[
Add a word to the dictionary: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF 'FKV7UGT
&KEVKQPCT[6CRVCRVJG9QTF°GNFCPFGPVGTVJGYQTFVJGPVCRVJG;QOK2KP[KPQT
<JW[KP°GNFCPFGPVGTVJGKPRWV
You can have multiple inputs for each word, based on which keyboards are turned on.
Delete a word from the dictionary: Tap the word in the User Dictionary list, then tap
Delete Word.
253
Appendix A +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU
Support and Other Information B
Appendix
Apple iPhone Support Site
Comprehensive support information is available online at
www.apple.com/support/iphone. You can also use Express Lane for personalized
support (not available in all countries or regions). Go to expresslane.apple.com.
Restarting and Resetting iPhone
If something isn’t working right, try restarting iPhone, force quitting an app, or
resetting iPhone.
Restart iPhone: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPWPVKNVJGTGFUNKFGT
CRRGCTU5NKFG[QWT°PIGTCETQUUVJGUNKFGTVQVWTPQÒK2JQPG6QVWTPK2JQPGDCEMQP
RTGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPWPVKNVJG#RRNGNQIQCRRGCTU
+H[QWECP¨VVWTPQÒK2JQPGQTKHVJGRTQDNGOEQPVKPWGU[QWOC[PGGFVQTGUGVK2JQPG
#TGUGVUJQWNFDGFQPGQPN[KHVWTPKPIK2JQPGQÒCPFQPFQGUP¨VTGUQNXGVJGRTQDNGO
Force quit an app: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPHQTCHGYUGEQPFU
until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits.
You can also remove an app from the recents list to force it to quit. See “Opening and
Switching Apps” on page 29.
Reset iPhone: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPCPFVJG*QOGDWVVQPCV
the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears.
254
Backing Up iPhone
iTunes creates backups of settings, downloaded apps and data, and other information
on iPhone. You can use a backup to restore these items to your iPhone after a software
restore or to transfer the information to another iPhone. See “Updating and Restoring
iPhone Software” on page 256.
Backing up iPhone or restoring from a backup isn’t the same as syncing content and
other items (such as music, podcasts, ringtones, photos, videos, and apps that you
download via iTunes) with your iTunes library. Backups include settings, downloaded
apps and data, and other information on iPhone. After you restore iPhone, you need to
sync again to get your music, videos, photos, apps, and other content back on iPhone.
See “Restoring from a Backup” on page 257.
Apps downloaded from the App Store are backed up the next time you sync with
iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes.
Creating a Backup
iTunes creates a backup of iPhone when you:
Sync with iTunes
By default, iTunes syncs iPhone each time you connect iPhone to your computer.
See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 53. iTunes won’t automatically back up an iPhone
VJCVKUP¨VEQP°IWTGFVQU[PEYKVJVJCVEQORWVGT;QWECPCNUQU[PEOCPWCNN[D[
clicking Sync in iTunes. Note that iTunes creates a backup only once each time
K2JQPGKUEQPPGEVGFVQ[QWTEQORWVGTDGHQTGVJG°TUVU[PEVJCVQEEWTU+H[QWU[PE
again, iTunes doesn’t create another backup.
Update iPhone
K6WPGUDCEMUWRK2JQPGDGHQTGWRFCVKPIK2JQPGGXGPKHKVKUP¨VEQP°IWTGFVQU[PE
with iTunes on that computer.
Restore iPhone (if you choose to back up)
iTunes asks if you want to back up iPhone before restoring it.
For more information about backups, including the settings and information stored in
a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766.
255
Appendix B Support and Other Information
Removing a Backup
You can remove a backup of iPhone from the list of backups in iTunes. You may want
to do this, for example, if a backup was created on someone else’s computer.
Remove a backup:
1 In iTunes, open iTunes Preferences.
Mac: Choose iTunes > Preferences.
Windows: Choose Edit > Preferences.
2 Click Devices (iPhone doesn’t need to be connected).
3 Select the backup you want to remove, then click Delete Backup.
4 %QP°TO[QWYKUJVQTGOQXGVJGUGNGEVGFDCEMWRD[ENKEMKPI&GNGVG$CEMWR
5 %NKEM1-VQENQUGVJGK6WPGU2TGHGTGPEGU9KPFQY
Updating and Restoring iPhone Software
You can use iTunes to update or restore iPhone software.
If you update, the iPhone software is updated. Your downloaded apps, settings,
CPFFCVCCTGP¨VCÒGEVGF
Note: In some cases, an update may also involve restoring iPhone.
If you restore, the latest version of iPhone software is reinstalled, settings are restored
to their default, and all data stored on iPhone is deleted, including downloaded
apps, songs, videos, contacts, photos, calendar information, and any other data. If
you’ve backed up iPhone with iTunes on your computer, you can restore data from
the backup at the end of the restore process.
Deleted data is no longer accessible via the iPhone user interface, but it isn’t erased
from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and settings, see “Resetting
iPhone” on page 201.
If you use a Bluetooth headset or car kit with iPhone and you restore settings, you
must pair the Bluetooth device with iPhone again to use it.
For more information about updating and restoring iPhone software, go to
support.apple.com/kb/HT1414.
256 Appendix B Support and Other Information
Updating iPhone
Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version
of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Update iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
3 Click “Check for Update.” iTunes tells you if there’s a newer version of the iPhone
software available.
4 Click Update to install the latest version of the software.
Restoring iPhone
Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of
iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Restore iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
3 Click “Check for Update.” iTunes tells you if there’s a newer version of the iPhone
software available.
4 Click Restore. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the restore process. When
restoring, it is recommended that you back up iPhone when prompted.
When the iPhone software has been restored, you can either set it up as a new iPhone,
or restore your music, videos, app data, and other content from a backup.
After you restore from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the
iPhone user interface, but it isn’t erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all
content and settings, see “Resetting iPhone” on page 201.
Restoring from a Backup
You can restore the settings, app data, and other information from a backup, or use
this feature to transfer these items to another iPhone. Make sure you have an Internet
connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Important: Restoring from a backup is not the same as restoring iPhone from the
Summary pane in iTunes. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 257. Restoring from a backup
does not fully restore iPhone software. Also, restoring iPhone from a backup restores
all data in the backup, including data for apps. If you choose an old backup, restoring
from it could replace the app data with data that is not current.
257
Appendix B Support and Other Information
If you restore iPhone from a backup of some other iPhone or iPod touch, some
passwords and settings may not be restored. (Additional, but still not all, passwords
and settings may be restored if the backup is encrypted.) For more information about
the settings and information stored in a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766.
Restore iPhone from a backup:
1 Connect iPhone to the computer you normally sync with.
2 In iTunes, Control-click iPhone in the Devices list and choose “Restore from Backup”
from the menu that appears.
3 Choose the backup that you want to restore from the pop-up menu, then click Restore.
If your backup is encrypted, enter your password.
Safety, Software, and Service Information
This table describes where to get more iPhone-related safety, software, and service
information.
To learn about Do this
Using iPhone safely See the Important Product Information Guide at
www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone for the
latest safety and regulatory information.
iPhone service and support, tips, forums, and
Apple software downloads
Go to www.apple.com/support/iphone.
Service and support from your carrier Contact your carrier or go to your carrier’s
website.
The latest information about iPhone Go to www.apple.com/iphone.
Using iTunes Open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help.
For an online iTunes tutorial (may not be
available in all countries and regions), go to
www.apple.com/support/itunes.
Creating an Apple ID Go to appleid.apple.com.
MobileMe Go to www.me.com.
Using iPhoto on Mac OS X Open iPhoto and choose Help > iPhoto Help.
Using Address Book on Mac OS X Open Address Book and choose Help > Address
Book Help.
Using iCal on Mac OS X Open iCal and choose Help > iCal Help.
Microsoft Outlook, Windows Address Book,
or Adobe Photoshop Elements
See the documentation that came with
those apps.
258 Appendix B Support and Other Information
To learn about Do this
Finding your iPhone serial number,
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI),
QT/QDKNG'SWKROGPV+FGPVK°GT/'+&
;QWECP°PF[QWTK2JQPGUGTKCNPWODGTCPF+/'+
(GSM models) or MEID (CDMA model) on the
iPhone packaging. Or, on iPhone, choose Settings
> General > About. In iTunes on your computer,
hold down the Control key and choose Help
> About iTunes (Windows) or iTunes > About
iTunes (Mac), then release the Control key. (Press
the Space bar to pause the scrolling.)
Obtaining warranty service First follow the advice in this guide and online
resources. Then go to www.apple.com/support
or see the Important Product Information Guide at
www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Battery replacement service Go to
www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/battery.
Using iPhone in an Enterprise Environment
Go to www.apple.com/iphone/business to learn more about enterprise features of
iPhone, including:
Microsoft Exchange
+PUVCNNKPIEQP°IWTCVKQPRTQ°NGU
CalDAV
CardDAV
IMAP
LDAP
VPN
Using iPhone with Other Carriers
Some carriers let you unlock iPhone for use with their network. To determine if your
ECTTKGTQÒGTUVJKUQRVKQPIQVQsupport.apple.com/kb/HT1937.
Contact your carrier for authorization and setup information. You’ll need to connect
iPhone to iTunes to complete the process. Additional fees may apply.
For troubleshooting information, go to support.apple.com/kb/TS3198.
259
Appendix B Support and Other Information
Disposal and Recycling Information
Apple Used Mobile Phone Recycling Program (available in some areas): For free
recycling of your old mobile phone, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see:
www.apple.com/recycling
iPhone Disposal and Recycling: You must dispose of iPhone properly according to
local laws and regulations. Because iPhone contains electronic components and a
battery, iPhone must be disposed of separately from household waste. When iPhone
reaches its end of life, contact local authorities to learn about disposal and recycling
QRVKQPUQTUKORN[FTQRKVQÒCV[QWTNQECN#RRNGTGVCKNUVQTGQTTGVWTPKVVQ#RRNG6JG
battery will be removed and recycled in an environmentally friendly manner. For more
information, see: www.apple.com/recycling
European Union—Electronics and Battery Disposal Information:
This symbol means that according to local laws and regulations your product and
its battery should be recycled separately from household waste. When this product
reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities for
the recycling of electronic equipment. The improper disposal of waste electronic
GSWKROGPVHTQOVJGEQPUWOGTOC[DGUWDLGEVVQ°PGU6JGUGRCTCVGEQNNGEVKQPCPF
recycling of your product and its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve
natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human
health and the environment.
For collection and recycling services for iPhone, go to:
www.apple.com/recycling/nationalservices/europe.html
Battery Replacement for iPhone: The rechargeable battery in iPhone should be
replaced only by an authorized service provider. For battery replacement services go
to: www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/battery
Deutschland: Dieses Gerät enthält Batterien. Bitte nicht in den Hausmüll werfen.
Entsorgen Sie dieses Gerätes am Ende seines Lebenszyklus entsprechend der
maßgeblichen gesetzlichen Regelungen.
Nederlands: Gebruikte batterijen kunnen worden ingeleverd bij de chemokar of in een
speciale batterijcontainer voor klein chemisch afval (kca) worden gedeponeerd.
260 Appendix B Support and Other Information
Türkiye: EEE yönetmeliğine (Elektrikli ve Elektronik Eşyalarda Bazı Zararlı Maddelerin
Kullanımının Sınırlandırılmasına Dair Yönetmelik) uygundur.
Brazil—Disposal Information:
Brasil—Informações sobre descarte e reciclagem: O símbolo indica que este produto
e/ou sua bateria não devem ser descartadas no lixo doméstico. Quando decidir
descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faça-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes
ambientais locais. Para informações sobre o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos
de coleta e telefone de informações, visite www.apple.com/br/environment.
Apple and the Environment
At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts
of our operations and products. For more information, go to:
www.apple.com/environment
iPhone Operating Temperature
If the interior temperature of iPhone exceeds normal operating temperatures, you may
experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:
iPhone stops charging
the screen dims
the cellular signal is weak
a temperature warning screen appears
Important: You cannot use iPhone while the temperature warning screen is displayed,
except to make an emergency call. If iPhone can’t regulate its internal temperature, it
goes into deep sleep mode until it cools. You cannot make an emergency call when
iPhone is in this mode. Move iPhone to a cooler location and wait a few minutes
before trying to use iPhone again.
261
Appendix B Support and Other Information
Index
1xRTT
network 22, 23, 63
status icon 17
3G
enabling 23
network 22, 23, 63
status icon 17
12-hour time 19 8
24-hour time 198
480p format 170
720p format 102, 121, 17 0
A
accessibility
features 229
hearing aid compatibility 247
Large Text 243
Mono Audio 244
setting up iPhone using VoiceOver 21
settings 200
Speak Auto-text 244
Triple-click Home 245
TTY machine 206
VoiceOver 230
White on Black 244
Zoom 243
accounts
about 25
Google, Yahoo!, and AOL 28
Microsoft Exchange 27
MobileMe 26
“push” 52, 203
restricting 197
settings 202
activating iPhone 21
adding a call 63
adjusting brightness 191
Adobe Photoshop Elements 57, 117
airplane mode
settings 187
status icon 17
turning on 187
AirPlay
music playback 93
streaming to a TV 89, 102, 121, 131
viewing photos, videos, and slideshows 121
viewing web videos on a TV 89
watching videos 102
watching YouTube videos on a TV 131
AirPrint 41
See also printing
alarm status icon 18
alarms
deleting 152
setting 152
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ152
album artwork 96
album tracks 97
alerts
adjusting volume 12, 191
calendar 116
Ping 168
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ191
voicemail 68
alternate audio language 101
answering calls 46
anti-phishing. See Safari fraud warning
AOL 148
App Store
about 175
browsing 176
deleting apps 179
Genius 176
restricting 197
store account 175, 212
syncing 53
syncing purchased content 180
updating apps 180
verifying purchases 174
Apple ID
about 258
creating in App Store 178
creating in Game Center 182
creating in iTunes 21
creating in iTunes Store 169, 170, 171
Index
262
creating in MobileMe 26
creating in Store settings 212
Apple TV 89, 93, 102, 121, 131
#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF40, 231
apps
deleting 179
force quitting 30, 51, 254
opening 29
overview 14
removing from recents list 30
restricting deletion 197
switching between 30
viewing recent 29
attachments, email 79
audio
alternate language 101
mono 244
audiobooks, syncing 53
Auto-Brightness 191
AutoFill 88, 208
auto-lock, setting time for 195
AV cables 103, 121
B
backing up iPhone 55
backups
creating 255
removing 256
restoring from 257
battery
charging 48
low on power 49
maximizing life 49
replacing 49, 259
status icon 18
birthdays, viewing in Calendar 112
Bluetooth
car kit 47, 194, 256
°PFKPICFFTGUU192
headset 161, 256
pairing devices 47
status 48
status icon 18
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ194
unpairing device 48
using with Phone 63
bookmarking
map locations 145
webpages 89
YouTube videos 130, 131
bookmarks, syncing 53, 56, 89
books
accessibility 227
annotating 225
brightness 226
FG°PKPIYQTFU227
°PFKPI224
iBooks 223
purchasing 224
reading 225, 226
searching 227
syncing 53, 224
text size 226
braille, display using VoiceOver 242
brightness
adjusting 191
iBooks 226
setting to adjust automatically 191
browse buttons, changing 105
browser cache, clearing 209
browsing
album artwork 96
App Store 176
iTunes Store 166
YouTube videos 129
business, using iPhone 259
DWUKPGUUGU°PFKPI144
C
cable, Dock Connector to USB 11, 21
cables
Component AV cable 89, 102, 121, 131
Composite AV cable 89, 102, 121, 131
Digital AV Adapter 89, 102, 121, 131
VGA Adapter 89, 102, 131
cache, clearing browser 209
Calculator
UEKGPVK°E155
standard 154
CalDAV 111
Calendar
about 111
adding an event 113
birthdays 112
CalDAV 111
deleting an event 114
KORQTVKPIKEU°NGUHTQOGOCKN116
searching 113
updating an event 114
views 112
calendars, syncing 53, 55, 111
calibrating Nike + iPod 222
call forwarding
setting up 70
settings 206
status icon 17
call options 63
call waiting
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ71
ECNNYCKVKPIVWTPKPIQPQTQÒ206
caller ID
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ71, 206
Index 263
Camera
deleting photos 127
exposure 127
±CUJUGVVKPIU127
focus 127
front camera 66, 12 7
HDR photos 126
main camera 66, 127
restricting 196
seeing photos and videos you’ve taken 127
taking photos 12 6
upload photos to your computer 12 8
Cangjie 249
caps lock, enabling 198
car kit 47, 194, 256
CardDAV 213
carrier services 207
Cc 204
cell signal, status icon 17
cellular data network 23
charging battery 48
Chinese keyboard 249, 253
cleaning iPhone 51
clearing playlists 100
clocks, adding 151
ENQUGFECRVKQPKPIVWTPKPIQPQTQÒ210
Compass
current coordinates 158
heading 158
true and magnetic north 15 8
complete an album 170
Component AV Cable 103, 121
Composite AV Cable 103, 121
computer requirements 19
conference calls 64
connecting to Internet 22
contacts
adding and editing 215
adding from Maps 145
adding from text messages 110
assigning photo to 124
CardDAV 213
favorite 70
GAL (Global Address List) 81, 214
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access
Protocol) 214
seeing info from Phone 63
seeing location of 138
send info by email 82
setting how displayed 205
setting how sorted 205
syncing 53, 55, 213
using to call someone 60
using to make a FaceTime video call 65
Yahoo! Address Book 55
controls, using 29
converting, videos 103
cookies 208
copying
images 122
photos and videos in MMS messages 108
text 39
Cover Flow 96
current approximate location 142, 158
cutting and pasting text 39
D
data protection 50, 195
data roaming 23, 73, 193
data, erasing 26, 50, 196, 201
date and time, setting 198
date format 200
debug console 209
declining calls 62
deleting
alarms 152
all content and settings 50, 201
apps 179
clocks 151
contacts 215
contacts from Favorites 70
email account 203
email messages 82
notes 149
photos 127
playlists 100
removing 256
songs from a playlist 99
videos 103
YouTube playlists 133
YouTube videos from a playlist 133
developer settings 209
dialing
hard pause 61, 215
manually 61
redial last phone number 61
soft pause 61, 215
dictionary 253
Digital AV Adapter 89, 102, 121, 131
directions, getting 142
disconnecting iPhone from computer 22
Dock Connector 160
Dock Connector to USB cable 11, 21
downloading
apps 178
podcasts 172
E
earphones
about 11, 46
center button 11, 61, 62, 63, 93, 95, 101
See also headset
Index
264
EDGE
network 22, 23, 63
status icon 17
editing
playlists 99
text 39
text conversations 109
text using VoiceOver 237
videos 128
GÒGEVUUQWPFUVWTPKPIQPQTQÒ191
emergency calls 67
Emoji 251
ending calls 46
enterprise, using iPhone in 259
ePub books 224
equalizer 210
erasing data 26, 50, 196, 201
EV-DO
network 22, 23, 63
status icon 17
Exchange. See Microsoft Exchange
exposure 127
external keyboards 40
F
facemarks 251
FaceTime
about 65
calling someone you've texted 110
in contact information 216
restricting 197
saving as favorite 70
settings 206
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ206
favorites
calling a contact from 60, 70
managing 70
sending text messages 108
Fetch New Data 203
°NGHQTOCVUUWRRQTVGF79
°NGUJCTKPI56
Find My iPhone 26, 51
±CUJUGVVKPIUHQT%COGTC127
focus 127
folders, Home screen 33
force quit an app 30, 51, 254
formats
date, time, and telephone number 200
forwarding messages 82
G
GAL (Global Address List) 81, 214
Game Center
about 181
account information 186
achievements 184
downloading games 182
friends 185
inviting friends 183
leaderboards 184
playing games 183
recently played games 185
restricting friend requests 198
restricting multiplayer games 198
setting up 181
status information 186
Genius Mixes 92, 98
Genius playlists 58, 94, 98
Genius
App Store 176
iTunes Store 167
gestures, VoiceOver 232
getting help 258
getting started 19
Google 148
Contacts 55
searching the web 88
GPRS
network 22, 23, 63
status icon 17
GPS 139
grab points 40
H
HAC 247
hands-free phone calls 63, 19 4
hard pause 61, 215
hardware keyboards 40
HD video 102, 121, 17 0
HDMI cable 103, 121
HDR photos 126, 211
headset
center button 127, 130, 161
using with Voice Memos 160
See also earphones
headset button. See mic button
hearing aid compatibility 247
help, getting 258
JKIJFG°PKVKQP*&XKFGQ102, 121, 17 0
hold, putting calls on 63
Home screen 12, 29
adding web clips 90
customizing 33
folders 33
wallpaper 36, 124, 192
Home Sharing 104
hybrid view 141
I
iBooks
about 223
brightness 226
Index 265
FG°PKPIYQTFU227
°PFKPICPFRWTEJCUKPIDQQMU224
organizing the bookshelf 228
printing or emailing a PDF 227
reading books 225
reading PDFs 226
searching 227
syncing bookmarks and notes 228
syncing books and PDFs 224
text size 226
iBookstore 223
iCal 55, 258
ICCID number 192
icons
apps 14
status 17
images
copying 122
pasting 122
IMAP
accounts 75, 148
searching email 84
IMEI number 192, 259
installing apps from the App Store 178
international keyboards 199, 200, 248
Internet connection, sharing 24
Internet, connecting to 22
iPhoto 57, 258
iPod
changing browse buttons 105
converting videos for iPhone 103
deleting videos 103
Genius Mixes 98
Genius playlists 98
headset controls 46
on-the-go playlists 133
playing songs using Voice Control 95
playlists 99
TGRGCVKPIQTUJWÔKPIUQPIU94
searching 97, 101
settings 210
5JCMGVQ5JWÔG92, 210
sleep timer 104
iTunes Store
about 165
account 20, 165, 17 0, 175, 212
browsing 166
checking download status 172
Genius recommendations 167
purchasing ringtones 169
purchasing songs and albums 170
restricting 197
streaming or downloading podcasts 172
syncing purchased content 173
verifying purchases 174
iTunes U, syncing 53, 56
iTunes
getting help 258
settings panes 54
J
Japanese keyboard 251, 253
JavaScript 208
K
-CPC251
kaomoji (facemarks) 251
keyboards
#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF40
Emoji 251
external 237
hardware 40
international 248
layouts 40
switching 249
switching languages 40
typing on 37
-G[PQVG°NGU79
keypad
adding a contact from 215
dialing manually 60, 245
displaying by default with VoiceOver 237
entering information during a call 63
making an emergency call 67
pasting a number to 61
-QTGCMG[DQCTF252
L
languages, switching keyboard 40
Large Text 243
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 214
.'&±CUJ127
links
in email 78
on webpages 86
location. See Maps
location services
resetting location warnings 201
restricting 197
settings 194
status icon 18, 139
using with Camera 125
using with Compass 157
using with Maps 137
location warnings 201
Lock screen wallpaper 36, 124, 192
lock status icon 17
locking iPhone 11, 12, 17
lyrics, displaying 93
Index
266
M
Mac system requirements 19
magnetic north 157
Mail
account setup 75, 202
attachments 79
Cc 204
checking for new messages 76, 82
deleting email account 203
deleting messages 82
forwarding messages 82
links 78
load additional messages 77
marking messages as unread 77
opening drafts 81
organizing email 83
password settings 203
printing messages and attachments 80
reading messages 76
replying to messages 81
resizing text column 77
saving drafts 81
searching 84
seeing recipients 77
sending email to someone you’ve texted 110
sending messages 81
sending photos and videos 81
sending webpage URL via email 87
sending YouTube video links 130, 131
settings 202, 203
sharing contact information 82
signatures 204
storing email on iPhone or server 202
syncing email account settings 53
viewing attachments 79
Yahoo! email account 52
zooming in a message 77
Maps
adding location to a contact 145
bookmarking location 145
current approximate location 139, 142
dropped pin 140
°PFKPICNQECVKQP138
°PFKPIDWUKPGUUGU144
getting directions 142
GPS 139
hybrid view 141
satellite view 141
seeing location of a contact 138
sharing a location 145
VTCÓEEQPFKVKQPU144
zooming 138
MEID number 192, 259
merging calls 64
Messages
contacting someone you’ve texted 110
editing conversations 109
following links in messages 110
previews 110
replying to messages 107
saving a photo or video clip 108
saving conversations 107
sending a photo or video clip 108, 109
sending messages 106
sending messages to a group 107
setting alert sounds 110
settings 209
show earlier messages 107
mic button 46
microphone
about 46
built-in 160
muting 63
microphone, external 160
/KETQUQHVCRRNKECVKQP°NGU79
Microsoft Exchange 81, 213
push accounts 52
searching email 84
setting up account 27
syncing 27, 111
Microsoft Internet Explorer 56, 89
Microsoft Outlook 55, 56, 14 8
missed calls
number of 68
returning 60
MMS
about 106
sending a link to a location 145
sending an address 140
sending a voice memo 163
sending photos and videos 117
settings 209
See also Messages
MobileMe 148, 213
getting help 258
push accounts 52
searching email 84
security features 51
sending photos to a gallery 122
setting up account 26
syncing 89, 111
model number 192
OQFGO°TOYCTGXGTUKQP192
Mono Audio 244
movies
rented 56, 102, 103
syncing 53
music
lyrics 93
managing manually 55
Index 267
previewing 170
purchasing 170
searching 97
syncing 53, 56
See also iPod
music videos, syncing 53
muting a call 63, 66
N
navigating. See panning, scrolling
network activity status icon 17
networks 189
Nike + iPod
activating 219
calibrating 222
linking a sensor 220
sending workouts to nikeplus.com 221
settings 212, 222
working out with 220
nikeplus.com 221
north, true and magnetic 157
Notes 149
searching 150
syncing 53, 148
NTSC 211
0WODGTU°NGU79
numeric keypad
adding a contact from 215
dialing manually 60, 245
displaying by default with VoiceOver 237
entering information during a call 63
making an emergency call 67
pasting a number to 61
O
1P1Ò5NGGR9CMGUYKVEJ12, 127
opening apps 29
orientation, changing 85
Outlook Express. See Windows Address Book
Outlook. See Microsoft Outlook
overview, iPhone apps 14
P
2CIGU°NGU79
pairing with Bluetooth headset 47
PAL 211
panning
maps 138
webpages 86
parental controls. See Restrictions
passcode 195
password, changing voicemail 207
pasting
images 122
photos and videos in MMS messages 108
text 39
pause, while dialing 61, 215
pausing songs and videos 46
PC system requirements 19
PDFs
emailing 227
printing 89, 227
reading in iBooks 226
syncing 224
viewing in Mail 79
Personal Hotspot 24
phone network name 192
Phone
adding and editing contacts 215
adding calls 63
answering calls 46, 62
call waiting 71, 206
caller ID 71
calling internationally 73
calling someone you’ve texted 110
carrier services 207
changing voicemail password 207
conference calls 64
declining calls 46, 62
emergency calls 67
ending calls 46, 63
FaceTime video calls 65, 197
forwarding calls 70, 206
hands-free 63
locking SIM card 207
making calls 60
merging calls 64
missed calls 68
muting calls 63, 66
putting calls on hold 63
ring mode 72
second calls 64
setting up voicemail 68
settings 206
silencing calls 62
silent mode 72
switching between calls 46, 64
VWTPKPIECNNGT+&QPQTQÒ206
turning on vibrate 72
unpairing Bluetooth device 48
using Bluetooth devices 63
using favorites 70
using speakerphone 63
using TTY machine 206
video calls 197, 206
voice dialing 61
voicemail 68
voicemail alerts 68
photo albums 120
photos
assigning to contacts 124
emailing 122
Index
268
printing 124
saving MMS attachments 108
sending in email messages 81
sending in MMS messages 108
syncing 53, 57, 117
taking 12 6
using as wallpaper 36, 124, 192
Photos
playing music during slideshow 120
settings 120, 211
viewing slideshows 120
zooming photos 119
See also Camera
pictures. See Camera, Photos
PIN number 207
Ping
alerts 168
following artists and friends 167
in iTunes Store 167
restricting 197
while listening to music 94
Pinyin 249, 253
play, status icon 18
playlist folders 56, 92
playlists 99
podcasts
downloading 172
streaming 172
syncing 53, 56
pop-ups 208
Portrait orientation lock status icon 18
power adapter 11
power, low 49
previewing
music 170
ringtones 169
text messages 110
videos 170
Print Center 42
printing
AirPrint printers 41
cancelling 42
email messages and attachments 80
overview 41
photos 124
setting up 41
status 42
webpages 89
RTQ°NGUUGVVKPIU201
purchased content, syncing 173, 180
purchasing
apps 175
music 165, 17 0
ringtones 169
videos 170
push accounts 52, 203
R
reading email 76
recent calls 60
rechargeable batteries 49
redialing last phone number 61
removing backups 256
renting movies and TV shows 56, 102, 103, 17 0
repeating songs 94
replacing battery 49, 259
replying to messages 81
requirements for using iPhone 19
resetting iPhone 51, 254
resizing webpage columns 86
restarting 51, 254
restoring iPhone software 256
restoring settings and information 257
restrictions, setting 196
ring mode 13, 72, 191
ringer
adjusting volume 12, 191
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ191
Ring/Silent switch 13, 72
ringtones
previewing 169
purchasing 169
setting 72, 191
syncing 53
roaming 73
Romaji 253
rotor control 234
S
Safari
anti-phishing 208
AutoFill 88, 208
bookmarking webpages 89
clearing cache 209
cookies 208
creating a new or adding to an existing
contact 87
creating a preaddressed Mail message 87
Debug Console 209
developer settings 209
fraud warning 208
Home screen web clips 90
JavaScript 208
navigating 87
opening webpages 85, 87
pop-ups 208
printing webpages 89
reloading webpages 86
TGUK\KPIEQNWOPUVQ°VUETGGP86
restricting 196
saving images to your Photo Library 87
searching 88
Index 269
security 208
settings 208
stopping webpages from loading 86
syncing bookmarks 53, 56
V[RKPIKPVGZV°GNFU88
zooming webpages 86
satellite view 141
screen 191
setting to adjust automatically 191
using 29
screen reader 21
screenshot, taking a 127
scrolling
about 30
maps 138
webpages 86
search engine 208
searching
App Store 176
audio content 97
calendars 113
global 43
iTunes Store 166
Mail messages 84
notes 150
Spotlight Search setting 195
video content 101
webpage text 88
Wikipedia 43
YouTube videos 130
security
erase data after ten failed passcode attempts 196
features 50
Find My iPhone 26, 51
setting passcode for iPhone 195
web 208
selecting text 39
sending
email 81
photos and video clips 108
photos from Photos 122
text messages 106
voice memos 109
sensor, Nike + iPod 220
UGTKCNPWODGT°PFKPI192, 259
service and support information 258
settings
accessibility 200
accounts 202
airplane mode 187
alarms 152
alerts 110, 116
auto-capitalization 198
auto-correction 39, 198
auto-lock 195
Bluetooth 194
brightness 191
Calendar 112, 116
data roaming 193
date and time 112, 198
developer 209
email server 203
Fetch New Data 203
HDR photos 211
international 200
iPod 210
keyboard 198
language 200
location services 194
Mail, Contacts, Calendars 202
Mail 202
messages 209
network 193
Nike + iPod 212, 222
PQVK°ECVKQPU190
passcode lock 195
Phone 206
Photos 120, 211
RTQ°NGU201
resetting 201
restrictions 196
Safari 88, 208
screen brightness 191
search 195
security 208
5JCMGVQ5JWÔG210
slideshow 120
sound 110, 11 6
Store 212
temperature 147
TV out 211
usage statistics 192
vibrate 72
video 210
VoiceOver 229
VPN 193
wallpaper 36, 192
Wi-Fi 189
5JCMGVQ5JWÔG92, 210
sharing Internet connection 24
sharing photos and videos
in email messages 81
in MMS messages 108
UJWÔKPIUQPIU94
signatures, email 204
silencing calls 62
silent mode 13, 72, 191
SIM card, locking 207
5KORNK°GF%JKPGUG250
sleep. See locking iPhone
sleep timer 104
slideshows 120
Index
270
settings 211
viewing 120
SMS 106
See also Messages
soft pause 61, 215
software
getting help 258
updating and restoring 256
version 192
sound
adjusting ringer and alerts volume 191
adjusting volume 12, 46
calendar alert 116
setting limit 210
setting ringtone 191
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ191
Sound Check 210
UQWPFGÒGEVU12
Speak Auto-text 244
speakerphone 63
spell checking 39
Spotlight Search settings 195
SSL 203
UVCPFCTFFG°PKVKQP5&XKFGQ170
star next to a phone number 216
Starbucks, browsing and purchasing music 166
status icons 17
stock information, Yahoo! 13 6
Stocks, adding and deleting quotes 135
stopwatch, using 153
storage capacity 192
Store, settings 212
streaming podcasts 172
subtitles 101
UWT°PIVJGYGD85
switching between calls 64
switching between cameras 66, 12 7
syncing
bookmarks and notes in iBooks 228
calendars 111
getting calls during 22
Google Contacts 55
iTunes library contents 53
Microsoft Exchange 27, 111
MobileMe 26, 27, 111
notes 148
photos 117
preventing 57
purchased songs 173
“Sync in progress” message 22
voice memos 164
webpage bookmarks 89
system requirements 19
T
taking photos 12 6
telephone. See Phone
telephone number format 200
6GP-G[253
text
cutting or copying 39
entering and editing using VoiceOver 237
increasing size 243
pasting 39
typing 37
typing in webpages 88
text messaging. See Messages
time format 200
time zone support 112, 116, 198, 205
time, setting 198
timer
setting 153
sleep 153
touchscreen, using 29
Traditional Chinese 250
VTCÓEEQPFKVKQPUEJGEMKPI144
transferring
°NGU56
purchased content 58, 173, 180
settings and information 255, 257
VTCPUKVKQPGÒGEVUUGVVKPI211
trimming videos 128
Triple-click Home setting 245
troubleshooting
backing up 255
restarting 51, 254
software update and restore 256
true north 157
TTY machine, using 206
TTY status icon 18
VWTPKPIK2JQPGQPQTQÒ11
TV shows
rented 56, 102, 103
TV shows, syncing 53
TV signal settings 211
TV, viewing content on 89, 102, 121, 131
typing
facemarks 251
international keyboards 248
keyboard 37
spell checking 39
KPYGDRCIGVGZV°GNFU88
word substitution 253
U
UMTS
network 22, 23, 63
status icon 17
undoing edits 40
Index 271
unlocking iPhone 12
unpairing Bluetooth device 48
unread messages, marking 77
updating iPhone software 256
usage statistics
battery percentage 192
resetting 193
seeing 192
USB Power Adapter 121
USB
cable 11, 21
port 21
power adapter 11
user dictionary 253
V
VGA Adapter 89, 102, 131
vibrate, setting 72, 191
video calls 65, 216
restricting 197
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ206
video settings 210
videos
alternate audio language 101
converting for iPhone 103
deleting 103
editing 128
previewing 170
purchasing 170
saving MMS attachments 108
searching 101
sending in MMS messages 108
subtitles 101
syncing 53, 56
trimming 128
watching on a TV 89, 102, 121, 131
See also iPod, Music, YouTube
Vietnamese keyboard 252
virtual private network. See VPN
Voice Control
making a FaceTime call 65
making phone calls 44, 61
playing songs 44, 95
using with headset 46
Voice Memos
attaching to MMS messages 163
emailing 163
recording 160
syncing 164
trimming 163
voicemail
about 68
alerts 68
changing password 207
checking and managing 68
greeting 68
setting up 68
VoiceOver
about 230
braille displays 242
entering and editing text 237
gestures 232
rotor control 234
setting up iPhone using 21
volume
adjusting 12, 46
adjusting for ringer and alerts 191
setting limit 210
VPN
accessing networks using 24
EQP°IWTKPI193
status icon 17
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ194
W
waking iPhone 12
wallpaper 36, 124, 192
warranty service 259
watching videos on a TV 89, 102, 121, 131
weather information, Yahoo! 147
Weather
adding cities 146
deleting cities 147
temperature settings 147
viewing 146
web. See Safari
web clips, adding to Home screen 90
webpages
bookmarking 89
syncing 53, 56
White on Black 244
Wi-Fi
addresses 192
forgetting a network 189
joining a network 23, 189
settings 189
status icon 17
VWTPKPIQPQTQÒ189
Wikipedia, searching 43
Windows Address Book 55
Windows system requirements 19
“Works with iPhone” logo 160
World Clock 151
Wubi Hua 250
Y
Yahoo! 148
Address Book 55
search using 88
stock information 136
weather information 147
Index
272
Yomi 253
YouTube
bookmarking videos 130, 131
browsing videos 129
emailing links 130, 131
playing videos 130
restricting 196
searching for videos 130
Z
Zhuyin 250, 253
Zoom (accessibility feature) 243
zooming
camera 127
email messages 77
maps 138
photos 119
webpages 86
Index 273
%Apple Inc.
© 2011 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Apple, the Apple logo, AirPlay, Aperture, Apple TV,
Cover Flow, FaceTime, Finder, iBooks, iCal, iMovie,
K2JQPGK2JQVQK2QFK2QFVQWEJK6WPGU-G[PQVG
Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Numbers, Pages, QuickTime,
Safari, Spotlight, and the Works with iPhone logo are
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
AirPrint, iPad, the Made for iPhone logo, Multi-Touch,
4GVKPCCPF5JWÔGCTGVTCFGOCTMUQH#RRNG+PE
Apple, Apple Store, iDisk, and iTunes Store are service
marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
App Store, iBookstore, iTunes Extras, and MobileMe are
service marks of Apple Inc.
IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in
the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.
2KPIKUCTGIKUVGTGFVTCFGOCTMQH-CTUVGP/CPWHCEVWTKPI
Corporation and is used in the U.S. under license.
6JG0KMGK2QF5RQTV-KVKUEQXGTGFD[QPGQTOQTG
of U.S. patent numbers 6,018,705, 6,052,654, 6,493,652,
6,298,314, 6,611,789, 6,876,947, and 6,882,955, either
alone or when used in combination with a Nike + iPod
enabled iPod media player or iPhone 3GS or later.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Apple Inc. is under license.
Adobe and Photoshop are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S.
and/or other countries.
Other company and product names mentioned herein
may be trademarks of their respective companies.
Mention of third-party products is for informational
purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement
nor a recommendation. Apple assumes no responsibility
with regard to the performance or use of these
products. All understandings, agreements, or warranties,
if any, take place directly between the vendors and the
RTQURGEVKXGWUGTU'XGT[GÒQTVJCUDGGPOCFGVQGPUWTG
that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is
not responsible for printing or clerical errors.
019-2024/2011-03

Navigation menu